Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Noblesville City Zoning Code

ARTICLE 8

Zoning Districts

PART B. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

Table 8.B. Summary of Residential Bulk Requirements
RequirementsSingle FamilyTwo FamilyMulti Family
District in Which Use is PermittedSR, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5***, LB, DT, GB2R4, LB, DTR5, DT
Minimum Lot Area per Dwelling Unit in Districts Indicated (* - indicates the standard for lots served by sanitary sewers)

SR . . . . . . . . 10 acres (* 5 acres)
R1** . . . . . . 3 acres (* 30,000 sq. ft.)
R2 . . . . . . . . 1 acre (* 15,000 sq. ft.)
R3 . . . . . . . . 8,000 sq. ft.
R4 . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.
R5 . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.
LB . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.

DT. . . . . . . . .8,000 sq. ft.

GB . . . . . . . . .3,000 sq. ft 

 

4,000 sq. ft./unit

3,000 sq. ft./unit
Minimum Lot Width in the Districts indicated, measured at the front building setback line (Lots located on a cul-de-sac/ cul-de-loop shall maintain a minimum street frontage of 45-feet)SR . . . . . . . . 300 ft (* 200 ft) 
R1 . . . . . . . . 200 ft.
R2 . . . . . . . . 110 ft.
R3 . . . . . . . . 70 ft.
R4 . . . . . . . . 60 ft.
R5 . . . . . . . . 50 ft.
LB . . . . . . . . 50 ft.

R4 . . . . . 60 ft.

LB . . . . . 50 ft.

R5 . . . . . 150 ft.
Maximum Building Height35 ft. for all zoning districts

R4 . . . . . 35 ft.

LB . . . . . 35 ft.

R5 . . . . . 45 ft.
Minimum Front Yard Setback (Developed Area) {(Refer to Central Core Map - Appendix G)}The average of the setbacks of the nearest existing {principal} building on either side of the proposed building.
Minimum Front Yard Setback (New Developing Areas)Local and collector streets – 30 ft. Arterial streets – 40 ft.45 ft.
Minimum Side Yard Setback{Minimum of twenty percent (20%) of lot width in total side yards and a minimum setback on either side of the structure as follows:
SR . . . 10 ft.      R1 . . . 10 ft.     R2 . . . 8 ft.     R3 . . . 6 ft.     R4 . . . 5 ft.     R5 . . . 5 ft.     LB . . . 5 ft.     GB . . . 3 ft.
Minimum Rear Yard SetbackPrimary Structure . . . . . 20 ft.      Accessory Structure . . . . . 5 ft.
Floor Area Ratio shall not exceed:

SR – 20%
R1 – 30%
R2 – 35%
R3 – 35%
R4 – 40%
R5 – 45%
LB – 45%

GB - 60% 

R4 – 50%
LB – 50%
R5 – 60%
Minimum Floor Area (per dwelling unit)

SR . . . 2,500 sq. ft.     R1 . . . 2,400 sq. ft.     R2 . . . 1,800 sq. ft.     R3 . . . 1,000 sq. ft.     R4 . . . 800 sq. ft.     R5 . . . 600 sq. ft.    LB . . . 600 sq. ft.   DT . . . 600 sq. ft.   GB . . . 600 sq. ft.

Maximum Lot Coverage (Excludes {Central Core Map Area - Appendix G)}SR, R1, R2, R3 . . . . . 45%
R4, R5, LB . . . . . 45%
R4, LB . . . . . 55%R5 . . . . . 65%

ORD. #69-11-00 (amended); ORD. #48-6-05, ORD. #23-6-10, ORD. #24-7-10, ORD. #12-2-11. ORD. #18-5-11, ORD. #29-9-11, ORD. #31-09-13, ORD #53-10-15, ORD #46-07-16, ORD #25-07-17, ORD #32-07-19
* Served by Sanitary Sewer
** See Article 14. Nonconforming Uses and Structures for Pre-dated (07-01-2011) R1 and R1/PD Subdivisions
*** Permitted in areas zoned R5 as per Appendix G (Central Core Map)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ****See Article 8. Zoning Districts, Part C. Commercial Districts, Section 3. Downtown (DT)
1 Individual Manufactured Homes located on scattered sites shall adhere to the bulk requirements for the zoning district in which located and Article 9. General Regulations, Part E. Manufactured Home, Individual.

2 Single Family dwelling permitted in areas zoned "GB" as per Central Core Map - Appendix G 

{NOTE: Residential uses and buildings abutting a private street shall be subject to the bulk requirements as per Table 8.B} ORD #32-07-19

Table 8.B. Summary of Residential Bulk Requirements
RequirementsSingle FamilyTwo FamilyMulti Family
District in Which Use is PermittedSR, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5***, LB, DT, GB2R4, LB, DTR5, DT
Minimum Lot Area per Dwelling Unit in Districts Indicated (* - indicates the standard for lots served by sanitary sewers)

SR . . . . . . . . 10 acres (* 5 acres)
R1** . . . . . . 3 acres (* 30,000 sq. ft.)
R2 . . . . . . . . 1 acre (* 15,000 sq. ft.)
R3 . . . . . . . . 8,000 sq. ft.
R4 . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.
R5 . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.
LB . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.

DT. . . . . . . . .8,000 sq. ft.

GB . . . . . . . . .3,000 sq. ft 

 

4,000 sq. ft./unit

3,000 sq. ft./unit
Minimum Lot Width in the Districts indicated, measured at the front building setback line (Lots located on a cul-de-sac/ cul-de-loop shall maintain a minimum street frontage of 45-feet)SR . . . . . . . . 300 ft (* 200 ft) 
R1 . . . . . . . . 200 ft.
R2 . . . . . . . . 110 ft.
R3 . . . . . . . . 70 ft.
R4 . . . . . . . . 60 ft.
R5 . . . . . . . . 50 ft.
LB . . . . . . . . 50 ft.

R4 . . . . . 60 ft.

LB . . . . . 50 ft.

R5 . . . . . 150 ft.
Maximum Building Height35 ft. for all zoning districts

R4 . . . . . 35 ft.

LB . . . . . 35 ft.

R5 . . . . . 45 ft.
Minimum Front Yard Setback (Developed Area) {(Refer to Central Core Map - Appendix G)}The average of the setbacks of the nearest existing {principal} building on either side of the proposed building.
Minimum Front Yard Setback (New Developing Areas)Local and collector streets – 30 ft. Arterial streets – 40 ft.45 ft.
Minimum Side Yard Setback{Minimum of twenty percent (20%) of lot width in total side yards and a minimum setback on either side of the structure as follows:
SR . . . 10 ft.      R1 . . . 10 ft.     R2 . . . 8 ft.     R3 . . . 6 ft.     R4 . . . 5 ft.     R5 . . . 5 ft.     LB . . . 5 ft.     GB . . . 3 ft.
Minimum Rear Yard SetbackPrimary Structure . . . . . 20 ft.      Accessory Structure . . . . . 5 ft.
Floor Area Ratio shall not exceed:

SR – 20%
R1 – 30%
R2 – 35%
R3 – 35%
R4 – 40%
R5 – 45%
LB – 45%

GB - 60% 

R4 – 50%
LB – 50%
R5 – 60%
Minimum Floor Area (per dwelling unit)

SR . . . 2,500 sq. ft.     R1 . . . 2,400 sq. ft.     R2 . . . 1,800 sq. ft.     R3 . . . 1,000 sq. ft.     R4 . . . 800 sq. ft.     R5 . . . 600 sq. ft.    LB . . . 600 sq. ft.   DT . . . 600 sq. ft.   GB . . . 600 sq. ft.

Maximum Lot Coverage (Excludes {Central Core Map Area - Appendix G)}SR, R1, R2, R3 . . . . . 45%
R4, R5, LB . . . . . 45%
R4, LB . . . . . 55%R5 . . . . . 65%

ORD. #69-11-00 (amended); ORD. #48-6-05, ORD. #23-6-10, ORD. #24-7-10, ORD. #12-2-11. ORD. #18-5-11, ORD. #29-9-11, ORD. #31-09-13, ORD #53-10-15, ORD #46-07-16, ORD #25-07-17, ORD #32-07-19
* Served by Sanitary Sewer
** See Article 14. Nonconforming Uses and Structures for Pre-dated (07-01-2011) R1 and R1/PD Subdivisions
*** Permitted in areas zoned R5 as per Appendix G (Central Core Map)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ****See Article 8. Zoning Districts, Part C. Commercial Districts, Section 3. Downtown (DT)
1 Individual Manufactured Homes located on scattered sites shall adhere to the bulk requirements for the zoning district in which located and Article 9. General Regulations, Part E. Manufactured Home, Individual.

2 Single Family dwelling permitted in areas zoned "GB" as per Central Core Map - Appendix G 

{NOTE: Residential uses and buildings abutting a private street shall be subject to the bulk requirements as per Table 8.B} ORD #32-07-19

Table 8.B. Summary of Residential Bulk Requirements
RequirementsSingle FamilyTwo FamilyMulti Family
District in Which Use is PermittedSR, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5***, LB, DT, GB2R4, LB, DTR5, DT
Minimum Lot Area per Dwelling Unit in Districts Indicated (* - indicates the standard for lots served by sanitary sewers)

SR . . . . . . . . 10 acres (* 5 acres)
R1** . . . . . . 3 acres (* 30,000 sq. ft.)
R2 . . . . . . . . 1 acre (* 15,000 sq. ft.)
R3 . . . . . . . . 8,000 sq. ft.
R4 . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.
R5 . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.
LB . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.

DT. . . . . . . . .8,000 sq. ft.

GB . . . . . . . . .3,000 sq. ft 

 

4,000 sq. ft./unit

3,000 sq. ft./unit
Minimum Lot Width in the Districts indicated, measured at the front building setback line (Lots located on a cul-de-sac/ cul-de-loop shall maintain a minimum street frontage of 45-feet)SR . . . . . . . . 300 ft (* 200 ft) 
R1 . . . . . . . . 200 ft.
R2 . . . . . . . . 110 ft.
R3 . . . . . . . . 70 ft.
R4 . . . . . . . . 60 ft.
R5 . . . . . . . . 50 ft.
LB . . . . . . . . 50 ft.

R4 . . . . . 60 ft.

LB . . . . . 50 ft.

R5 . . . . . 150 ft.
Maximum Building Height35 ft. for all zoning districts

R4 . . . . . 35 ft.

LB . . . . . 35 ft.

R5 . . . . . 45 ft.
Minimum Front Yard Setback (Developed Area) {(Refer to Central Core Map - Appendix G)}The average of the setbacks of the nearest existing {principal} building on either side of the proposed building.
Minimum Front Yard Setback (New Developing Areas)Local and collector streets – 30 ft. Arterial streets – 40 ft.45 ft.
Minimum Side Yard Setback{Minimum of twenty percent (20%) of lot width in total side yards and a minimum setback on either side of the structure as follows:
SR . . . 10 ft.      R1 . . . 10 ft.     R2 . . . 8 ft.     R3 . . . 6 ft.     R4 . . . 5 ft.     R5 . . . 5 ft.     LB . . . 5 ft.     GB . . . 3 ft.
Minimum Rear Yard SetbackPrimary Structure . . . . . 20 ft.      Accessory Structure . . . . . 5 ft.
Floor Area Ratio shall not exceed:

SR – 20%
R1 – 30%
R2 – 35%
R3 – 35%
R4 – 40%
R5 – 45%
LB – 45%

GB - 60% 

R4 – 50%
LB – 50%
R5 – 60%
Minimum Floor Area (per dwelling unit)

SR . . . 2,500 sq. ft.     R1 . . . 2,400 sq. ft.     R2 . . . 1,800 sq. ft.     R3 . . . 1,000 sq. ft.     R4 . . . 800 sq. ft.     R5 . . . 600 sq. ft.    LB . . . 600 sq. ft.   DT . . . 600 sq. ft.   GB . . . 600 sq. ft.

Maximum Lot Coverage (Excludes {Central Core Map Area - Appendix G)}SR, R1, R2, R3 . . . . . 45%
R4, R5, LB . . . . . 45%
R4, LB . . . . . 55%R5 . . . . . 65%

ORD. #69-11-00 (amended); ORD. #48-6-05, ORD. #23-6-10, ORD. #24-7-10, ORD. #12-2-11. ORD. #18-5-11, ORD. #29-9-11, ORD. #31-09-13, ORD #53-10-15, ORD #46-07-16, ORD #25-07-17, ORD #32-07-19
* Served by Sanitary Sewer
** See Article 14. Nonconforming Uses and Structures for Pre-dated (07-01-2011) R1 and R1/PD Subdivisions
*** Permitted in areas zoned R5 as per Appendix G (Central Core Map)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ****See Article 8. Zoning Districts, Part C. Commercial Districts, Section 3. Downtown (DT)
1 Individual Manufactured Homes located on scattered sites shall adhere to the bulk requirements for the zoning district in which located and Article 9. General Regulations, Part E. Manufactured Home, Individual.

2 Single Family dwelling permitted in areas zoned "GB" as per Central Core Map - Appendix G 

{NOTE: Residential uses and buildings abutting a private street shall be subject to the bulk requirements as per Table 8.B} ORD #32-07-19

Table 8.B. Summary of Residential Bulk Requirements
RequirementsSingle FamilyTwo FamilyMulti Family
District in Which Use is PermittedSR, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5***, LB, DT, GB2R4, LB, DTR5, DT
Minimum Lot Area per Dwelling Unit in Districts Indicated (* - indicates the standard for lots served by sanitary sewers)

SR . . . . . . . . 10 acres (* 5 acres)
R1** . . . . . . 3 acres (* 30,000 sq. ft.)
R2 . . . . . . . . 1 acre (* 15,000 sq. ft.)
R3 . . . . . . . . 8,000 sq. ft.
R4 . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.
R5 . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.
LB . . . . . . . . 6,000 sq. ft.

DT. . . . . . . . .8,000 sq. ft.

GB . . . . . . . . .3,000 sq. ft 

 

4,000 sq. ft./unit

3,000 sq. ft./unit
Minimum Lot Width in the Districts indicated, measured at the front building setback line (Lots located on a cul-de-sac/ cul-de-loop shall maintain a minimum street frontage of 45-feet)SR . . . . . . . . 300 ft (* 200 ft) 
R1 . . . . . . . . 200 ft.
R2 . . . . . . . . 110 ft.
R3 . . . . . . . . 70 ft.
R4 . . . . . . . . 60 ft.
R5 . . . . . . . . 50 ft.
LB . . . . . . . . 50 ft.

R4 . . . . . 60 ft.

LB . . . . . 50 ft.

R5 . . . . . 150 ft.
Maximum Building Height35 ft. for all zoning districts

R4 . . . . . 35 ft.

LB . . . . . 35 ft.

R5 . . . . . 45 ft.
Minimum Front Yard Setback (Developed Area) {(Refer to Central Core Map - Appendix G)}The average of the setbacks of the nearest existing {principal} building on either side of the proposed building.
Minimum Front Yard Setback (New Developing Areas)Local and collector streets – 30 ft. Arterial streets – 40 ft.45 ft.
Minimum Side Yard Setback{Minimum of twenty percent (20%) of lot width in total side yards and a minimum setback on either side of the structure as follows:
SR . . . 10 ft.      R1 . . . 10 ft.     R2 . . . 8 ft.     R3 . . . 6 ft.     R4 . . . 5 ft.     R5 . . . 5 ft.     LB . . . 5 ft.     GB . . . 3 ft.
Minimum Rear Yard SetbackPrimary Structure . . . . . 20 ft.      Accessory Structure . . . . . 5 ft.
Floor Area Ratio shall not exceed:

SR – 20%
R1 – 30%
R2 – 35%
R3 – 35%
R4 – 40%
R5 – 45%
LB – 45%

GB - 60% 

R4 – 50%
LB – 50%
R5 – 60%
Minimum Floor Area (per dwelling unit)

SR . . . 2,500 sq. ft.     R1 . . . 2,400 sq. ft.     R2 . . . 1,800 sq. ft.     R3 . . . 1,000 sq. ft.     R4 . . . 800 sq. ft.     R5 . . . 600 sq. ft.    LB . . . 600 sq. ft.   DT . . . 600 sq. ft.   GB . . . 600 sq. ft.

Maximum Lot Coverage (Excludes {Central Core Map Area - Appendix G)}SR, R1, R2, R3 . . . . . 45%
R4, R5, LB . . . . . 45%
R4, LB . . . . . 55%R5 . . . . . 65%

ORD. #69-11-00 (amended); ORD. #48-6-05, ORD. #23-6-10, ORD. #24-7-10, ORD. #12-2-11. ORD. #18-5-11, ORD. #29-9-11, ORD. #31-09-13, ORD #53-10-15, ORD #46-07-16, ORD #25-07-17, ORD #32-07-19
* Served by Sanitary Sewer
** See Article 14. Nonconforming Uses and Structures for Pre-dated (07-01-2011) R1 and R1/PD Subdivisions
*** Permitted in areas zoned R5 as per Appendix G (Central Core Map)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ****See Article 8. Zoning Districts, Part C. Commercial Districts, Section 3. Downtown (DT)
1 Individual Manufactured Homes located on scattered sites shall adhere to the bulk requirements for the zoning district in which located and Article 9. General Regulations, Part E. Manufactured Home, Individual.

2 Single Family dwelling permitted in areas zoned "GB" as per Central Core Map - Appendix G 

{NOTE: Residential uses and buildings abutting a private street shall be subject to the bulk requirements as per Table 8.B} ORD #32-07-19

PART C. COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS

Table 8.C. Summary of Commercial Bulk Requirements
ZONING DISTRICTSLB1GBDTPB
Minimum lot size 10,000 SF No restriction No restriction 20,000 SF
Minimum Lot width 100 FT No restriction No restriction 1:2 width:depth ratio
Maximum Floor Area Ratio One (1.0) Four (4.0) Four (4.0) Sixty Percent (0.6)
Maximum Impervious Surface Coverage  50% 60% NA 75%
Maximum Building Size 10,000 SF NA NA NA
Minimum Front YardAbutting residential uses or districts 25 FT 25 FT 25 FT 60 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 25 FT 0 FT 0 FT 60 FT
Minimum Side YardAbutting residential uses or district 25 FT 10 FT 0 FT 15 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 20 FT 0 FT 0 FT 10 FT
Minimum Rear YardAbutting residential uses or districts 20 FT 20 FT 20 FT 20 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 15 FT 10 FT 10 FT 10 FT
Maximum Building Height 2-stories or 30 FT 4 stories or 50 FT 4 stories or 50 FT 3 stories or 35 FT
Minimum District Size NA NA NA NA
Maximum District Size NA NA NA NA
NOTE: The above requirements do not preclude the establishment of more stringent restrictions for Conditional Uses or individual permitted uses where conditions may warrant. No structures are permitted within a utility, drainage, and/or landscaping easement.
1No new LB districts shall be established after the effective date of this ordinance.  ORD #48-10-14, ORD #46-07-16
Table 8.C. Summary of Commercial Bulk Requirements
ZONING DISTRICTSLB1GBDTPB
Minimum lot size 10,000 SF No restriction No restriction 20,000 SF
Minimum Lot width 100 FT No restriction No restriction 1:2 width:depth ratio
Maximum Floor Area Ratio One (1.0) Four (4.0) Four (4.0) Sixty Percent (0.6)
Maximum Impervious Surface Coverage  50% 60% NA 75%
Maximum Building Size 10,000 SF NA NA NA
Minimum Front YardAbutting residential uses or districts 25 FT 25 FT 25 FT 60 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 25 FT 0 FT 0 FT 60 FT
Minimum Side YardAbutting residential uses or district 25 FT 10 FT 0 FT 15 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 20 FT 0 FT 0 FT 10 FT
Minimum Rear YardAbutting residential uses or districts 20 FT 20 FT 20 FT 20 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 15 FT 10 FT 10 FT 10 FT
Maximum Building Height 2-stories or 30 FT 4 stories or 50 FT 4 stories or 50 FT 3 stories or 35 FT
Minimum District Size NA NA NA NA
Maximum District Size NA NA NA NA
NOTE: The above requirements do not preclude the establishment of more stringent restrictions for Conditional Uses or individual permitted uses where conditions may warrant. No structures are permitted within a utility, drainage, and/or landscaping easement.
1No new LB districts shall be established after the effective date of this ordinance.  ORD #48-10-14, ORD #46-07-16
Table 8.C. Summary of Commercial Bulk Requirements
ZONING DISTRICTSLB1GBDTPB
Minimum lot size 10,000 SF No restriction No restriction 20,000 SF
Minimum Lot width 100 FT No restriction No restriction 1:2 width:depth ratio
Maximum Floor Area Ratio One (1.0) Four (4.0) Four (4.0) Sixty Percent (0.6)
Maximum Impervious Surface Coverage  50% 60% NA 75%
Maximum Building Size 10,000 SF NA NA NA
Minimum Front YardAbutting residential uses or districts 25 FT 25 FT 25 FT 60 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 25 FT 0 FT 0 FT 60 FT
Minimum Side YardAbutting residential uses or district 25 FT 10 FT 0 FT 15 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 20 FT 0 FT 0 FT 10 FT
Minimum Rear YardAbutting residential uses or districts 20 FT 20 FT 20 FT 20 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 15 FT 10 FT 10 FT 10 FT
Maximum Building Height 2-stories or 30 FT 4 stories or 50 FT 4 stories or 50 FT 3 stories or 35 FT
Minimum District Size NA NA NA NA
Maximum District Size NA NA NA NA
NOTE: The above requirements do not preclude the establishment of more stringent restrictions for Conditional Uses or individual permitted uses where conditions may warrant. No structures are permitted within a utility, drainage, and/or landscaping easement.
1No new LB districts shall be established after the effective date of this ordinance.  ORD #48-10-14, ORD #46-07-16
Table 8.C. Summary of Commercial Bulk Requirements
ZONING DISTRICTSLB1GBDTPB
Minimum lot size 10,000 SF No restriction No restriction 20,000 SF
Minimum Lot width 100 FT No restriction No restriction 1:2 width:depth ratio
Maximum Floor Area Ratio One (1.0) Four (4.0) Four (4.0) Sixty Percent (0.6)
Maximum Impervious Surface Coverage  50% 60% NA 75%
Maximum Building Size 10,000 SF NA NA NA
Minimum Front YardAbutting residential uses or districts 25 FT 25 FT 25 FT 60 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 25 FT 0 FT 0 FT 60 FT
Minimum Side YardAbutting residential uses or district 25 FT 10 FT 0 FT 15 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 20 FT 0 FT 0 FT 10 FT
Minimum Rear YardAbutting residential uses or districts 20 FT 20 FT 20 FT 20 FT
Abutting other uses or districts 15 FT 10 FT 10 FT 10 FT
Maximum Building Height 2-stories or 30 FT 4 stories or 50 FT 4 stories or 50 FT 3 stories or 35 FT
Minimum District Size NA NA NA NA
Maximum District Size NA NA NA NA
NOTE: The above requirements do not preclude the establishment of more stringent restrictions for Conditional Uses or individual permitted uses where conditions may warrant. No structures are permitted within a utility, drainage, and/or landscaping easement.
1No new LB districts shall be established after the effective date of this ordinance.  ORD #48-10-14, ORD #46-07-16

PART D. INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

Table 8.D. Summary of Industrial Bulk Standards Requirements Industrial Districts I-1 I-2 I-3 Minimum Lot Area 10,000 sq. ft. 1 acre 3 acres Minimum Lot Width 100' 200' 350' Maximum Floor Area Ratio One-half (0.5). One-half (0.5). One-half (0.5). Minimum Front Yard 60’ 60’ 60’ Minimum Side Yard ----- ----- -----Abutting a residential district or use 20' 30' 30'Abutting other district or uses 10' 20' 20' Minimum Rear Yard 10' 10' 10' Maximum Building Height 35' or 2 stories 75' or 6 stories 75' or 6 stories Maximum Impervious Surface  70% 80% NA NOTES: The above requirements do not preclude the establishment of more stringent restrictions for Conditional Uses or individual permitted uses where conditions may warrant.

ORD #46-07-16

{PART I. INNOVATION MILE DISTRICT

 

Section 1. Schedule of Uses

  • Permitted Uses, as listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix shall be permitted in the districts listed, subject to any special restrictions specified. No land or building shall be devoted to any use other than those listed as Permitted Uses in the zoning district in the district in which the land or building is located, except for:
    1. Uses lawfully established prior to the effective date of this ordinance, or
    2. Conditional uses as provided below.
  • Conditional Uses, as listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix, may be allowed in the zoning districts indicated, subject to the issuance of a conditional use permit in accordance with Article 4, Part C, Conditional Uses, and any special restrictions listed in the district in which it is located.
  • The interpretation of proposed uses shall be determined by the Director of Planning and Development.
    1. {When determining the zoning regulations for real estate abutting property for which the land use does not match the zoning district; the zoning district regulations shall apply.} ORD #46-07-16
  • Effective on: 9/3/2016

    Section 2. Uses Generally Permitted

  • Accessory Uses and Structures
    Accessory Uses and Structures shall be a permitted use in all zoning districts except as otherwise restricted in this ordinance. Where permitted, accessory uses and structures shall be regulated by Article 9, Part B, Accessory Uses and Structures.
  • Home Occupations
    Home occupations shall be a permitted accessory use in all residential dwelling units, except as otherwise restricted in this ordinance. Where permitted, home occupations shall be regulated by Article 9, Part C, Home Occupations.
  • Residential Care Homes
    Residential Care Homes shall be a permitted use in all residential districts and shall be regulated by Article 9, Part E, Residential Care Homes.
  • Manufactured Housing
    Manufactured Homes shall be a permitted use in all residential districts and shall be regulated by Article 9, Part E, Manufactured Housing. However, developments of more than one manufactured home shall also be regulated by Article 8, Part B, Section 7, Residential Mobile Home Park District.
  • Bed and Breakfast Establishments
    Bed and Breakfast Establishments shall be a conditional use in all residential districts, the Downtown (D) District, and the General Business (GB) District. Where permitted, bed and breakfast establishments shall be regulated by Article 9, Part F, Bed and Breakfast Establishments.
  • Agriculture
    Agriculture shall be a permitted use in all districts pursuant to Article 9, Part G, Agriculture.
  • Temporary Uses
    Temporary Uses shall be a permitted use in all zoning districts except as otherwise restricted in this ordinance. Where permitted, temporary uses shall be regulated by Article 9, Part H, Temporary Uses.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 3. Parking and Loading

    Parking shall be a permitted accessory use in all districts. Loading shall be a permitted accessory use in all non-residential districts. Parking as a primary use shall be a conditional use in all districts. Where permitted, parking and loading shall be regulated by Article 10, Off-Street Parking and Loading.

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 4. Signs

    Signs may be a permitted accessory use in several different situations, such as but not limited to:

    1. Identification for non-residential uses,
    2. Identification for residential subdivisions and apartment complexes,
    3. Temporary advertising,
    4. Directional or informational signage.

    The permitted location of various signs, as well as other sign requirements, shall be regulated by Article 11, Signs.

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 5. Landscaping and Screening

    Landscaping and/or Screening may be required in the following situations:

    1. Interior parking lot islands;
    2. Perimeter parking lot buffering;
    3. Buffering for non-residential uses abutting residential uses;
    4. Surrounding outdoor storage and waste disposal areas;
    5. Other situations as required in this ordinance or as determined by the Director of Planning and Development, Technical Advisory Committee, Plan Commission, or Board of Zoning Appeals, as applicable.

    Where required, landscaping and screening shall be regulated by Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 6. Environmental Performance Standards

    No use in any district shall be permitted which does not meet the minimum performance standards in Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 7. Application of Overlay Districts

    Some lots and parcels may be affected by both a base district and one or more overlay districts. Overlay Districts include:

    1. Zero Lot Line (ZLL) Overlay District
    2. Historic Preservation Overlay (HP) District
    3. Planned Development (PD) Overlay District
    4. Village Center Overlay (VCO) District
    5. {Downtown Mixed Use Overlay (DMU) District} ORD #25-07-17

    Affected lots and parcels shall be so indicated on the Zoning Map, and shall be subject to the regulations of both the overlay district and the underlying base district.

    Effective on: 1/1/2018

    Section 8. Site Plan Review

    Site Plan Review shall be required of all non-residential developments, all residential subdivisions and Planned Developments (PDs), and all uses located in a Historic Preservation (HP) Overlay District. Site plan review shall be conducted as described in Article 4, Part B, Section 2, Site Plan Review. Where Site Plan Review is required, the evaluation of site plans shall consider: 1) all restrictions applicable to the zoning district(s) in which the use is located, 2) all applicable standards for parking, signs, landscaping, and other general development standards, and 3) the criteria for Site Plan Review in that Section.

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    {Section 9. Commercial Vehicle Storage

    The storage or parking of commercial vehicles in residential zoning districts including Planned Development Districts are subject to the following requirements:

    1. The parking of a commercial vehicle shall be limited to one standard size vehicle or not to exceed ¾-ton vehicle including cars, SUV’s step-up vans, work vans, and pickup trucks. The parking of trailers shall be prohibited. The exception being that any commercial vehicle may be stored within an enclosed structure.
    2. This regulation shall not be interpreted to apply to commercial vehicles used for conveying the necessary tools and materials to premises where labor using such tools and materials is to be performed during the time of parking such vehicles, or to commercial vehicles in the process of temporarily loading or unloading deliverable goods.} ORD. #12-2-11

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 1. Low Density Single Family Suburban Residential (SR)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the SR District is to permit limited development in rural areas in order to satisfy individual housing preferences. This district is consistent with the Countryside District of the Comprehensive Plan. The rural character of the district may be maintained through several different density options, as described in Article 8.B.1.F., Special Requirements.
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 1, C, below.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted if they meet the restrictions below.
    1. Parks
      1. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      4. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Cemeteries
      Landscape buffers shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have special restrictions that are listed below.
    1. Fire and Police Stations, Schools, Churches, Clubhouses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Landscape Buffers: Landscape buffers shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      3. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      4. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      5. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Golf Courses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
    3. Campgrounds
      1. Approval must be obtained from the Indiana State Board of Health.
      2. The size, procedure, design, installation, and maintenance of campgrounds shall be as provided for in Section 8.B.7, Residential Mobile Home Park (RMH) District.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements that apply to all Residential Districts are listed within Table 8.B, Residential Bulk Requirements.
  • Special Requirements
    Developments in the SR District shall have the following density options:
    1. {Developments, which are served by individual septic systems, shall have a minimum lot size of ten (10) acres and a minimum lot width of 300 feet.} ORD. #48-6-05
    2. {Developments served by sanitary sewers shall have a minimum tract size of five (5) acres. Such developments shall have a base density established by a two-acre lot. Such lots shall be clustered within the development to a minimum lot size of twenty-five thousand (25,000) square feet and a minimum lot width of 200 feet.} The clustering of such lots shall provide for a minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) open space in the development that is maintained in a natural state. A portion of this open space shall be maintained along the development’s street frontage to a minimum depth of fifty (50) feet to maintain a rural atmosphere throughout the SR District. The remainder may be distributed throughout the development. The arrangement of housing clusters and open space shall be approved through site plan review. ORD. #16-3-00; ORD. #48-6-05, ORD. #12-2-11
  • Table 8.B.1. SR District Density Options

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 2. Low Density Single Family Residential (R-1)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the R-1 District is to permit the establishment of moderate low density single family residential areas. The R-1 District shall have a minimum lot size {as per Table 8.B. Residential Bulk Requirements.} ORD. #76-9-05
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 2.C.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted in this district if they meet the restrictions below.
    1. Parks
      1. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      4. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Cemeteries
      Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have special restrictions that are listed below.
    1. Fire and Police Stations, Schools, Churches, Clubhouses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      3. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      4. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      5. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Golf Courses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements that apply to all Residential Districts are listed within Table 8.B, Residential Bulk Requirements.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 3. Low to Moderate Density Single Family Residential District (R-2)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the R-2 District is to permit the establishment of moderate density single family residential areas. The R-2 District shall have a minimum lot size {as per Table 8.B. Residential Bulk Requirements.} ORD. #76-9-05
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 3.C.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted in this district if they meet the restrictions below.
    1. Parks
      1. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      4. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Cemeteries
      Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have special restrictions that are listed below.
    1. Fire and Police Stations, Schools, Churches, Clubhouses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      3. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      4. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      5. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Golf Courses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements, which apply, to all Residential Districts are listed within Table 8.B, Residential Bulk Requirements.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 4. Moderate to High Density Single Family Residential District (R-3)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the R-3 District is to permit the establishment of moderate to high density single family residential areas comprised of dwellings on central water and sewer facilities. The R-3 District shall have a minimum lot size {as per Table 8.B. Residential Bulk Requirements.} ORD. #76-9-05
  • Permitted Uses
    Complete listings of uses permitted within the R-3 district are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 4.C.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted in this district if they meet the conditions below and plans for their development and use are approved by the Board of Zoning Appeals.
    1. Parks
      1. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      4. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Cemeteries
      Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
  • Conditional Uses
    The following uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part B, Section 1 of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have specific restrictions that are listed below.
    1. Fire and Police Stations, Schools, Churches, Clubhouses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      3. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      4. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      5. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Golf Courses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements, which apply, to all Residential Districts are listed within Table 8.B, Residential Bulk Requirements.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 5. Moderate to High Density One and Two-Family Residential District (R-4)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the R-4 District is to permit moderate to high density one-and two-family residential dwellings on central sewer and water facilities. The R-4 District shall have a minimum lot size {as per Table 8.B Residential Bulk Requirements.} ORD. #76-9-05
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 5.C.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted in this district if they meet the restrictions below.
    1. Parks
      1. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      4. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Cemeteries
      Landscape buffers shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have special restrictions, which are listed below.
    1. Fire and Police Stations, Schools, Churches, Clubhouses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      3. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      4. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      5. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Golf Courses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements that apply to all Residential Districts are listed within Table 8.B, Residential Bulk Requirements.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 6. Multi-Family Residential District (R-5)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the R-5 District is to encourage the establishment of multi-family dwellings of high density. The predominant housing type would be townhouses and garden apartments. All such districts should abut major collector or arterial streets as specified by the local agency responsible for transportation or the Indiana State Highway Commission. The district must be served with central water and sanitary sewer facilities of sufficient capacity {and shall meet the minimum requirements as per Table 8.B. Residential Bulk Requirements.} ORD. #76-9-05
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 6.C.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted in this district if they meet the restrictions below.
    1. Multiple Family Dwellings; Convalescent, Nursing, or Rest Homes
      1. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      2. Setbacks: For all side yards of multiple family dwellings or convalescent/nursing/rest homes over one (1) story in height, there shall be an additional side yard setback, of five (5) feet for each story over the first story.
      3. Parking: Off-street parking areas shall be located behind or beside the principal building(s), and shall not be closer than fifteen (15) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      4. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
    2. Parks
      1. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      4. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    3. Cemeteries
      Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have special restrictions that are listed below.
    1. Fire and Police Stations, Schools, Churches, Clubhouses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      3. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      4. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      5. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
    2. Golf Courses
      1. Setbacks: No structure shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any structure on another lot.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements that apply to all Residential Districts are listed within Table 8.B, Residential Bulk Requirements.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 7. Residential (RMH)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the RMH District is to encourage the development of well planned mobile home parks, mobile home subdivisions, and related uses. Such districts should abut a major arterial or collector street as identified by the Thoroughfare Plan element of the Comprehensive Plan. Mobile home parks and subdivisions shall comply with all state regulations, as well as those specified in this Ordinance.Private water systems are highly discouraged, and package sewer and septic facilities are not permitted. Notwithstanding any other provision or restriction provided in this ordinance, the following procedures, standards, and restrictions shall apply to all mobile home developments and no variance shall be permitted therefrom.
  • Procedure
    1. Mobile Home Park:
      1. Application
        Applications for a Mobile Home Park shall be filed with the Director of Planning and Development, on a form provided by the Director and shall contain at least the information listed in {Section 6} of Appendix B of this Ordinance, “Mobile Home Parks”. ORD. #31-09-13.
      2. Public Hearing
        The Plan Commission shall hold a public hearing prior to granting approval of any mobile home park. The applicant shall give notice prior to such hearing, giving notice thereof in such form as may, from time to time, be prescribed by the Director. Such notice of public hearing as prepared by the Planning Department shall include, but not be limited to the mailing of said notice to adjoining property owners as per the adopted Plan Commission Rules of Procedure by Certificate of Mailing at least {seventeen (17)} days prior to the meeting. Such notice shall be given in a newspaper of general circulation in the county, and proof of such publication shall be filed prior to such hearing and shall be a condition precedent to the right of the said Commission to conduct such hearing. At the hearing, the Commission may approve, deny, or modify the plans presented by the applicant. If the plans for a mobile home park are modified or denied by the Commission, the Commission shall promptly notify the applicant of such action, together with the reasons for such modification or denial. ORD. #31-09-13
      3. Improvement Location Permit
        Following approval of a mobile home park by the Plan Commission, the Director, upon application, including a letter of approval from the State Board of Health and payment of fees, shall issue to the applicant an improvement location permit.
    2. Mobile Home Subdivision
      The procedure and design of a mobile home subdivision shall be the same as those provided for in Article 5, Subdivision {Procedures}, and Article 6, Site Design and Improvement Standards. ORD. #31-09-13
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 7.D.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted in this district if they meet the restrictions below.
    1. Parks
      1. Landscape Buffer: Landscape buffer shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
      2. Parking: No off-street parking area shall be closer than ten (10) feet to any lot line. Off-street parking areas shall include both perimeter and interior landscaping subject to Article 12, Landscaping and Screening.
      3. Lighting: Lighted areas shall be approved prior to development and shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards.
      4. Noise: Noise shall not infringe upon other properties, pursuant to Article 13, Environmental Performance Standards. The Board may require additional buffers to prevent noise pollution.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C – {Schedule of} Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have special restrictions that are listed below. ORD. #31-09-13
    1. Campgrounds
      1. Approval must be obtained from the Indiana State Board of Health.
      2. The size, procedure, design, installation, and maintenance of campgrounds shall be as provided for in Section 8.B.7, Residential Mobile Home Park (RMH) District.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The following requirements apply to mobile home parks and subdivisions:
    1. Minimum Tract Size
      Each mobile home park shall contain a minimum of five (5) acres.
    2. Maximum Density
      A maximum of seven (7) mobile homes per acre may be permitted if serviced by central sanitary sewers as approved by the State Board of Health. This maximum shall be determined from the gross acreage of the mobile home park. The Hamilton County Soils Conservation Officer and the County Health Officer shall review the adequacy of the soils and may require a lesser density for just cause.
    3. Setbacks
      1. Mobile home stands must be so located that when occupied by a mobile home the clear distance between a mobile home and any adjacent mobile home will be not less than twenty (20) feet.
      2. No mobile home shall be located closer than twenty (20) feet to any building within the mobile home park.
      3. The minimum depth of a front yard of a mobile home park where such part abuts a major arterial street is sixty (60) feet from the right of way line. The minimum depth of the front yard of a mobile home park where such park abuts a collector street is 40 feet. The minimum depth of front yard of a mobile home park where such park abuts a local street is twenty-five (25) feet.
      4. The minimum depth of side and rear yards of a mobile home park shall be twenty-five (25) feet. Adequate screen planting shall be provided at the determination of the Commission, where deemed necessary for compatibility with adjoining properties.
      5. The clear distance between any mobile home and the centerline of the abutting mobile home park street shall be a minimum of forty-five (45) feet.
      6. {Maximum Lot Coverage – 65%} ORD. #31-09-13
    4. Minimum Ground Floor Area
      In approved mobile home parks, there shall be no minimum ground floor area requirements for mobile homes located therein {except as provided elsewhere in this Ordinance. Any and all manufactured homes constructed on individual lots outside of a RMH zoning district shall comply with the bulk standards of that district and Article 9 – General Regulations, Part F. Manufactured Homes, Individual.} ORD. #31-09-13
  • Additional Requirements
    1. Each mobile home, mobile home stand or mobile home space shall be provided with two (2) parking spaces adjacent thereto, which parking spaces shall have unobstructed access to a mobile home park street. No on-street parking shall be permitted in a mobile home park.
    2. There shall be a minimum of two (2) entrances to a mobile home park, unless a different number is approved by the Plan Commission.
    3. Outdoor storage is prohibited. Applicant shall provide minimum storage space and requirements for storage buildings in covenants.
    4. Mobile home park streets shall be paved either with cement concrete or bituminous concrete. Such streets shall be a minimum of twenty-four (24) feet in width and shall be built in conformance with the current street construction standards of the governmental unit in which such mobile home park is located.
    5. A paved sidewalk shall be installed on at least one (1) side of each mobile home park street. The minimum width of such sidewalks shall be four (4) feet.
    6. The Plan Commission may, as part of its approval, require curbs and/or gutters in mobile home parks where, in the opinion of the said Commission, drainage of surface water as provided by the applicant in its development plans is insufficient to properly carry such surface water.
    7. Surface drainage as approved by the Plan Commission shall be installed and maintained by the applicant or his successor in title.
    8. Prior to the issuance of an improvement location permit, an applicant must file with the Director a letter from the Indiana State Board of Health evidencing approval by such board and compliance with the requirements of such board.
  • Effective on: 9/3/2016

    {Section 8. Residential Planned Development (R/PD)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the R/PD district is to permit the development of single-family residential as per the Hamilton County Zoning Ordinance and adopted Planned Development Application and Supplemental Documentation for those particular parcels of property as evidenced by the Maps in Appendix J. The permitted uses and the bulk requirements shall be established as per the adopted Hamilton County Zoning and the Adopted Planned Development Application(s) and Supplemental Documentation enacted at the time and are in effect until such time the property is rezoned to a City zoning district. The property is located along the north side of and is known as the “Kingsley Subdivision.”: zoned the property R3P “Residential Medium-High Density Village/Urban.” This is a planned development and shall be required to follow those standards as set forth in the Adopted Planned Development Application and Supplemental Documentation and the Hamilton County Coning Ordinance. Any requirements that cannot be met shall require a public hearing before the Noblesville Plan Commission and Common Council. (Refer to Appendix J).} ORD. #56-11-07
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 1. Local Business (LB)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of this district is to accommodate convenience business uses that tend to meet the daily requirements of the residents of an immediate neighborhood. No new LB District shall be established after the effective date of this ordinance.
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 1.C.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted in this district if they meet the restrictions below.

    Dwelling Units Above the First
    1. Dwelling units located above the first floor of a non-residential use shall have a separate primary entrance to the street and not through the first floor principal use. Fire escapes, back stairways, and the like shall not serve as primary access.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have special restrictions that are listed below.

    Automotive Fuel Stations
    1. Minimum Size. Automotive Fuel Stations shall be restricted to small dealerships not to exceed one (1) acre in lot size.
    2. Size and Coverage. The maximum building size and the maximum lot coverage shall be determined when approved by the Board based on: 1) the scale and character of adjacent uses, and 2) the impact on the function of the adjacent street.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements that apply to all Commercial Districts are listed within Table 8.C, Commercial Bulk Requirements. {Refer to Table 8.B. Residential Bulk Requirements for residential single-family and two-family dwellings} ORD. #31-09-13
  • Additional Requirements
    The following requirements shall apply to all uses in the LB District:
    1. The conduct of permitted uses herein shall be within completely enclosed buildings, except for accessory off-street parking and loading facilities.
    2. Drive-in or drive-through type businesses are not permitted.
    3. All goods produced on the premises as incidental or essential to the principal use shall be sold at retail on the premises where produced.
    4. {Outside storage, vending machines and outside display of merchandise is prohibited.} ORD. #25-7-09
    5. Where an “LB” district adjoins a residential district or use, landscape buffers shall be provided pursuant to Article 12.
  • {Fencing Requirements ​
  • ​       Refer to Article 9. General Regulations, Part B. Accessory Uses and Structures, Section 4. Accessory Uses Permitted: Regulations Specific to Particular Uses, E. Fences, walls and hedges.} ORD #46-07-16

    Effective on: 9/3/2016

    Section 2. General Business (GB)

    ​       Refer to Article 9. General Regulations, Part B. Accessory Uses and Structures, Section 4. Accessory Uses Permitted: Regulations Specific to Particular Uses, E. Fences, walls and hedges.} ORD #46-07-16

    1. Purpose
      The purpose of the GB District is to encourage the establishment of areas for general business uses to meet the needs of a community-wide market area. Activities would include uses of moderate size such as grocery stores, restaurants, service stations, specialty stores, and the like {and single-family residential that is located within the Special Landscape District Map per "Appendix G" of the Unified Development Ordinance}. Because of their scale, it is necessary that the GB Districts be located on a major collector or minor arterial as specified by the Thoroughfare Plan element of the Comprehensive Plan. All GB Districts established after the effective date of this ordinance shall be contiguous to existing GB Districts. ORD #46-07-16
    2. Permitted Uses
      A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix.
    3. Uses Permitted with Restrictions
      There are currently no permitted uses in the GB district that are subject to special restrictions.
    4. Conditional Uses
      Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix.
    5. Bulk Requirements
      The bulk requirements that apply to all Commercial Districts are listed within Table 8.C, Commercial Bulk Requirements.
    6. {Outside Storage and Display
      Outside storage, {vending machines} and display of merchandise is prohibited.} ORD. #33-6-04, ORD. #25-7-09
    7. {Fencing Requirements ​​

    ​​       Refer to Article 9. General Regulations, Part B. Accessory Uses and Structures, Section 4. Accessory Uses Permitted: Regulations Specific to Particular Uses, E. Fences, walls and hedges.} ORD #46-07-16

    Effective on: 9/3/2016

    Section 3. Downtown (DT)

    ​       Refer to Article 9. General Regulations, Part B. Accessory Uses and Structures, Section 4. Accessory Uses Permitted: Regulations Specific to Particular Uses, E. Fences, walls and hedges.} ORD #46-07-16

    1. Purpose
      The Downtown District is established to encourage those uses in the town core, which will serve to stimulate and enhance its unique character as a county seat and historic asset. The district is further intended to modify certain general development standards that are inappropriate in the Downtown.
    2. Permitted Uses
      A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 3.C, below.
    3. {Uses Permitted with Restrictions
      The following uses are permitted in this district provided that they meet the restrictions below.
      Dwelling Units
      1. Dwelling units may be located on the ground floor of the building provided the residential unit does not exceed 40% of the ground floor area of the building and is not located as the store front of the building; maintains a separate primary entrance to the dwelling unit that is not through the first floor principal commercial use tenant space. {This does not apply to homes in which the entire building is maintained as a Single Family residence.
      2. Dwelling units located above the first floor of a non-residential use shall have a separate primary entrance to the street and not through the first floor principal use. Fire escapes, back stairways, and the like shall not serve as primary access.} ORD #25-07-17
    4. Conditional Uses
      Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have special restrictions, which are listed below.
      Automotive Fuel Stations
      1. Minimum Size. Automotive Fuel Stations shall be restricted to small dealerships not to exceed one (1) acre in lot size.
      2. Size and Coverage. The maximum building size and the maximum lot coverage shall be determined when approved by the Board of Zone Appeals based on: 1) the scale and character of adjacent uses, and 2) the impact on the function of the adjacent street.
    5. {Bulk Requirements
      The bulk requirements that apply to all Commercial Districts are listed within Table 8.C, Commercial Bulk Requirements.} ORD #25-07-17
    6. {Exceptions from General Requirements
      1. In the interest of preserving the Downtown and pursuant to Ordinance Number 45-11-92, the Downtown District shall be exempt from the requirements of Article 10, Part C, Off-Street Parking and from the payment of certain sewer availability fees as set forth below.
      2. In consideration for the waiver of sewer availability charges, connection fees and parking lot requirements, the applicant for an Improvement Location Permit within the Downtown District will pay fifteen percent (15%) of the savings from the sewer availability charges and connection fee, which would have been due, under ordinary circumstances, to a streetscape enhancement and parking lot maintenance fund administered by the Director of Planning and Development for the continued improvement and maintenance of the Downtown. Under no circumstances shall more than ten (10) EDUs of sewage capacity per day be entitled to the exemption established herein for any proposed use that would otherwise qualify for an exemption.} ORD #25-07-17
    7. {Outside Storage and Display
      1. Outside storage and outside display of vending machines is prohibited.} ORD. #25-7-09
    8. {Fencing Requirements ​

    ​​        Refer to Article 9. General Regulations, Part B. Accessory Uses and Structures, Section 4. Accessory Uses Permitted: Regulations Specific to Particular Uses, E. Fences, walls and hedges.} ORD #46-07-16

    Effective on: 1/1/2018

    Section 4. Planned Business (PB)

    ​       Refer to Article 9. General Regulations, Part B. Accessory Uses and Structures, Section 4. Accessory Uses Permitted: Regulations Specific to Particular Uses, E. Fences, walls and hedges.} ORD #46-07-16

    1. Purpose
      The purpose of the PB District is to encourage well-planned business uses, particularly with respect to unified design, safe ingress-egress, adequate and properly located parking and service facilities and convenient and safe pedestrian accessibility. Shopping centers are good examples of types of uses in the PB District. The PB district is also designed to service the motoring public through such uses as motels, restaurants, or service stations. The PB district shall only be permitted along or at the intersection of major arterials as specified by the Thoroughfare Plan element of the Comprehensive Plan.
    2. Permitted Uses
      A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix.
    3. Uses Permitted with Restrictions
      There are currently no permitted uses in the PB district that are subject to special restrictions.
    4. Conditional Uses
      Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article 4, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be approved are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix.
    5. Bulk Requirements
      The bulk requirements that apply to all Commercial Districts are listed within Table 8.C, Commercial Bulk Requirements.
    6. {Outside Storage and Display
      Outside storage, {vending machines}, and display of merchandise is prohibited.} ORD. #33-6-04, ORD. #25-7-09
    7. {Fencing Requirements ​

    ​       Refer to Article 9. General Regulations, Part B. Accessory Uses and Structures, Section 4. Accessory Uses Permitted: Regulations Specific to Particular Uses, E. Fences, walls and hedges.} ORD #46-07-16

    Effective on: 9/3/2016

    Section 5. Manufacturing/Office (MO) (REMOVED AS PER ORDINANCE NO. 64-11-08)

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    {Section 6. Business Planned Development (B/PD)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the B/PD district is to permit the development of commercial uses as per the Hamilton County Zoning Ordinance and the Adopted Planned Development Application and Supplemental Documentation for those particular parcels of property as evidenced on the Maps in Appendix J. Originally, these parcels were under the County’s jurisdiction for zoning and uses or during a time period of not being within the zoning jurisdiction of either the City of Noblesville or Hamilton County thereby creating a “No Zoning Area”. The permitted uses and the bulk requirements shall be established as per the adopted Hamilton County Zoning Ordinance and/or Adopted Planning Development Application and Supplemental Documentation in effect at that time.

    The parcels will remain City of Noblesville Zoning District of “B/PD” until such time the properties are rezoned to an existing City zoning district including bulk requirements.

    These parcels include the following:

    Hood’s Gardens at 11644 Summer Road (County Zoned A4 – Agricultural Business District)(Parcel Numbers 10-11-16-00-00-014.000, 10-11-16-00-00-010.001, 10-11-16-00-00-010.002); and containing 27.33 acres;

    Depco at ( – M2 - Manufacturing Development – Major Community Impact)(Parcel Numbers 11-11-16-00-00-018.001 and containing 4.42 acres.

    South of the 4.42 Acres (County Zoned M2P – Manufacturing Development – Major Community Impact Planned Development) (Parcel No, 11-11-16-00-00-.017.000, and 11-16-00-00-018.000) and containing 40.87 acres.

    11741 Greenfield Avenue (Parcel Number 10-11-16-00-00-016.003)(9.53 acres “No Zoning” Area at initial construction.

    (Parcel Number 10-10-16-00-00-016.001) (19.32 acres) County Zoned A4 – Agricultural Business.

    (Parcel Number 10-10-16-00-00-016.002)(2.72 acres) and (10-10-16-00-00-016.000 (partial area of ID number and 5 acres) County zoned C1P – Commercial Development/Residential Character Planned Development.

    (Parcel Number 10-10-09-00-00-019.001)(4.64 acres) County Zoned C3 – Commercial Development-Major Community Impact.

    The planned development shall be required to follow standards adopted by the Planned Development Applications and Supplemental Documentation and the Hamilton County Zoning Ordinance. All Non-Planned Developments shall abide by the requirements of said Hamilton County Zoning Ordinance for said particular zoning district. Any requirements that cannot be met shall require a public hearing before the Noblesville Plan Commission and Common Council or the Board of Zoning Appeals. (Refer to Appendix J)} ORD. #56-11-07
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 1. Light Industrial (I-1)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the I-1 District is to encourage the development of manufacturing and wholesale establishments that are clean, quiet, and free of hazardous or objectionable elements, operate entirely within enclosed structures, and generate little industrial traffic. This district is further designed to act as a transitional use between heavy manufacturing uses and less intensive uses such as business or residential.
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 1, C, below.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted in this district provided that they meet the restrictions below.
    Retail Sales
    1. Retail sales shall be permitted as an accessory use to the primary industrial use, provide such uses are located within the principal building and occupy no more than twenty percent (20%) of its net floor area.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article IV, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be permitted are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements that apply to all Industrial Districts are listed within Table 8.D, Industrial Bulk Requirements.
  • {Outdoor Storage
    Outdoor Storage shall be permitted only as an Accessory Use to the Primary Use on the same lot or tract of land.
    1. Outdoor Storage areas shall not encroach into any minimum required yard setback, drainage easement, public right-of-way, a fire lane, parking area or maneuvering aisle.
    2. All Outdoor Storage Areas shall provide a solid, opaque wall or fence of not less than seven (7) feet in height measured at the highest finished grade to screen the view from any adjacent property or right-of-way.
    3. All Outdoor Storage shall be located behind the rear line of the Principal Building or structure and shall not front on any public right-of-way.
    4. A chain link fence or a variation of a chain link fence combination shall not constitute an acceptable screening device to satisfy the requirements of this section.
    5. Materials stored behind any screening wall or fence shall be stacked no higher than one (1) foot below the top of the wall or fence. Vehicles, trailers, mobile machinery, or equipment shall be stored in their lowest elevation. No vehicle, trailer, mobile machinery, or equipment shall be used for nor constitute permanent storage.
    6. Maintenance of the wall or fence shall be the responsibility of the property owner and/or tenant and shall be maintained to create a visual screen.} ORD. #96-11-05
    7. {Fencing for either outdoor storage or fencing of the real estate shall require a "Fence Permit" be issued prior to installation as the regulations of Article 9 - General Regulations.} ORD #46-07-16
  • Effective on: 9/3/2016

    Section 2. Heavy Industrial (I-2)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the I-2 District is to encourage the development of major manufacturing, processing, warehousing, and major research and testing operations. These activities require extensive community facilities and reasonably good access to major thoroughfares and the interstate system. They may also have extensive outside storage and service areas and may generate heavy industrial-type traffic, but shall be prohibited if they create nuisances beyond the limitations of this ordinance.
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    There are currently no permitted uses in the I-2 district that require special restrictions.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article IV, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be permitted are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements that apply to all Industrial Districts are listed within Table 8.D, Industrial Bulk Requirements.
  • {Outdoor Storage
    Outdoor Storage shall be permitted only as an Accessory Use to the Primary Use on the same lot or tract of land.
    1. Outdoor Storage areas shall not encroach into any minimum required yard setback, drainage easement, public right-of-way, a fire lane, parking area or maneuvering aisle.
    2. All Outdoor Storage Areas shall provide a solid, opaque wall or fence including chain link or vinyl coated chain link with slats of not less than seven (7) feet in height measured at the highest finished grade to screen the view from any adjacent property or right-of-way.
    3. All Outdoor Storage shall be located behind the rear line of the Principal Building or structure and shall not front on any public right-of-way.
    4. Materials stored behind any screening wall or fence shall be stacked no higher than one (1) foot below the top of the wall or fence. Vehicles, trailers, mobile machinery, or equipment shall be stored in their lowest elevation. No vehicle, trailer, mobile machinery, or equipment shall be used for nor constitute permanent storage.
    5. Maintenance of the wall or fence shall be the responsibility of the property owner and/or tenant and shall be maintained to create a visual screen.} ORD. #96-11-05
    6. {Fencing for either outdoor storage or fencing of the real estate shall require a "Fence Permit" be issued prior to installation as the regulations of Article 9 - General Regulations.} ORD #46-07-16
  • Effective on: 9/3/2016

    Section 3. Extractive Industrial (I-3)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the I-3 District is to provide land for the mining, excavating, processing, and storage of mineral resources. This district is designed to assure that these resources be properly managed and that all land be reclaimed so as not to create a hazard or nuisance that either immediately or in the future affects the health, safety, or general welfare of the community. This case would also be of conditional use status. Since what is now agricultural farmland might one day be exploited as a mineral resource for extraction, it would require either a rezoning or special exception permit. In addition, after reclamation, a rezoning to a more usable classification would be in order.
  • Permitted Uses
    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in Section 3, C.
  • Uses Permitted with Restrictions
    The following uses are permitted in this district provided that they meet the restrictions below.
    Excavation
    1. Before any excavation is begun, there shall be a plan on file with and approved by both the State Department of Natural Resources and the Plan Commission for both excavation and reclamation activities.
    2. Any excavation shall be carried on in such a manner so as not to disturb any land or properties immediately adjacent to the property on which the excavation is being accomplished. In particular, no excavation shall take place within one hundred (100) feet of the property line.
    3. Any excavation shall be surrounded by a fence not less than seven (7) feet high.
    4. No excavation shall take place by use of explosives.
  • Conditional Uses
    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to Article IV, Part C of this Development Ordinance. The conditional uses that may be permitted are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix.
  • Bulk Requirements
    The bulk requirements that apply to all Industrial Districts are listed within Table 8.D, Industrial Bulk Requirements.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 1. Purpose and Procedures

    The purpose of the Corporate Campus Planned Development District (CCPD) is to encourage economic development activity and high quality, well-integrated development both north and south of the 146th Street corridor, east of State Road 37 to Prairie Baptist Road and Atlantic Road, and north of the I-69 interchange. This district is intended to provide for a broad range of uses, thus expanding employment opportunities in Noblesville and enhancing its tax base. Within this district are a number of subdistricts that represent various physical character areas. Although the CCPD District shall be developed in a unified and coordinated fashion, each of the subdistricts has tailored a purpose, use, bulk and site development standards reflective of its location, function, and desired appearance within the corporate campus park. It is the intent of this district to augment the other bulk Articles of this Unified Development Ordinance. When not specifically addressed by this district, the bulk standard Articles of the Unified Development Ordinance shall apply.

    1. A.
      Review Procedures
      All development within the CCPD District shall be subject to site plan review, Unified Development Ordinance subdivision regulations, and site development standards, in addition to the use, bulk, and site development standards of this part.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                The following types of development proposals {are subject to the procedures and requirements for Planned Developments contained in Article 4. Zoning Applications and Approvals. Section H. Planned Developments and Article 8. Zoning Districts, Part H. Special Districts, Section 3. Planned Development (PD) Overlay District:
      1. 1.
        All proposed subdivisions.
      2. 2.
        All development proposals in the Mixed Residential Subdistrict (unless otherwise specified).
      3. 3.
        All development proposals that include requests for any exceptions from the standards listed for

        this district and/or subdistricts.

      4. 4.
        All proposed uses listed as Special Considerations in Appendix D. These uses are not assumed

        permitted by-right and thus, there shall be no presumption of their approval. Special Considerations, if any are to be given, must be specifically approved by the Plan Commission and Council.} ORD #44-10-23

        5. {All development proposals in the Agricultural/I-O Subdistrict.} ORD. #53-9-04

    Effective on: 11/14/2023

    Section 2. Establishment of Subdistricts

    The City of Noblesville hereby creates a set of subdistricts that represent physical character areas within the CCPD District. The subdistricts are as follows:

    1. Interchange Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and applicability
        The purpose of the Interchange Subdistrict is to address development sites that are visible from Greenfield Avenue/State Road 238 and 146th Street, but are not directly accessible from them. High quality building design and site improvements are a priority in this area, which functions as the “eastern gateway” into Noblesville. Site access and signage must be carefully planned to orient drivers. Site design and parking lot layout must recognize the “double-fronted” nature of development sites in this area.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of commercial and office uses shall be permitted in the Interchange Subdistrict, in the CCPD ordinance with the approved Corporate Campus Land Use and Subdistricts map. Where indicated on the map, commercial uses shall be designed in a pedestrian-oriented manner. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix D.
    2. 146th Street Corridor Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and applicability
        The purpose of the 146th Street Corridor Subdistrict is to address development sites that are visible from 146th Street, but are not directly accessible from it. High quality building design and site improvements are a priority in this area because this corridor functions as the “spine” of the overall corporate campus park. Site access and signage must be carefully planned to orient drivers. Site design and parking lot layout must recognize the “double-fronted” nature of development sites in this area.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of commercial, office and industrial uses shall be permitted in the 146th Street Corridor Subdistrict, in accordance with an approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. Where indicated on the map, commercial uses shall be designed in a pedestrian-oriented manner. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix D. {Any newly established user that may be categorized as a “Tax Exempt User” as defined by Ordinance No. 16-05-13 within this subdistrict is prohibited.} ORD. #24-07-13, As Amended
    3. View Corridor Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and applicability
        The purpose of the View Corridor Subdistrict is to address development sites that are highly visible from key regional arterials (I-69 and State Road 37), but are not directly accessible from them. The design quality and presence of buildings in this area is important as viewed from afar as well as upon closer approach. Site design and parking lot layout must address the “double-fronted” nature of development sites in this area.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of commercial, office and industrial uses shall be permitted in the View Corridor Subdistrict, in accordance with an approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. Where indicated on the map, commercial uses shall be designed in a pedestrian-oriented manner. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix D. {Any newly established user that may be categorized as a “Tax Exempt User” as defined by Ordinance No. 16-05-13 within this subdistrict is prohibited.} ORD. #24-07-13, As Amended
    4. Interchange Flex Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and applicability
        The purpose of the Interchange Flex Subdistrict is to address development sites that are visible from key secondary arterials and may have direct access from them depending upon lot size. Generous landscaped setbacks and high quality site improvements are key to establishing the appropriate image for this area. Adequate buffering is required where dissimilar land uses abut one another (including residential). The Interchange Flex Subdistrict permits only industrial, office, and related flex uses.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of office and industrial uses shall be permitted in the Interchange Flex Subdistrict, in accordance with an approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix D.
    5. Secondary Corridor Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and applicability
        The purpose of the Secondary Corridor Subdistrict is to address development sites that are visible from key secondary arterials (including Greenfield Avenue/State Road 238) and may have direct access from them depending upon lot size. Generous landscaped setbacks and high quality site improvements are key to establishing the appropriate image for this area. Adequate buffering is required where dissimilar land uses abut one another (including residential). The Secondary Corridor Subdistrict permits a broader range of uses including industrial, office, and commercial uses.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of commercial, office and industrial uses shall be permitted in the Secondary Corridor Subdistrict, in accordance with an approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. Where indicated on the map, commercial uses shall be designed in a pedestrian-oriented manner. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix D.
    6. Internal Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and applicability
        The purpose of the Internal Subdistrict is to address development sites that are not highly visible from key arterials. While a basic standard of quality is expected, the required level of site improvements and architectural quality is not as high as in other subdistricts. Emphasis is placed on the design of building entries and signage more than the overall building design. Adequate buffering is required where dissimilar land uses abut one another (including residential).
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of office and industrial uses shall be permitted in the Internal Subdistrict, in accordance with an approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix D.
    7. Mixed Residential District
      1. Purpose and applicability
        The purpose of the Mixed Residential Subdistrict is to address areas where a diversity of residential development is appropriate within the Corporate Campus Planned Development District. The range of residential uses that are permitted within this Subdistrict include single family detached, single family attached, two-family, and multiple family residential, provided it is designed in an integrated manner. The design standards included within this section are intended to ensure that residential development within the Corporate Campus is attractive, and yet remains affordable.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of residential and complementary institutional uses shall be permitted in the Mixed Residential subdistrict, in accordance with an approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix D.
    8. Regional Recreation and Entertainment Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and applicability
        The purpose of the Regional Recreation and Entertainment Subdistrict is to address existing recreation and entertainment uses within the Subdistrict and the potential for future development sites that are visible from key thoroughfares, including but not limited to Greenfield Avenue/State Road No. 238, 146th Street, Boden Road, and Olio Road, and may have direct access from them depending upon lot size. Generous landscaped setbacks and high quality site improvements are key to establishing the appropriate image for this area as future development occurs on the existing recreation and entertainment site. Adequate buffering is required where dissimilar land uses abut one another (including residential). The Regional Recreation and Entertainment Subdistrict permits a range of full service entertainment facilities and uses as well as office and industrial facilities and uses.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of regional entertainment facilities and uses shall be permitted in the Regional Recreation and Entertainment Subdistrict in accordance with an approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. Where indicated on the map, uses shall be designed in a pedestrian-oriented manner. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix D.} ORD. #26-4-03
    9. {Agricultural/I-O Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and applicability
        The purpose of the Agricultural/I-O Subdistrict is to address development sites that are in areas that are presently primarily agricultural or rural in nature. This district is identified in areas that are generally on the periphery of the Corporate Campus as a whole with a development timeline that is anticipated to exceed the more high-profile subdistricts. Agricultural and rural residential uses will continue to operate as they currently exist until such time as development in the area occurs. It is expected that development in this district will be non-residential in nature, with permitted uses ranging from industrial and office to other related flex uses. Generous landscaped setbacks and high quality site improvements are key to establishing the appropriate image for this area, respecting the character of the pre-existing agricultural and residential uses. Adequate buffering is required where dissimilar land uses abut one another (including residential).
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of office and industrial uses shall be permitted in the Agricultural/I-O Subdistrict, in accordance with an approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix D. Residential uses are permitted to continue according to Section 4. General Regulations, Subsection B. Residential General Regulations. ORD. #53-9-04

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 3. Public Right-of-Way and Infrastructure Improvements

  • Improvements
    Unifying streetscape elements must be provided at adjacent public rights-of-way, including street lights, street trees, sodded parkways, continuous sidewalks, and hike/bike trails where appropriate.

    Street lights are to be installed at all public rights-of-way, per City specifications. These lights shall have a uniform and consistent design throughout the development.
    1. Sidewalks
      1. A continuous five (5) foot public sidewalk shall be provided within the public right-of-way, per City specifications, making connections to sidewalks at adjacent properties. Where space permits, sidewalks must meander toward and away from the curb line, to no closer than five feet and no further than 30 feet from the curb. The curve shall be gradual, to discourage short-cuts. This sidewalk may be replaced with an asphalt path, as required by the Access Framework Plan and the Noblesville Alternative Transportation Plan (NAT), if deemed appropriate.
      2. Public sidewalk configuration must provide direct access to curbside transit stops where appropriate. These access points shall be American with Disabilities Act (ADA) compliant and installed pursuant to City regulations.
      3. Hike/bike trails and trail heads shall be provided where indicated on the Access Framework Plan and the Noblesville Alternative Transportation Plan (NAT), per City specifications, making connections to trail segments at adjacent properties.
    2. Landscaping
      1. Deciduous street trees of 2.5 to 3-inch caliper at the rate of one tree for every 40 linear feet of right-of-way are required to be installed in a mulch bed of a maximum 8 feet in diameter. Street trees must always be located between the curb and the public sidewalk, and need not be in a straight line if the sidewalk meanders. Required street trees are in addition to the on-site landscaping required per the previous section. Permitted tree species shall be those listed on the approved planting lists of the City of Noblesville.
      2. Unpaved portions of the right-of-way shall be established in turf by either sodding (preferred) or seeding.
      3. Median strips between divided roads and driveways shall be landscaped with trees and low shrub masses accented with annuals/perennials. Plantings shall be focused at intersections and “gateway” areas, and shall cover a minimum of 30% of the unpaved area of the median strip. Unplanted areas shall be maintained in turf.
      4. Along Primary Arterials, a berm and landscape treatment shall be installed that will buffer buildings and parking facilities from view. The berm should be at least 4 feet in height, and plantings shall be pursuant to the buffering requirements of Article 12. In some cases, this buffer can be installed in lieu of the buffering requirements for individual uses. The look and feel of the treatment should be consistent throughout the corridor.
    3. Detention
      1. Detention/ retention ponds shall be located and designed to be natural in appearance and enhance the entry sequence and/or view of buildings.
      2. Wet detention facilities and water features, side slopes above the water line shall not exceed 4:1, and wetland/aquatic vegetation shall be planted around at least 75% of the wet area perimeter. The maximum “freeboard” of all detention areas shall not exceed 3 feet. All detention facilities shall be required to install safety ledges pursuant to the requirements of the Unified Development Ordinance and as approved by the City Engineer.
      3. Dry detention areas shall maintain a maximum slope of 4:1, and shall be graded to harmonize with the overall open space design of the site.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 4. General Regulations

  • Non-Residential Site Planning Regulations
    1. Commercial uses shall be “master planned” in conjunction with adjacent office uses to facilitate efficient circulation and shared parking.
    2. Where developments include several buildings, they shall be grouped to create outdoor spaces/plazas.
    3. Open space shall be located contiguous to open space on adjacent sites to maximize their combined visual effect.
    4. A straightforward and visually pleasant approach to building entrances shall be provided, with a drop-off area near office building entrances.
    5. No accessory structure shall be located within any required setback.
    6. {Equipment
      1. No storage areas, garbage containers or mechanical equipment shall be located within any required setback.
      2. Mechanical equipment, garbage containers, and satellite dishes shall be completely and permanently screened from view of public rights-of-way and adjoining properties. When attached to the ground, screening methods shall include a solid wall or fence enclosure of a material that matches the principal building. When roof mounted, screening methods may include parapet walls or other architectural treatments approved by the Planning Director.
      3. The colors and materials of all screening methods shall match and be in coordination with the colors and materials of the principal building.} ORD. #6-1-05
    7. Drive thru
      1. Where drive –thru uses are permitted, drive-thru windows and lanes are not permitted to face any street.
    8. {Lighting
      1. Light standards shall not exceed 25 feet in height, and shall be of a consistent type/style/finish throughout the site. If adjacent to a residential district, light standards shall not exceed 15 feet in height within 150 feet of the lot line. Light intensity on sites that are adjacent to a residential district shall be no more than one half (.5) foot-candle as measured along property lines that abut the residential district.
      2. Light standards that are used must be approved by the City prior to their use, and the illumination of the standards shall be subject to the standards of the Unified Development Ordinance.
      3. Lighting shall serve only to illuminate signage, parking/loading areas, walkways and entrances, or to accent landscaping and architectural details.
      4. Colored, exposed neon, flashing or moving lights are prohibited.
      5. All lights shall be installed in a manner to best hide and shield point source lighting.} ORD. #6-1-05
    9. Circulation
      1. The Land Use and Subdistrict and Access Framework and Thoroughfare Master Plan maps identify a potential roadway network. The maps identify potential locations of arterials and collectors, and all other proposed roads that are not identified would most likely be constructed as local streets.
      2. Permitted roadway types (per approved Access Framework and Thoroughfare Master Plan) in all subdistricts are primary arterial, secondary arterial, collector, and local streets.
      3. A continuous circulation system must be maintained within large private developments; cul-de-sacs are strongly discouraged.
      4. Off-street pedestrian and auto connections shall be provided between sites where feasible, especially between office and commercial uses.
      5. Safe pedestrian and bicycle routes shall be delineated within private developments, and connect to the public sidewalk and regional trail system
    10. Service Vehicles/Trucks
      1. Adequate on-site areas must be provided for truck access, maneuvering, loading and storage.
      2. Service vehicle/truck traffic must be separated from automobile traffic.
    11. Access Regulations
      1. Roads and driveway cuts must be aligned to create four-way intersections. Access points located on opposite sides of the street should be designed to line up the respective left turn lanes, where the road has no center median.
      2. Curb cuts are not permitted within 350 feet of an intersection on any arterial street, or within 300 feet of an intersection on any collector street.
      3. Where permitted, outlots in commercial and mixed developments shall only be accessed from internal roadways, and shall share driveways and parking lots wherever feasible.
      4. In Interchange, 146th Street Corridor, and View Corridor Subdistricts, direct access from primary arterials to development sites is prohibited, and direct access from secondary arterials is only allowed for sites at least 8 acres in size. Direct access from secondary arterials may not occur more frequently than once every 1,000 feet.
      5. In Interchange Flex, Secondary Corridor, and Internal Subdistricts, no direct access from primary arterials to development sites is prohibited. Direct access from secondary arterials is only allowed for sites at least 10 acres in size. Direct access from secondary arterials may not occur more frequently than once every 1,000 feet.
      6. Parcels containing a minimum of five (5) acres and a minimum parcel width of 450 feet may be granted one (1) additional driveway cut based on the merits of unique and/or unusual circumstances on a case-by-case basis and approval by the Planning Director. The driveway cut may not be permitted in all cases.} ORD. #6-1-05
    12. Bulk Requirements
      The following requirements apply to all non-residential subdistricts:
  • Table 8.E.4 Bulk Requirements for Corporate Campus Non-Residential Subdistricts
    Amended by ORD. #36-08-02, #26-4-03, #33-6-04, #53-9-04, #6-1-05, #28-4-05

    Requirements

    Interchange

    146th Street Corridor

    View Corridor

    Interchange Flex

    Secondary Corridor

    Internal

    Regional Recreation & Entertainment

    Agricultural/I-O

    Minimum Area

    5 acres1

    5 acres1

    5 acres1

    5 acres1

    5 acres1

    3 acres1

    5 acres1

    Minimum Width

    200 feet

    200 feet

    200 feet

    200 feet

    200 feet

    200 feet

    200 feet

    Maximum Impervious Surface

    70%

    70%

    70%

    70%

    70%

    80%

    80%

    Building Height

    Maximum

    Office Buildings:

    Hotels:

    Industrial Buildings:

    Retail Buildings:

    Accessory Structures:2

    Entertainment Structures:

    Minimum

    Entertainment Structures:

    All Other Structures:

    120 feet

    120 feet

    50 feet

    35 feet

    50 feet

    24 feet and two stories8

    120 feet

    120 feet

    50 feet

    35 feet

    50 feet

    24 feet and two stories8

    120 feet

    120 feet

    50 feet

    35 feet

    50 feet

    24 feet and two stories8

    60 feet

    n/a

    50 feet

    35 feet

    50 feet

    24 feet and two stories8

    60 feet

    120 feet

    50 feet

    35 feet

    50 feet

    24 feet and two stories8

    50 feet

    n/a

    n/a

    50 feet

    20 feet

    24 feet or two stories8

    60 feet

    120 feet

    50 feet

    35 feet

    50 feet

    35 feet, plus

    1 ft. for each additional 5 ft. in setback

    Not Applicable

    24 feet or two stories8

    50 feet

    50 feet

    50 feet

    50 feet

    20 feet

    24 feet and two stories8

    Front Yard Setback

    Minimum7

    Primary Arterial

    w/ Detention Pond

    Secondary Arterial3

    Collector/Local

    Maximum

    Arterial

    50 feet5

    50 feet6

    50 feet

    25 feet

    50 feet5

    50 feet5

    50 feet6

    50 feet

    25 feet

    50 feet5

    75 feet

    75 feet6

    50 feet

    25 feet

    75 feet

    50 feet5

    50 feet6

    40 feet

    20 feet

    50 feet5

    50 feet5

    50 feet6

    40 feet

    20 feet3

    50 feet5

    50 feet5

    50 feet6

    30 feet

    20 feet

    50 feet5

    50 feet5

    50 feet6

    30 feet

    20 feet

    50 feet5

    50 feet5

    50 feet6

    30 feet

    20 feet

    50 feet5

    Minimum Side and Rear Yard Setback (not abutting a public right-of-way)

    25 feet

    25 feet

    25 feet

    15 feet4

    15 feet4

    15 feet4

    25 feet4

    15 feet4

    Minimum Building Size

    40,000 SF

    40,000 SF

    40,000 SF

    40,000 SF

    15,000 SF

    15,000 SF

    ----

    15,000 SF

    NOTES:

    1Retail uses shall be a minimum of 5 acres and each outlot a minimum of 1 acre in size. Smaller minimum lot sizes may be approved as part of a master planned development. ORD. #28-4-05

    2Accessory buildings should not exceed principal building height or the maximum height allowable, whichever is less.

    3Pedestrian-oriented areas have a maximum front setback of 5 feet.

    4Where side or rear yards abut residentially zoned property, the setback is 50 feet.

    5See ‘D’ Non-Residential General Regulations, i Landscaping/Screening.

    6Detention ponds are permitted within front yard setbacks; however, structures must be set back at least 20 feet from the top of the bank.

    7See ‘D’ Non-Residential General Regulations, h, Parking/Loading.

    8Industrial use buildings shall maintain a two-story office component with the potential for a single-story

    manufacturing/warehousing component at the rear of the building on a case-by-case basis with approval by the Planning Director. Retail buildings are encouraged to be two-story buildings but may be approved as single-story buildings on a case-by-case basis with the approval by the Planning Director. ORD. #28-4-05

    1. Residential General Regulations
      1. Existing Residential Uses in Non-Residential Subdistricts
        The following site development standards shall apply to all subdistricts within the CCPD District, with the exception of the Mixed Residential Subdistrict.
        1. Authority to Continue
          Where, at the time of adoption of an ordinance that assigns the CCPD (Corporate Campus) to a Noblesville Jurisdictional zoning map, lawful residential uses of land which exist and would not be permitted by the regulations imposed by the CCPD, may be continued so long as they remain otherwise lawful, subject to the following provisions.
        2. Enlargement/Improvement of Existing Residential Structure
          Such nonconforming uses may be enlarged or increased to occupy a greater area of land than was occupied at the effective date of rezone so long as such improvements do not result in an increase of the value of the structure by more than 50% of the pre-improvement value.
        3. Moving a Residential Structure
          No such nonconforming uses shall be moved in whole or in part to any portion of the lot or parcel other than that occupied by such uses at the effective date of the rezone.
        4. Termination by Discontinuance or Abandonment of Use
          If any such nonconforming uses of land are discontinued or abandoned for more than one (1) year (except when government action impedes access to the premises), any subsequent use of such land shall conform to the regulations specified by this ordinance for the district in which such land is located.
        5. New Construction of Residential Buildings
          The only new structures that shall be permitted shall be clearly accessory to the existing residential use of the property and shall adhere to the standards for Accessory Structures as outlined in Article 9 {- General Regulations of the Unified Development Ordinance. No additional homes or separate living units shall be constructed in the CCPD unless such uses are permitted uses in the land use area and then shall adhere to the "R1 Low Density Single Family Residential" zoning district}. ORD #46-07-16
        6. Damage or Destruction
          Should such nonconforming residential structures be destroyed or damaged by any means, then the home may be reconstructed in a manner equal to the fair market value of the building immediately prior to the damage.
        7. Underlying Standards
          Any residential improvements inside the CCPD district shall adhere to the underlying developmental standards of the R1 (Single-Family Residential) district.
        8. Conflict with Article 14 of Unified Development Ordinance
          In the case where the specific provisions of this Part E are in conflict with Article 14 (Nonconforming Uses And Structures) of the Unified Development Ordinance, the standards of this Part E shall apply.
      2. Mixed Use Residential Subdistrict Regulations
        In the Mixed Residential Subdistrict, the following design guidelines shall be utilized in evaluation of the proposed planned development proposal. Conformance with the design guidelines may permit additional density within the identified density range, above the 2.4 units/acre specified above. Design standards within this subdistrict are required. Guidelines are not mandatory. While strict adherence to guidelines is not required, projects that do not adhere to some or all of the guidelines should only be presumed to be allowed a base density that is at the low end of the range permitted and to be required to comply with the established base bulk requirements.
        1. Bulk Requirements
          1. Maximum density
            1. The intent of this district is to provide for a variety of housing types, often times within an individual development. To encourage these multiple housing types, as well as a high quality design and affordability, a set of residential design guidelines and a density range has been identified. The permitted density shall be dependent upon adherence to the design guidelines and shall be at the discretion of the City Council, in accordance with the Planned Development procedure. The base density in the single-family areas shall be 2.4 dwelling units to the acre where there is access to public sewer. The base density shall be one unit per 2 acres where private sewer systems are proposed. With consideration of the guidelines established for this subdistrict, as well as consideration of the specific products and subdivision designs on a case by case basis, planned developments may be approved that allow the maximum permitted density in the single family areas to range from 2.4 to 6 dwelling units per acre.
            2. The base density in the multiple family areas shall be 14 dwelling units per the acre. Dependent upon compliance with the guidelines established for this subdistrict, as well as the quality, affordability, and/or mix of specific products and subdivision design proposed, planned developments may be approved that permit a maximum permitted density to range from 7 to 20 dwelling units per acre.
          2. Minimum Lot Area and Width
            Because a density range has been identified as a means of encouraging high quality residential design and a variety of product types, the minimum permitted lot area and width may vary, dependent upon the density permitted. However, the base lot areas and lot widths for each housing type are as follows:
            1. Single family detached dwellings (public sewer):
              1. 15,000 square feet
              2. 100 feet width
            2. Single family detached dwellings (private sewer):
              1. 2 acres
              2. 200 feet
            3. Single family attached dwellings (up to four units):
              1. 6,000 square feet
              2. 60 feet
                (Permitted only on public sewer)
            4. Multiple family dwellings: (Permitted only on public sewer)
              1. 3,000 square feet
              2. 150 feet
      3. Maximum Building Height
        1. Single family detached dwellings: 35 feet
        2. Single family attached dwellings (up to four units): 40 feet
        3. Multiple family dwellings 45 feet
        4. Accessory buildings shall be a maximum height: 15 feet
      4. Maximum Permitted Floor Area Ratio.
        1. Single family detached dwellings: 0.5
        2. Single family attached dwellings (up to four units): 0.6
        3. Multiple family dwellings 0.6
      5. Setbacks
        1. Front Yard Setbacks (minimum)
          1. Single family dwellings 25 feet local and collector streets
          2. Single family attached 50 feet arterial streets
          3. Multiple family dwellings 50 feet all streets
        2. Side Yard Setback (minimum)
          1. Eight feet for all housing types, except multiple family and single family attached dwellings, which shall provide a minimum separation of 10 feet between individual buildings.
        3. Rear Yard Setback (minimum)
          1. Principal buildings 20 feet
          2. Accessory buildings 5 feet
        4. For certain product types, it may be necessary, in certain circumstances and on a case by case basis, to reduce these standards. For this reason, this standard may be varied as part of the planned development process subject to approval by the Council.
      6. Minimum floor area per dwelling
        1. Single Family: 1,800 square feet
        2. Multiple Family: 600 square feet
        3. For certain product types, it may be necessary to reduce this standard. For this reason, this standard may be varied as part of the planned development process.
    2. Design Standards Applicable to All Residential Development
      1. Each development should have standards for uniform streetlights, mailboxes, fencing, and sidewalks.
      2. A 50 foot buffer yard shall be maintained around all residential developments, unless otherwise reduced through the Planned Development process.
      3. No fences or other structures, permanent or temporary, shall be permitted within the 50 foot buffer yard.
      4. Common open space and recreational facilities may warrant additional density, provided that the common open space areas consist of a minimum of 15% of the site. This open space area must be active in nature, and shall not include public rights-of-way, easements, floodplain areas, or landscape setback areas. Large open space and retention areas (generally larger than 10,000 square feet) may only be counted if they are improved to include active and passive amenities. Generally, wet detention facilities shall not count toward the 15% requirement. Useable open space should be located no further than ¼ mile from the most distant house in the subdivision.
      5. Inside the 50-foot landscape buffer, trees shall be planted at a minimum rate of one tree per 40 feet and mounding shall be required as approved during the Planned Development process.
      6. Local streets should be extended to provide access between adjoining neighborhoods at appropriate intervals. Streets should generally be designed in a grid network and cul-de-sacs are discouraged.
    3. Guidelines for Single-Family Detached and Two-Family Attached Dwellings
      1. Where detached garages are proposed, dwellings with detached garages that are located in the rear yard and accessed via alleys are the preferred garage design. However, the second preference is detached garages that are located in the rear yard and accessed from the street.
      2. Where dwellings are designed with attached garages, rear loaded garages that have access off alleys are preferred. The second preference is for rear loaded garages that access from the front. The third preference is side-loaded garages. The least desirable design is a dwelling with an attached front-facing garage. Such garages shall occupy no more than 33% of the front façade. Individual garage doors designed with windows are encouraged.
      3. In an effort to promote diversity of housing, subdivisions shall vary the following: buildings’ relationship to the street by staggering setbacks a minimum of 5’ for 25% of each block face; driveway orientation or location; the side yard setback and/or lot widths by 10 feet for 25% of the lots on each block face.
      4. Each development over 100 acres should have a minimum of two product types that address two different market categories.
      5. A landscape package including a minimum of one shade tree and 10 shrubs and/or ornamental trees per dwelling unit shall be installed on each lot.
      6. Generally, lots of less than 60 feet in width should have rear-loaded garages that access from an alley.
    4. Guidelines for Single- Family Attached and Multiple-Family Residential
      1. All townhouse and multiple-family residential units should be designed to be oriented toward the street. Where larger developments are designed with internal circulation systems, at least some dwelling units should be oriented to the exterior of the development so as to promote connection and integration of the multiple family development with adjacent uses. Townhouse or multiple-family developments, which are oriented with the sidewalls facing the street, are discouraged.
      2. All single family attached dwellings should have one main entrance for each structure that faces the street at an angle of no more than 45 degrees from the street, or opens onto a porch or a stoop. At least 50% of the units should be designed with building entrances, rather than garage doors fronting on the street at the ground floor level.
      3. Attached garages should be located at the rear of the dwelling unit, and face the interior of the development, rather than the street. The least desirable design is a dwelling with an attached street-facing garage. Such garages shall only be permitted if they do not protrude beyond the front building line and provide access via an internal drive or frontage road, rather than with individual curb cuts for each dwelling unit. Individual garage doors designed with windows are encouraged.
    5. Existing Residential Lots in Residential Subdistricts
      1. Planned Development approval shall not be required for a building permit for a single family home that does not involve the subdivision of property, is on property of at least five acres in size, and is located within the Single-Family or Multi-Family Subdistricts.

    Effective on: 9/3/2016

    Section 5. Architectural Standards

  • Architectural Review Procedure
    1. Architectural review shall be required for all residential developments pursuant to the standards of Article 8 and Article 3 of the Unified Development Ordinance.
    2. With regard to non-residential developments, architectural plans for all primary and accessory buildings shall be submitted in sufficient detail to permit an understanding of the style of the development, the design of the buildings, and the number, size, and type of structures. A complete set of color 360-degree elevations detailing the front, rear, and opposite side views of each proposed above ground structure shall be provided. Key exterior elements such as materials, windows, architectural breaks, etc. must be rendered in sufficient detail and accompanied by clear descriptions of materials specifications, colors, and textures.
      1. If the architectural standards of the CCPD district are met, the review of the architectural plans shall be completed by the Staff. Appeals of Staff’s interpretations shall go to the Architectural Review Board who shall render a decision pursuant to the procedures established
  • Non-Residential General Architecture Requirements
    The following design/architecture requirements shall apply to all non-residential subdistricts within the Corporate Campus district:
    1. High quality building design and construction shall be provided on all elevations (360 degree architectural treatment) in all subdistricts, with the exception that in the Internal Subdistrict, architectural detailing shall be focused on the building entry and on façades visible from any roadway.
    2. The scale, mass, color and proportion of the building shall reflect the character of the area in which it is located and shall be compatible with adjoining developments.
    3. Multiple buildings in developments (including accessory buildings and detached outlot buildings in commercial centers, where permitted) must incorporate coordinated architectural styles, materials, forms, features, colors and applied elements to visually tie the development together.
    4. Antennas shall be roof-mounted only, shall project no more than 12 feet above the height of the building, and shall be positioned to minimize visibility from public rights-of-way. One antenna is allowed per building, except that at buildings with more than one tenant, a maximum of two shall be allowed per building.
    5. Signage, fencing, walls and other amenities (benches, lights) must be integrated with building design and landscaping.
    6. Building Trim
      1. The use of accent and trim elements (accent panels, banding, cornices, canopies/awnings, etc.) is recommended to add visual interest and break down the scale of facades.
      2. Permitted building trim materials include: brick (clay), stone, simulated cut stone, tile (ceramic or porcelain), wood, glass, painted aluminum, formed polymers (“Fypon”), and EIFS as permitted in the individual subdistricts.
    7. Facades
      1. Glazing shall not exceed 75% of any façade.
      2. Façade treatments shall be designed to break large façade areas into smaller facades.
      3. Exterior materials must be consistent on all facades, and material/finish changes should relate to the “structure” of the building.
      4. Colors used on building facades must be complementary. Natural, muted colors should serve as the primary façade color, with brighter colors used only as limited accents.
    8. Roofs
      1. Pitched roofs shall be required on buildings used for all small-scale retail, service, and office uses. Small-scale shall generally mean one-story buildings, however, the design and location of some buildings, which are more than one story in height, may require pitched roofs to be used as well.
      2. Rooflines and roof profiles shall be varied to create visual interest. One-story buildings must incorporate sloped roofs or tall parapets to architecturally conceal roof-mounted equipment.
      3. All rooftop equipment, including vents greater than 1 foot in height, shall be screened from view from all ground level vantage points by parapet walls, rooftop walls or recesses in sloped roofs.
      4. Rooftop equipment screens and rooftop penetrations (vents) shall be of a color compatible with the overall building or roof color (not an accent color).
      5. Roof materials should be traditional in composition and complement the architectural features of the structure.
      6. Where pitched roofs are required or requested; appropriate pitches shall be used based on the circumstance.
    9. All structures will be evaluated on the overall appearance of the project and shall be based on the quality of its design and its relationship to the surrounding area.
  • Subdistrict Specific Architecture Requirements
    1. Interchange Subdistrict
      1. In pedestrian-oriented commercial areas, a continuous “street wall” of facades shall be created. There shall be easy access from parking areas to the shopping street or plaza.
      2. Facades shall incorporate three or more vertical planes, and create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top.
      3. Main building entrances must be prominently featured through porticos, recessed entrances, lighting and landscaping. Weather protection should be provided at all entrances.
      4. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, tile (ceramic or porcelain), glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, and EIFS (“Dryvit”) as a limited trim material only.} ORD. #6-1-05
      5. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include: wood, plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, concrete masonry units, EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems, plastics, reflective glass.
    2. 146th Street Corridor Subdistrict
      1. Facades must incorporate three or more vertical planes, and create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top.
      2. Main building entrances must be prominently featured through porticos, recessed entrances, lighting and landscaping. Weather protection should be provided at all entrances.
      3. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, tile (ceramic or porcelain), glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate or imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, and EIFS (“Dryvit”) as a limited trim material only.} ORD. #6-1-05
      4. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include: wood, plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, concrete masonry units, EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems, plastics, reflective glass.
    3. {View Corridor Subdistrict
      1. Facades must incorporate three or more vertical planes, and create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top.
      2. Main building entrances must be prominently featured through porticos, recessed entrances, lighting and landscaping. Weather protection should be provided at all entrances.
      3. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, finished (textured and painted) pre-cast concrete panels, (subject to approval by the Planning Director and may not be appropriate when visible from an Arterial or Expressway), tile (ceramic or porcelain), glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, and EIFS (“Dryvit”) as a limited trim material only.} ORD. #6-1-05
      4. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include: wood, plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, concrete masonry units, EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems, plastics, reflective glass.
    4. {Interchange Flex Subdistrict
      1. Façade treatments must create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top.
      2. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, finished (textured and painted) pre-cast concrete panels, (subject to approval by the Planning Director and may not be appropriate when visible from an Arterial or Expressway), tile (ceramic or porcelain), glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, and EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems only if at least 8’ above grade or as a trim material. ORD. #6-1-05
      3. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include: wood, plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, concrete masonry units, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems, plastics, reflective glass.
    5. Secondary Corridor Subdistrict
      1. In pedestrian-oriented commercial areas, a continuous “street wall” of facades shall be created. There shall be easy access from parking areas to the shopping street or plaza.
      2. Façade treatments must create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top.
      3. Main building entrances must be prominently featured through porticos, recessed entrances, lighting and landscaping. Weather protection should be provided at all entrances.
      4. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, finished (textured and painted) pre-cast concrete panels, tile (ceramic or porcelain), glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems only if at least 8 feet above grade and consisting of not more than 25% of any facade.
      5. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include: wood, plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, concrete masonry units, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems, plastics, reflective glass.
    6. {Internal Subdistrict
      1. The primary façade treatment shall create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top.
      2. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, finished (textured and painted) pre-cast concrete panels, tile (ceramic or porcelain), steel/masonry composite wall systems, glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, and EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems only if at least 8’ above grade, and painted concrete masonry units at rear facades only.} ORD. #6-1-05; ORD. #28-4-05
      3. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include: wood, plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems plastics, reflective glass.} ORD. #26-06-02, ORD. #28-4-05
    7. Regional Recreation and Entertainment Subdistrict
      1. In pedestrian-oriented commercial areas, a continuous “street wall” of façades shall be created. There shall be easy access from parking areas to the shopping street or plaza.
      2. Façade treatments must create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top
      3. Main building entrances must be prominently featured through porticos, recessed entrances, lighting and landscaping. Weather protection should be provided at all entrances.
      4. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, finished (textured and painted) pre-cast concrete panels, tile (ceramic or porcelain), glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems only if at least 8 feet above grade and consisting of not more than 25% of any façade.} ORD. #26-4-03
    8. {Agricultural/I-O Subdistrict
      1. Facades must incorporate three or more vertical planes, and create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top
      2. Main building entrances must be prominently featured through porticos, recessed entrances, lighting and landscaping. Weather protection should be provided at all entrances.
      3. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, finished (textured and painted) pre-cast concrete panels, tile (ceramic or porcelain), glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, and EIFS (“Dryvit”) as a limited trim material only.
      4. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include: wood, plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, concrete masonry units, EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems, plastics, reflective glass.} ORD. #53-9-04
  • Residential General Architecture Requirements
    These standards shall apply to all residential developments:
    1. Architectural review, as outlined in Article 8 and Article 3 of the Unified Development Ordinance shall be adhered to for all residential developments inside of the Corporate Campus Planned Development District. The standards for review established for and by the Architectural Review Board (ARB) shall be applied and implemented as required by the ARB.
    2. The proposed dwelling should respect the scale, height, and setbacks of those buildings on adjacent properties, and where desirable, serve as an orderly transition to a different scale.
      1. Accessory structures shall match the materials and architectural style of the principal buildings.
      2. Architectural style/design shall be characterized by the use of traditional design elements (dormers, steep pitched roofs, front porches, front doors, overhangs, shutters, bay/box windows, etc.)
      3. No like color schemes or home elevations shall be located on lots adjacent to, or across from, each other.
    3. Facades
      1. Façade treatments for homes shall be designed to break up larger façade areas.
      2. At least 15% of the area of each façade that faces a street lot line must consist of windows or main entrance doors. Windows in garage doors do not count toward meeting this guideline but windows in garage walls do count toward meeting this guideline.
      3. The rear facades of buildings shall not be permitted to front thoroughfare streets. Access may be provided via frontage roads and alleys.
    4. The following design elements shall be varied throughout multiple unit projects: exterior materials and finishes such as provide a color palette of at least three color combinations per development or provide exterior accent materials such as brick, stone, or other masonry materials; elevations such as provide three distinct elevations for each standard plan; floor plans such as offer at least 4 different floor plans within each development; and front yard landscaping such as provide three different plant palettes consisting of trees, shrubs, and perennials.
      1. The design of dwelling units with pitched roofs is encouraged.
      2. A maximum of two single-story homes can be built in a row.
    5. Guidelines for Single-Family Detached and Two-Family Attached Dwellings
      1. All single family dwellings should have one main entrance for each structure that faces the street that is at an angle of not more than 45 degrees from the street; or opens onto a porch. Where a duplex is on a corner lot, the requirement shall be met for both dwelling units. Both main entrances may face the same street.
      2. At least 1/3 of all dwellings proposed within the development shall be designed with open front porches. Roofed unenclosed front porches should be a minimum of 25 square feet in area, have at least one entrance facing the street, and have a roof that is no more than 12 feet above the floor of the porch. Where a duplex is on a corner lot, the requirement shall be met for both dwelling units. Both main entrances may face the same street.
      3. A mix of house heights should be promotes to include a proper balance of single story and multiple story dwellings.
        1. Greater attention should be paid to the design of buildings on corner lots. Treatments such as brick wraps, shutters, windows, and fence setbacks should all be considered.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 6. Parking/Loading

    The following parking and loading requirements shall apply within the CCPD . All calculations shall be made using gross floor area (GFA). For those uses not listed in the Schedule of CCPD, Off-Street Parking and Loading Requirement, refer to Article 10 of the Unified Development Ordinance.

    SCHEDULE OF CCPD DISTRICT OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING REQUIREMENTS Amended by ORD. #6-1-05
    UseRequired Parking SpacesRequired Loading Spaces
    Commercial uses 4 per 1,000 SF 1 per USER
    Office uses 3 per 1,000 SF 1 per BUILDING
    Health/education uses 3 per 1,000 SF 1 per BUILDING
    Manufacturing/assembly/ Production uses 2.5 per 1,000 SF¹ 1 per 15,000 SF¹
    Distribution uses 1 per 1,000 SF¹ 1 per 15,000 SF¹
    Storage uses 1 per 1,000 SF¹ 1 per 40,000 SF¹
    ¹In cases where buildings exceed 50,000-SF, the overall required parking spaces, and loading spaces required may on a case-by-case basis in addition, based on the merits of the circumstances be reduced with approval of the Planning Director. ORD. #6-1-05
    1. Parking/Loading Setback Requirements.
      1. Front Setbacks Along Arterials. Along arterials, no parking, loading, or vehicular use areas may be located between the building and front property line. Loading facilities shall be screened from all public rights-of-way.
      2. Front Setbacks Along Collector and Local (or Secondary) Streets. Along collector and local streets, the required front setback for parking, loading, and vehicular use areas is 25 feet. Loading facilities shall be screened from all public rights-of-way.
      3. Side and Rear Setbacks. Parking, loading, and vehicular use areas shall be setback a minimum of 12 feet from any rear or side lot line.
      4. Dedicated and conveniently located parking spaces shall be provided for the physically disabled per established City and other requirements.
      5. In pedestrian-oriented commercial areas make off-street parking access points visible.
      6. Large parking lots must be divided into “modules” linked by internal access drives and separated by landscaped islands. Modules should not exceed 240’ in width without a separating island of at least ten (10) feet.
      7. Parking, driveways and curb cuts shall be shared between uses where feasible to minimize pavements and reduce interference with pedestrians.
      8. The distance from any required parking space to the nearest building entrance the space serves shall be a maximum of 700 feet. In addition, in Interchange, 146th Street Corridor, View Corridor, and Secondary Corridor Subdistricts, every parking space shall be within 200 feet of a sidewalk leading to a building entrance and separated from automobile traffic.
      9. Diagonal parking must be provided in commercial parking lots where high turnover is expected.
      10. Sufficient stacking spaces must be provided at driveways.
      11. Visual obstructions are prohibited within parking lots and at driveways.
      12. Snow plowing and storage must be accommodated within parking lots and loading areas.
      13. The use of parking lots as “short-cuts” to circumvent the public roadway system must be discouraged.
    2. Parking Structures
      1. Parking structures shall be at least partially below grade to minimize their visual impact.
      2. Where parking structures are visible from public rights-of-way, they may not have sloping floor plates visible from adjacent public rights-of-way.
      3. Parking structures in commercial areas must accommodate retail space on the ground level, where permitted.
      4. The design of parking structures must integrate the forms and materials used for principal building(s). Lighting should also be integrated with the overall architectural character of the site.
      5. Landscaping must be used at the base of parking structures, and the use of landscaping should be considered at upper levels, to soften their appearance.

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 7. Signage

  • General Requirements
    1. Signage within the CCPD shall be permitted subject to the standards of Article 11 of the Unified Development Ordinance unless otherwise stated below. In cases where Article 11 and the standards of the CCPD are in conflict, the Corporate Campus standard shall apply.
    2. All signs must be associated with the permitted use of the property on which they are located.
    3. Street number(s) shall be prominently placed on freestanding signage and shall not count toward the four word limit of designation signs.
    4. On multi-tenant buildings, all signage must be visually consistent.
    5. Signs shall not obstruct views of authorized traffic signs or traffic control devices, create a visual obstruction at driveway entrances, be animated, cause glare, or be lit by any flashing or moving light.
    6. In no case shall total sign area for any use exceed 500 square feet. Ground sign area does not include the supporting base below signage itself. Individual letters are to be measured as total height multiplied by total width of each letter.
    7. Lots fronting on two or more streets are permitted one sign for each street frontage. When designation signs are used, the designation signs shall not count toward an individual user’s permitted signage.
    8. Directional signs cannot exceed 4 square feet each in size and 48 square feet total for all signs, cannot exceed 3 feet in height, and must not advertise an activity.
    9. A maximum of one color plus white or black may be used on any sign. The primary colors of the sign should be black or white with the other color being used as an accent color only. Consideration may be given to a sign with more than one color other than black and white and may be approved administratively only if the colors are a muted and dark earth tone. Full color elevations of the signs must be submitted to the Planning Department in order to be approved administratively. Garish colors must be avoided, and the color scheme must relate to the associated building.} ORD. #6-1-05, ORD. #28-4-05
    10. Off-site and temporary signage shall comply with Unified Development Ordinance regulations.
    11. All signs shall be constructed with individual lettering flush mounted to either the wall of the building or the face of the ground sign. Panel, box-type, or back channeling of letters is prohibited. ORD. #28-4-05
    12. Where designation signs and multiple ground signs are used in a development, a uniform design theme for the development shall be established and followed with each sign.} ORD. #28-4-05
  • Sign Requirements in the Regional Recreation and Entertainment Subdistrict
    The purpose of this section is to provide signs that adequately regulate circulation and allow signage for other necessary capabilities while minimizing the impact of such signs on adjacent land uses.
    1. Interior Signs
      For purposes of this section, interior signage refers to signs that are not visible when standing immediately off the premises of the Regional Recreation and Entertainment Subdistrict.
      1. Temporary Signage
        1. Interior banners and incidental/directional signs shall be permitted without a sign permit.
      2. Permanent Signage
        1. Interior wall and ground signs shall not be regulated in number however they must meet the height and size requirements as per Article 11.
    2. Exterior Signs
      Exterior signs are any signs that are visible when standing outside of this Subdistrict and shall be regulated as per §8.E.7.D.e. Lot identification signs are exempted and shall not be defined as a primary sign.
    3. Sponsorship
      The names and logos of sponsors of entertainment uses and events shall be considered as an item of information on primary signs.} ORD. #26-4-03
  • {Sign Requirements in the Commercial and Commercial/Office Subdistricts
    1. {Designation Signs
      1. Location Restrictions
        1. Designation signage shall be permitted for integrated, multi-parcel developments of at least 15 acres in size.
        2. Designation signage shall be no closer than 750 feet from any other approved and/or existing designation sign.
      2. General Requirements
        1. Each integrated, multi-parcel development shall be permitted one (1)designation sign on each public street frontage to which the development is adjacent.
        2. Designation signage shall be designed as part of the overall “gateway” treatment that includes landscaping and other improvements such as fencing or water features.
        3. Designation signage shall be readily visible from the roadway, and shall consist of individual letters, up to a maximum of four (4) items of information, and mounted to a solid wall. Signs shall identify the development name only; identification for individual users is prohibited. Letters shall not exceed 18 inches in height, and shall be either back-lit or illuminated by ground-mounted lights.
      3. Setback Requirements
        1. All designation signage shall be set back a minimum of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way.
      4. Height Requirements
        1. Designation signage shall not exceed six (6) feet in height.
      5. Size Requirements
        1. Size requirements for Designation Signs are pursuant to standards of Article 11 – Signs of the Unified Development Ordinance.
    2. Ground Signs
      1. Location Restrictions
        1. Individual ground signs are prohibited in the Commercial and Commercial/Office Subdistricts
    3. Wall Signs
      1. Location Restrictions
        1. One (1) building-mounted sign shall be permitted on each public street frontage to which the lot is adjacent.
      2. General Requirements
        1. Building-mounted signage shall consist of individual back-lit or internally illuminated lettering. Panel, box-type, and back-channeled signs are not permitted in any subdistricts.} ORD. #6-1-05.
        2. For multi-tenant buildings, each tenant is permitted one (1) wall sign with a maximum of two (2) items of information.
      3. Height Requirements
        1. On buildings up to three (3) stories in height, building-mounted signage shall not exceed two (2) feet in height. On buildings over three (3) stories in height, building-mounted signage shall not exceed three (3) feet in height, with the exception in the Internal Subdistrict where they shall not exceed two (2) feet in height. Other building sign size limitations will be per Article 11- Signs of the Unified Development Ordinance.
  • Sign Requirements in all other Subdistricts Designation Signs
    1. Designation Sign
      1. Location Restrictions
        1. Designation signage shall be permitted for integrated, multi-parcel developments of at least 15 acres in size.
        2. Designation signage shall be no closer than 750 feet from any other approved and/or existing designation sign.
      2. General Requirements
        1. Each integrated, multi-parcel development shall be permitted one (1) designation sign on each public street frontage to which the development is adjacent.
        2. Designation signage shall be designed as part of the overall “gateway” treatment that includes landscaping and other improvements such as fencing or water features.
        3. Designation signage shall be readily visible from the roadway, and shall consist of individual letters, up to a maximum of four (4) items of information, and mounted to a solid wall. Signs shall identify the development name only; identification for individual users is prohibited. Letters shall not exceed 18 inches in height, and shall be either back-lit or illuminated by ground-mounted lights.
      3. Setback Requirements.
        1. All designation signage shall be set back a minimum of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way.
      4. Height Requirements
        1. Designation signage shall not exceed six (6) feet in height.
      5. Size Requirements
        1. Size requirements for Designation Signs are pursuant to standards of Article 11 – Signs of the Unified Development Ordinance.
        2. Ground Signs
          1. Location Restrictions
            1. No individual ground signs shall be permitted along 146th Street or any other primary arterial.
            2. Where ground signs are permitted, such signs shall be placed at site entries.
            3. Individual ground signs may be used in combination with designation signage so long as individual ground signs are located at the site entrances on collector and local streets only.
          2. General Requirements
            1. Ground signage and light standards shall be located in landscaped areas. The size of the landscape area around the ground signs shall be at least three times the surface area of the sign.
            2. In the case of multi-tenant buildings there shall be only one ground sign per building.
          3. Setback Requirements
            1. All ground signs shall be setback a minimum of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way.
          4. Height Requirements
            1. All ground signs are limited to a maximum of six (6) feet in overall height.
          5. Size Requirements.
            1. All ground sign size limitations, except for height shall be as per Article 11 – Signs of the Unified Development Ordinance.
        3. Wall Signs
          1. Location Restrictions
            1. All buildings shall be permitted to have one (1) wall sign that displays only the address number for that specific building. A single-tenant building over 30,000 square feet shall be permitted to have one (1) wall sign that identifies the tenant.
          2. General Requirements
            1. Building mounted signage shall consist of individual back-lit or illuminated lettering. Panel, box-type, and back channeled signs are not permitted in any subdistrict.
          3. Size Requirements
            1. On buildings up to three (3) stories in height, building-mounted signage shall not exceed two (2) feet in height. On buildings over three (3) stories in height, building-mounted signage shall not exceed three (3) feet in height, with the exception of in the Internal Subdistrict where they shall not exceed two (2) feet in height. Building-mounted signage shall not exceed 30 square feet in size.} ORD. #28-4-05
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 8. Landscaping/Screening

  • In Interchange, 146th Street Corridor, View Corridor, and {Agricultural/I-O Subdistricts} ORD. #53-9-04 high quality, hardy and climate-appropriate landscaping must be provided on all sides of buildings (360 degree landscaping). In Interchange Flex, Secondary Corridor, and Internal Subdistricts, high-quality, hardy, and climate-appropriate landscaping must be provided in yards adjacent to public rights-of-way. All landscaping materials should be of varying size, form, texture and color to provide visual interest. Allowable plant types and sizes shall be per applicable City regulations.
    1. A coordinated landscaping palette must be established for use throughout the site/development.
    2. Where possible and permitted, at least 35% of required plant material for parking lot screen and buffering shall be installed in front of the primary façade(s) of the building (the primary “view(s)”), to maximize the visual effect of the planting material.
    3. Departures from planting requirements may be justified only by the presence of significant and viable existing plant material, per City regulations.
    4. Important elements such as building entries and signage shall be highlighted with colorful, varied plantings.
    5. Grouping plant materials into larger masses that relate to the scale of the site is encouraged. The scale of plant specimens shall also relate to the scale of the site and building(s).
    6. Where required, significant plantings shall be provided both adjacent to and on parking structures, to soften their appearance.
    7. Existing vegetation must be preserved, wherever possible. Existing trees may be limbed up, but limbing up may not exceed 1/3 of the total tree height. Vegetation can only be removed with prior City approval.
    8. Mulch shall be a dark, natural color and may extend no farther than one foot beyond plants to form the edge of planting beds.
    9. Earthen berms shall have a maximum height of 6 feet and a maximum slope of 3:1. Berms shall be planted with sod rather than mulched, except where clusters of plants require a mulch bed.
    10. Underground irrigation systems shall be installed and properly operated and maintained to water plant material in all required planting areas.

    11. The 146th Street Corridor will require 50-FT beyond the required right-of-way setback to have a continuous sculpted and undulating earthen mound at 5-FT in height. The mound will have a 5:1 slope that will begin at the right of way line and have a 3:1 slope on the opposite side, which will begin at the 50-FT setback line so the crest of the earth mound will be approximately 15-FT from the setback line and extend for approximately 10_FT in width. Along the crest of the earth mound there shall be five (5) deciduous trees at 3 ½-IN caliper, five (5) ornamental trees plus either four (4) evergreen trees or eight large variety evergreen shrubs ground in massing planted per each 200 linear feet. Street trees are still required as per the Noblesville Unified Development Ordinance.

  • In addition, the following landscape requirements shall apply:

    1. Interchange, 146th Street Corridor and View Corridor Subdistricts.
      1. Overall Landscaping
        1. With regard to the mix of landscaping materials that are to be used for a given site, a variety of planting materials is encouraged. Generally, shade trees are favored to ornamental trees; however, ornamental trees are permitted subject to the restrictions of Article 12. Evergreen trees shall be deemed appropriate, and in some cases required, when screening and design variability are necessary. Shrubs should generally be divided evenly between deciduous and evergreen varieties.
      2. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping
        1. In parking lots with up to 50 spaces, internal landscape islands equal to at least 5% of the paved surface shall be provided. In parking lots with 51 to 200 spaces, internal landscape islands equal to at least 10% of the paved surface shall be provided. In parking lots with over 200 spaces, internal landscape islands equal to at least 15% of the paved surface shall be provided. These percentages are exclusive of perimeter landscaping. The islands shall be at least 7’ in width (inside dimension), at least 240 SF in size. There shall be no unbroken rows of parking longer than 100 feet in length. Shrubs at a rate of one shrub per 25 square feet and groundcover and/or perennials are also required. All rows of parking shall be terminated at both ends with landscape islands. Tree plantings shall be required at a rate of one shade tree for every 120 square feet of landscape area. Other planting requirements shall be pursuant to the standards of Article 12.
      3. Building Foundation Landscaping
        1. Provide building base plantings to visually anchor buildings to their sites. The following plant materials (from the total required above) should be dedicated to building base plantings: one ornamental tree for every 20’ of façade, and one shrub for every 3’ of building façade. These materials should be clustered, and placed within 10’ of the building in defined beds of groundcover.
      4. Site Screening
        1. Provide a landscape screen at the perimeter of parking lots and truck staging areas, to conceal loading areas, and at the site perimeter. Site perimeter buffers should be placed so as to screen views of truck staging areas and loading docks. These buffers can incorporate berms, plantings, fences or walls.
      5. Parking Lot Screening
        1. Parking lot screening shall per pursuant to the standards established in Article 12 of the Unified Development Ordinance. The plantings required in Article 12 may be clustered so long as the clustering maintains a minimum 75% screening of the lot perimeter where adjacent to a public right-of-way, or 50% otherwise. Where appropriate and permitted, screening shall be accomplished in a buffer zone of at least 10’ in width, using a combination of shade trees, evergreen trees, evergreen shrubs and dense deciduous shrubs, with earthen berms where appropriate. The exact mix of landscape types shall be determined on a case by case basis.
      6. Perimeter Site Buffering
        1. Adjacent to a primary arterial, maintain a minimum width of 40’
        2. Adjacent to other public rights-of-way, maintain a minimum width of 25’.
        3. At internal lot lines adjacent to similar land uses, maintain a minimum width of 15’.
        4. At internal lot lines adjacent to dissimilar land uses, maintain a minimum width of 40’.
        5. Plantings shall be required subject to the standards of Article 12 of the Unified Development Ordinance.
    2. Interchange Flex, Secondary Corridor, and Regional Recreation and Entertainment Subdistricts.
      1. Overall Landscaping
        1. With regard to the mix of landscaping materials that are to be used for a given site, a variety of planting materials is encouraged. Generally, shade trees are favored to ornamental trees; however, ornamental trees are permitted subject to the restrictions of Article 12. Evergreen trees shall be deemed appropriate, and in some cases required, when screening and design variability are necessary. Shrubs should generally be divided evenly between deciduous and evergreen varieties.
      2. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping
        1. In parking lots with up to 50 spaces, internal landscape islands equal to at least 5% of the paved surface shall be provided. In parking lots with 51 or more spaces, internal landscape islands equal to at least 10% of the paved surface shall be provided. These percentages are exclusive of perimeter landscaping. The islands shall be at least 7’ in width (inside dimension), at least 200 SF in size in Interchange Flex and 300 SF in size in Secondary Corridor and Regional Rec. & Ent. Subdistricts, and contain at least one shade tree per 200 square feet in Interchange Flex, and one shade tree per 150 square feet in Secondary Corridor and Regional Rec. & Ent. Subdistricts. There shall be no unbroken rows of parking longer than 100 feet in length. Shrubs at a rate of one shrub per 25 square feet and groundcover and/or perennials are also required. All rows of parking shall be terminated at both ends with landscape islands. {For single use parking lots of more than 1000 spaces, parking rows shall be capped with a landscape island with dimensions of at least 10 feet by 36 feet for a double parking row and 10 feet by 18 feet for a single parking row. These shall contain at least one shade tree per 150 square feet. There shall be no unbroken rows of parking longer than 300 feet in length.} ORD. #26-4-03. Other planting requirements shall be pursuant to the standards of Article 12.
      3. Building Foundation Landscaping
        1. Provide building base plantings to visually anchor buildings to their sites. The following plant materials (from the total required above) should be dedicated to building base plantings: one ornamental tree for every 25’ of façade, and one shrub for every 4’ of building façade. These materials should be clustered, and placed within 10’ of the building in defined beds of groundcover.
      4. Site Screening
        1. Screen parking lots, truck staging areas and loading docks from view of the street. Site perimeter buffers should be placed so as to screen views of truck staging areas and loading docks. These buffers can incorporate berms, plantings, fences or walls.
      5. 5. Parking Lot Screening
        1. Parking lot screening shall per pursuant to the standards established in Article 12 of the Unified Development Ordinance. The plantings required in Article 12 may be clustered so long as the clustering maintains a minimum 75% screening of the lot perimeter where adjacent to a public right-of-way, or 50% otherwise. Where appropriate and permitted, screening shall be accomplished in a buffer zone of at least 10’ in width, using a combination of shade trees, evergreen trees, evergreen shrubs and dense deciduous shrubs, with earthen berms where appropriate. The exact mix of landscape types shall be determined on a case –by-case basis.
      6. Perimeter Site Buffering
        1. Adjacent to public rights-of-way, maintain a minimum width of 25’.
        2. At internal lot lines adjacent to similar land uses, maintain a minimum width of 15’.
        3. At internal lot lines adjacent to dissimilar land uses, maintain a minimum width of 40’.
        4. Plantings shall be required subject to the standards of Article12 of the Unified Development Ordinance.
    3. Internal Subdistrict
      1. Overall Landscaping
        1. With regard to the mix of landscaping materials that are to be used for a given site, a variety of planting materials is encouraged. Generally, shade trees are favored to ornamental trees; however, ornamental trees are permitted subject to the restrictions of Article 12. Evergreen trees shall be deemed appropriate, and in some cases required, when screening and design variability are necessary. Shrubs should generally be divided evenly between deciduous and evergreen varieties.
      2. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping
        1. In parking lots internal landscape islands equal to at least 5% of the paved surface shall be provided. This percentage is exclusive of perimeter landscaping. The islands shall be at least 7’ in width (inside dimension), at least 200 SF in size and contain at least one shade tree per 200 square feet. There shall be no unbroken rows of parking longer than 100 feet in length. Shrubs at a rate of one shrub per 100 square feet and groundcover and/or perennials are also required. All rows of parking shall be terminated at both ends with landscape islands. Other planting requirements shall be pursuant to the standards of Article 12.
      3. Building Foundation Landscaping
        1. Provide building base plantings to visually anchor buildings to their sites. The following plant materials (from the total required above) should be dedicated to building base plantings: one ornamental tree for every 30’ of façade, and one shrub for every 5’ of building façade. These materials should be clustered, and placed within 10’ of the building in defined beds of groundcover.
      4. Site Screening
        1. Screen parking lots, truck staging areas and loading docks from view of the street. Site perimeter buffers should be placed so as to screen views of truck staging areas and loading docks. These buffers can incorporate berms, plantings, fences or walls.
      5. Parking Lot Screening
        1. Parking lot screening shall per pursuant to the standards established in Article 12 of the Unified Development Ordinance. The plantings required in Article 12 may be clustered so long as the clustering maintains a minimum 75% screening of the lot perimeter where adjacent to a public right-of-way, or 50% otherwise. Where appropriate and permitted, screening shall be accomplished in a buffer zone of at least 10’ in width, using a combination of shade trees, evergreen trees, evergreen shrubs and dense deciduous shrubs, with earthen berms where appropriate. The exact mix of landscape types shall be determined on a case by case basis.
      6. Perimeter Site Buffering
        1. Adjacent to public rights-of-way, maintain a minimum width of 10’.
        2. At internal lot lines adjacent to similar land uses, maintain a minimum width of 10’.
        3. At internal lot lines adjacent to dissimilar land uses, maintain a minimum width of 40’.
        4. Plantings shall be required subject to the standards of Article12 of the Unified Development Ordinance.
    4. Agricultural/I-O Subdistrict
      1. Overall Landscaping
        1. With regard to the mix of landscaping materials that are to be used for a given site, a variety of planting materials is encouraged. Generally, shade trees are favored to ornamental trees; however, ornamental trees are permitted subject to the restrictions of Article 12. Evergreen trees shall be deemed appropriate, and in some cases required, when screening and design variability are necessary. Shrubs should generally be divided evenly between deciduous and evergreen varieties.
      2. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping
        1. In parking lots internal landscape islands equal to at least 5% of the paved surface shall be provided. This percentage is exclusive of perimeter landscaping. The islands shall be at least 7’ in width (inside dimension), at least 200 SF in size and contain at least one shade tree per 200 square feet. There shall be no unbroken rows of parking longer than 100 feet in length. Shrubs at a rate of one shrub per 100 square feet and groundcover and/or perennials are also required. All rows of parking shall be terminated at both ends with landscape islands. Other planting requirements shall be pursuant to the standards of Article 12.
      3. Building Foundation Landscaping
        1. Provide building base plantings to visually anchor buildings to their sites. The following plant materials (from the total required above) should be dedicated to building base plantings: one ornamental tree for every 30’ of façade, and one shrub for every 5’ of building façade. These materials should be clustered, and placed within 10’ of the building in defined beds of groundcover.
      4. Site Screening
        1. Screen parking lots, truck staging areas and loading docks from view of the street. Site perimeter buffers should be placed so as to screen views of truck staging areas and loading docks. These buffers can incorporate berms, plantings, fences or walls.
      5. Parking Lot Screening
        1. Parking lot screening shall per pursuant to the standards established in Article 12 of the Unified Development Ordinance. The plantings required in Article 12 may be clustered so long as the clustering maintains a minimum 75% screening of the lot perimeter where adjacent to a public right-of-way, or 50% otherwise. Where appropriate and permitted, screening shall be accomplished in a buffer zone of at least 10’ in width, using a combination of shade trees, evergreen trees, evergreen shrubs and dense deciduous shrubs, with earthen berms where appropriate. The exact mix of landscape types shall be determined on a case by case basis.
      6. Perimeter Site Buffering
        1. Adjacent to public rights-of-way opposite dissimilar land use , maintain a minimum width of 60’.
        2. Adjacent to internal lot lines of dissimilar land use , maintain a minimum width of 60’.
        3. Requires a undulating landscaping berm between 3-6 feet in height.
          1. Type B or D Trees planted at a rate of 30 feet on-center
          2. Type B shrubs planted per 100 percent of length of buffer.
          3. Minimum height of buffer, including berm and trees shall not be less than 9 feet. ORD. #53-9-04
    5. {Walls and Fencing
      1. The following wall and fence types are permitted: masonry, decorative metal (wrought iron) or finished wood (stained or painted). In areas requiring security, decorative metal fencing with a spiked or curved top profile or razor/concertina/barbed wire mounted inside a solid fence or wall is recommended. This type of fence shall only be permitted with the express written approval of the Planning Director and may not be permitted in all cases based on the visibility of the fence. } ORD. #6-1-05
      2. The following wall and fence types are prohibited in areas visible from public rights-of-way: concrete masonry units (painted or unpainted), non-solid and/or unfinished wood, chain link (with or without slats), non-decorative corrugated sheet metal, electrified, and razor/concertina/barbed wire.
      3. Fences and walls shall not exceed 8 feet in height, but are not permitted to be located between a building and the street, with the exception of fences that are approved as a component of a master planned design theme within a Planned Development and more specifically approved through the Planned Development procedure.

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 1. Purpose and Procedures

    The purpose of the Federal Hill Planned Development (FeHiPD) district is to enhance redevelopment potential and to integrate development with downtown Noblesville. This district is intended to provide for a western extension of downtown Noblesville by offering standards for building architecture, location of accessory parking and pedestrian-oriented features as well as provisions for land uses complimentary to the downtown, Riverview Hospital, and Forest Park. Within this district are a number of subdistricts that represent various physical character areas. Although the FeHiPD district shall be developed in a unified and coordinated fashion, each of the subdistricts has a tailored purpose, use, bulk and site development standards reflective of its location, function, and desired appearance within the Federal Hill area. It is the intent of this district to augment other bulk requirements of the Unified Development Ordinance. When not specifically addressed by this district, the bulk standards of the Unified Development Ordinance shall apply.

    1. Review Procedures
      All development within the FeHiPD District shall be subject to site plan review, Unified Development Ordinance subdivision regulations, and site development standards, in addition to the use, bulk, and site development standards of this part. All types of development proposals shall be required to be reviewed as detailed development plans in accordance with the requirements of the Federal Hill Planned Development district and the Unified Development Ordinance.
      1.  All proposed subdivisions.
      2. All development proposals in the Mixed Residential Subdistrict (unless otherwise specified).
      3. All development proposals that include requests for any exceptions from the standards listed for this district and/or subdistricts.
      4. All development proposals in the FH Flood Hazard Zoning District.
      5. All proposed uses listed as Special Considerations in Appendix C-1. These uses are not assumed permitted by-right and thus, there shall be no presumption of their approval.
    1. Process of the detailed development plan shall always include the review and approval of the Technical Advisory Committee. Should all the requirements of the Federal Hill Planned Development district be met; only additional administrative review by the Planning Department Staff is required; however, if the requirements of said district cannot be met, then the process requires a public hearing before the Plan Commission and Common Council seeking relief for any waivers from the Federal Hill Planned Development district.

    Effective on: 4/14/2015

    Section 2. Establishment of Subdistricts

    The City of Noblesville hereby creates a set of subdistricts that represent physical character areas within the FeHiPD District. The subdistricts are as follows:

    1. Riverwalk Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and Applicability
        The purpose of the Riverwalk Subdistrict is to offer the community public gathering and celebration space, to provide opportunities to view and interact with the White River, to provide scenic pedestrian connections to other existing and proposed paths, to offer recreation and sporting attractions, and to provide a continuous natural green amenity that acts as a regional destination.
      2. Use Requirements
        In recognition of the environmental factors associated with the White River, uses in the Riverwalk Subdistrict are limited to cultural and recreational. Permanent structures are also limited. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix C-1.
    2. West Logan Street Corridor Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and Applicability
        The purpose of the West Logan Street Corridor Subdistrict is to create a high-density mixed-use activity center for the Federal Hill area; to provide outstanding, comfortable pedestrian-friendly and visually attractive streets and sidewalks; to create an energetic and vibrant gathering space for residents and visitors; to link other Federal Hill subdistricts; to create a hospitality district for visitors to Noblesville; to provide space for continuing education, workforce development and adult training; and to provide space for conventions, gatherings and events.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of commercial, office uses, and residential uses located on the second floor or above shall be permitted in the West Logan Street Corridor Subdistrict, in accordance with the approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. Where indicated on the map, commercial uses shall be designed in a pedestrian-oriented manner. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix C-1.
    3. Professional Office Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and Applicability
        The purpose of the Professional Office Subdistrict is to establish a planned and well-connected location for new office and business development; to better integrate new office and professional development within the Federal Hill area; to provide a concentration of office and professional uses near the government center; to provide space to grow and extend downtown’s office capacity; and to provide a daytime population that can patronize downtown businesses.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of commercial and office uses shall be permitted in the Professional Office Subdistrict, in accordance with the approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. Where indicated on the map, commercial uses shall be designed in a pedestrian-oriented manner. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix C-1.
    4. Hospital Subdistrict
      1. Purpose and Applicability
        The purpose of the Hospital Subdistrict is to establish a formal and well-defined medical services campus; to leverage the physical and economic potential of the medical services market; to improve the local employment base; and to better integrate Riverview Hospital and its future growth needs to the Federal Hill.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of medical and professional office uses shall be permitted in the Hospital Subdistrict, in accordance with the approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix C-1.
    5. Mixed Residential District
      1. Purpose and Applicability
        The purpose of the Mixed Residential Subdistrict is to address areas where a diversity of residential uses is appropriate within the Federal Hill Planned Development District. The range of residential uses that are permitted within this Subdistrict include single family attached and multiple family residential provided it is designed in an integrated manner. The design standards included within this section are intended to ensure that residential development within the Federal Hill district is attractive, and yet remains affordable.
      2. Use Requirements
        A mix of residential uses shall be permitted in the Mixed Residential subdistrict, in accordance with the approved Land Use and Subdistricts map. The complete use matrix is contained in Appendix C-1.

    Effective on: 4/14/2015

    Section 3. Public Right-of-Way and Infrastructure Improvements

  • Improvements
    Unifying streetscape elements must be provided at adjacent public rights-of-way, including streetlights, street trees, sodded parkways, continuous sidewalks, and hike/bike trails where appropriate.
    1. Sidewalks
      1. Along properties fronting West Logan Street, a continuous fifteen (15) foot public sidewalk shall be provided outside of the public right-of-way, per City specifications, making connections to sidewalks at adjacent properties. An access easement shall be recorded against the deed of the appropriate property.
      2. Along all other public road frontages, a continuous five (5) foot public sidewalk shall be provided within the public right-of-way, per City specifications, making connections to sidewalks at adjacent properties. Where space permits, sidewalks must be set no closer than five (5) feet to the curb line or as approved by the City Engineer.
      3. Public sidewalk configuration must provide direct access to curbside transit stops where appropriate. These access points shall be compliant with the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) and installed pursuant to City/Federal regulations.

      4. Hike/bike trails and trailheads shall be provided where indicated on the Noblesville Alternative Transportation Plan (NAT), per City specifications, making connections to trail segments at adjacent properties.

    2. Landscaping

      1. Deciduous street trees of 2.5 to 3-inch caliper at the rate of one tree for every 40 linear feet of right-of-way are required in an eight-foot (8’) wide grass strip. Street trees shall be planted in the right-of-way unless circumstances do not allow and as approved in a “streetscape” plan approved by the Director of Planning and Development. Permitted tree species shall be those listed on the approved planting lists of the City of Noblesville.

      2. Unpaved portions of the right-of-way shall be established in turf.

    3. Detention

      1. Detention/ retention ponds shall be located and designed to be natural in appearance and enhance the entry sequence and/or view of buildings.

      2. Wet detention facilities and water features, side slopes above the water line shall not exceed 4 to 1, and wetland/aquatic vegetation shall be planted around at least 75% of the wet area perimeter. The maximum “freeboard” of all detention areas shall not exceed 3 feet. All detention facilities shall be required to install safety ledges pursuant to the requirements of the Unified Development Ordinance and as approved by the City Engineer.

      3. Dry detention areas shall maintain a maximum slope of 4 to1, and shall be graded to harmonize with the overall open space design of the site.

  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 4. General Regulations

  • Non-Residential Site Planning Regulations
    1. Commercial uses shall be “master planned” in conjunction with adjacent office uses to facilitate efficient circulation and shared parking.
    2. Where developments include several buildings, they shall be grouped to create outdoor spaces/plazas.
    3. No accessory structure shall be located within any required setback.
    4. Equipment
      1. No storage areas, trash receptacles/enclosures, or mechanical equipment shall be located within any required yard setback and shall not be located in the front yard and as per the requirements of the Unified Development Ordinance.
      2. Mechanical equipment, trash receptacles, and satellite dishes shall be completely and permanently screened from view of public rights-of-way and adjoining properties. Mechanical equipment and satellite dishes attached to the ground shall include a solid wall or fence enclosure and of materials that match the principal building. When roof mounted, screening methods may include parapet walls or other architectural treatments approved by the Director of Planning and Development. All trash receptacle enclosures shall adhere to the requirements as per Article 12 of the Unified development Ordinance.
      3. The colors and materials of all screening methods shall match and be in coordination with the colors and materials of the principal building.
    5. Drive thru
      1. Vehicular drive thru uses are prohibited in the Federal Hill Planned Development District.
    6. Lighting
      1. Light standards shall not exceed 25 feet in height (measured from the grade to the top of the light standard), and shall be of a consistent type/style/finish throughout the site. If adjacent to a residential district, light standards shall not exceed 15 feet in height within 150 feet of the lot line. Light intensity on sites that are adjacent to a residential district shall be no more than one half (.5) foot-candle as measured along property lines that abut the residential district.
      2. Light standards that are used must be approved by the City prior to their use, and the illumination of the standards shall be subject to the standards of the Unified Development Ordinance.
      3. Lighting shall serve only to illuminate signage, parking/loading areas, walkways and entrances, or to accent landscaping and architectural details.
      4. Colored, exposed neon, LED, tubing, and flashing or moving lights, or similar types of lighting are prohibited.
      5. All lights shall be installed in a manner to best hide and shield point source lighting.
    7. Circulation
      1. Off-street pedestrian and auto connections shall be provided between sites where feasible, especially between office and commercial uses.
      2. Pedestrian and bicycle routes shall be delineated within private developments, and connect to the public sidewalk and the City’s trail system.
      3. Adequate on-site areas must be provided for truck access, maneuvering, loading, and storage. These on-site areas shall not be located fronting a street and as per the requirements as set forth in Article 10 of the Unified Development Ordinance. If the parcel(s) to be developed have frontage on more than one (1) street, the location shall be approved by the Director of Planning and Development.
    8. Access Regulations
      1. Roads and driveway cuts must be aligned to create four-way intersections. Access points located on opposite sides of the street should be designed to line up the respective left turn lanes, where the road has no center median.
      2. Curb cuts are not permitted within 350 feet of an intersection on any arterial street, or within 300 feet of an intersection on any collector street.
      3. Where permitted, outlots in commercial and mixed developments shall only be accessed from internal roadways, and shall share driveways and parking lots wherever feasible.
      4. Direct access from State Road 32 to development sites is prohibited. Direct access from secondary arterials may not occur more frequently than once every 400 feet or as approved by the City Engineer.
    9. Bulk Requirements
      The following requirements apply to all subdistricts:
  • Table 8.F.4 Bulk Requirements for Federal Hill Subdistricts
    RequirementsRiverwalkWest Logan Street Corridor Professional Office Hospital Mixed Residential

    Minimum Lot Area

    None

    3,000 SF

    5,000 SF

    5 acres

    NA

    Minimum Lot Width

    None

    20 feet

    40 feet

    100 feet

    20 feet

    Maximum Impervious Surface

    80%

    None

    80%

    80%

    80%

    Building Height

    Maximum

    Principal Buildings:

    Accessory Structures:1

    Minimum2

    All Structures:

    None

    None

    None

    60 feet

    14 feet

    24 feet and two stories

    60 feet

    14 feet

    12 feet and one story

    60 feet

    14 feet

    24 feet and two stories

    60 feet

    14 feet

    24 feet or two stories

    Front Yard Setback

    Minimum

    State Roads 32 & 19

    Local

    Maximum

    West Logan Street

    10 feet

    10 feet

    None

    20 feet

    None

    5 feet

    20 feet

    None

    N/A

    20 feet

    20 feet

    N/A

    NA

    NA

    NA

    Minimum Side and Rear Yard Setback (not abutting a public right-of-way)

    None

    None

    None

    15 feet

    None

    Minimum Building Size

    None

    5,000 SF

    5,000 SF

    40,000 SF

    1,000 SF

    Density

    Single Family Attached

    Multi-Family

    NA

    NA

    NA

    NA

    Maximum 14 dwelling units per acre

    Minimum Floor Area

    Single Family Attached

    Multi-Family

    NA

    NA

    NA

    NA

    700 SF

    NOTES:
    1Accessory buildings should not exceed principal building height or the maximum height allowable, whichever is less.
    2 Story height shall be determined by the number of stories from grade as viewed from the street to which the front of the building is oriented.
    1. Residential General Regulations
      1. Existing Residential Uses in Non-Residential Subdistricts
        The following site development standards shall apply to all subdistricts within the FeHiPD District, with the exception of the Mixed Residential Subdistrict.
      2. Authority to Continue Residential Uses
        Where, at the time of adoption of an ordinance that assigns the FeHiPD Federal Hill Planned Development District to a Noblesville Jurisdictional zoning map, lawful residential uses of land which exist and would not be permitted by the regulations imposed by the FeHiPD, may be continued so long as they remain otherwise lawful, subject to the following provisions.
        1. {Enlargement/Improvement of Existing Residential Structure
          Such nonconforming uses may be enlarged or increased to occupy a greater area of land than was occupied at the effective date of rezone so long as such improvements do not result in an increase of the value of the structure by more than 50% of the pre-improvement value. 
        2. Moving a Residential Structure
          No such nonconforming uses shall be moved in whole or in part to any portion of the lot or parcel other than that occupied by such uses at the effective date of the rezone. 
        3. Termination by Discontinuance or Abandonment of Use                                                                                        If any such nonconforming uses of land are discontinued or abandoned for more than one (1) year (except where government action impedes access to the premises) any subsequent use of such land shall conform to the regulations specified by this ordinance for the district in which such land is located.
        4. New Construction of Residential Buildings

        The only new structures that shall be permitted shall be clearly accessory to the existing residential use of     the property and shall adhere to the standards for Accessory Structures as outlined in Article 9 of the                Unified Development Ordinance. No additional homes or separate living units shall be constructed in the          FeHiPD district unless such uses are permitted uses in the land use subdistrict area and meets the                      requirements of the Federal Hill Planned Development district. See item “c” above regarding mobile homes      in an approved mobile home park.

    1.     Damage or Destruction
          Should such nonconforming residential structures be destroyed or damaged by any means the home may        be reconstructed in a manner equal to the fair market value of the building immediately prior to the                  damage.
    1. Underlying Standards

    Any residential improvements inside the FeHiPD district involving lawful non-conforming residences excluding mobile home units located in an approved Mobile Home Park, shall adhere to the underlying developmental standards of the R2 (Low to Moderate Density Single-Family Residential) district.

    1. All lawful nonconforming non-residential uses and/or structures shall adhere to the requirements of Article 14 – Nonconforming Uses and Structures of the Unified Development Ordinance.} ORD #32-07-19
    1. Mixed Residential Subdistrict Regulations
      In the Mixed Residential Subdistrict, the following design guidelines shall be utilized in evaluation of the proposed planned development proposal. Design standards within this subdistrict are required.
      1. Guidelines for Single- Family Attached and Multiple-Family Buildings
        1. Each development should have standards for uniform streetlights, mailboxes, fencing, sidewalks, and similar structures.
        2. A 30-foot buffer yard shall be maintained along the railroad right-of-way. No structures, permanent or temporary, shall be permitted within the 30-foot buffer yard with the exception of fences. Inside the 30-foot landscape buffer, trees shall be planted at a minimum rate of one tree per 40 linear feet and mounding shall be required as approved during the Planned Development process.
        3. Common open space and recreational facilities shall consist of a minimum of 15% of the site. This open space area must be active in nature, and shall not include public rights-of-way, easements, floodplain areas, or landscape setback areas. Large open space and retention areas (generally larger than 10,000 square feet) may only be counted if they are improved to include active and passive amenities. Generally, wet detention facilities or impervious surfaces shall not count toward the 15% requirement.
        4. Local streets should be extended to provide access between adjoining neighborhoods at appropriate intervals. Streets should generally be designed in a grid network and cul-de-sacs are discouraged.
        5. All buildings should be designed to be oriented toward the street. Where larger developments are designed with internal circulation systems, at least some dwelling units should be oriented to the exterior of the development to promote connection and integration of the multiple family developments with adjacent uses. Townhouse or multiple-family developments, which are oriented with the sidewalls facing the street, are discouraged.
        6. All buildings should have one main entrance for each unit or one main entrance for the building that faces the street at an angle of no more than 45 degrees from the street, and opens onto a porch or a stoop. All buildings should be designed with building entrances, rather than garage doors fronting on the street at the ground floor level.
        7. Attached garages should be located at the rear of the dwelling unit, and face the interior of the development, rather than the street.

    Effective on: 7/23/2019

    Section 5. Architectural Standards

  • Architectural Review Procedure
    1. Architectural review shall be required for all residential uses pursuant to the standards of Article 8 and Article 3 of the Unified Development Ordinance.
    2. With regard to non-residential uses, architectural plans for all primary and accessory buildings shall be submitted in sufficient detail to permit an understanding of the style of the development, the design of the buildings, and the number, size, and type of structures. A complete set of color 360-degree building/structure elevations detailing the front, rear, and opposite side views of each proposed above ground structure shall be provided. Key exterior elements such as materials, windows, architectural breaks, etc. must be rendered in sufficient detail and accompanied by clear descriptions of materials specifications, colors, and textures.
      1. If the architectural standards of the FeHiPD district are met, the review of the architectural plans shall be completed by Planning Staff. Appeals of Staff’s interpretations shall go to the Architectural Review Board who shall render a decision pursuant to the procedures established.
      2. If the architectural standards for residential or non-residential buildings/structures located within the FeHiPD district cannot be met, then the Architectural Review Board shall render a decision pursuant to the procedures established.
  • Subdistrict Specific Architecture Requirements

    1. Riverwalk Subdistrict

      1. New Structures are restricted in the Riverwalk Subdistrict due to the Flood Hazard District zoning regulations. Should the Plan Commission and State or Federal agencies allow a structure to be permitted, the West Logan Street Corridor Subdistrict Architectural Requirements shall be followed.

    2. West Logan Street Corridor Subdistrict

      1. General Requirements

        1. All new construction shall reflect the vertical design character of the existing downtown streetscape. The emphasis on the vertical design character shall be carried through on the storefront treatment and the proportions of upper windows for commercial buildings.

        2. All new buildings shall be a minimum of two stories and a maximum of four (4) stories.

        3. High quality building design and construction shall be provided on all elevations (360-degree architectural treatment).

        4. Multiple buildings in developments (including accessory buildings) must incorporate coordinated architectural styles, materials, forms, features, colors and applied elements to visually tie the development together.

        5. Signage, fencing, walls, and other amenities (benches, lights) must be integrated with building design and landscaping.

      2. Facades

        1. Façade treatments shall be designed to break large façade areas into smaller facades by utilizing architectural variety in the form of offsets, lintels, expression lines or cornices; changes in texture, color or masonry pattern; and/or pilasters, piers or columns. Building facades that are blank or windowless shall be prohibited.

        2. Buildings shall be designed so that there is distinct architectural differentiation between the ground floor and the floors above. Such as incorporating differences in floor-to-ceiling heights, using building trim and accent elements, changing materials or textures, or adding an awning or canopy between the first and upper stories.

        3. Exterior materials must be consistent on all facades, and material/finish changes shall relate to the “structure” of the building.

        4. Colors used on building facades must be complementary. Natural, muted colors should serve as the primary façade color, with brighter analogous color used only as limited accents.

        5. Main building entrances must be prominently featured through porticos, recessed entrances and lighting. Weather protection should be provided at all entrances.

      3. Building Materials

        1. Primary building materials (Minimum 60% of the façade) must be brick, stone or glass.

        2. Secondary building materials (Maximum 30% of the façade) may be decorative block or stucco.

        3. Accent materials (Maximum 10% of the façade) may be wood or metal if integrated into the overall design.

        4. No corrugated metal, sheet metal, iron, plain concrete block, vinyl or similar materials allowed.

      4. Building Trim

        1. The use of accent and trim elements (accent panels, banding, cornices, canopies/awnings, etc.) is recommended to add visual interest and break down the scale of facades.

      5. Windows and Doors

        1. A minimum of 60% of the storefront/ground floor façade shall be clear glass windows and doorways.

        2. The window treatment for the upper floors shall be different from the window treatment for the ground floor façade. Upper floors shall have individual window openings rather than a continuous band of windows.

        3. Reflective or tinted glass, opaque materials, shelving units, or similar materials that impede views into storefront/ground floor of a building are prohibited.

        4. Store entrances may be recessed 3-6 feet into the building face so a door may open outwards without obstructing the sidewalk.

      6. Roofs

        1. Buildings shall have flat roofs, as viewed from the street and must be enclosed by parapets.

        2. All rooftop-mounted equipment must be enclosed or screened from view on all sides of a building.

        3. Parapets and other screening treatments shall be composed of high quality building materials and shall blend with the design of the building in terms of color, materials, scale and height.

    3. Professional Office Subdistrict
      1. Facades must incorporate three or more vertical planes, and create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top.
      2. Main building entrances must be prominently featured through porticos, recessed entrances, lighting and landscaping. Weather protection should be provided at all entrances.

      3. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, finished (textured and painted) pre-cast concrete panels, (subject to approval by the Planning Director and may not be appropriate when visible from an Arterial or Expressway), tile (ceramic or porcelain), glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, and EIFS (“Dryvit”) as a limited trim material only.

      4. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include wood, plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, concrete masonry units, EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems, plastics, reflective glass.

    4. Hospital Subdistrict
      1. Façade treatments must create both a “rhythm” of façade bays or structural elements, and a horizontal division into a base, middle and top.

      2. Appropriate building finish materials include: brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, finished (textured and painted) concrete, finished (textured and painted) pre-cast concrete panels, (subject to approval by the Planning Director and may not be appropriate when visible from an Arterial or Expressway), tile (ceramic or porcelain), glass (clear or lightly tinted), standing seam metal roofs, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles, and EIFS (“Dryvit”) wall systems only if at least 8’ above grade or as a trim material.

      3. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include wood, plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, concrete masonry units, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems, plastics, reflective glass.

    5. Mixed Residential Subdistrict
      1. Architectural style/design shall be characterized by the use of traditional design elements (dormers, steep pitched roofs, front porches, front doors, overhangs, shutters, bay/box /bow windows, etc.)
      2. Façade treatments shall be designed to break large façade areas into smaller facades by utilizing architectural variety in the form of offsets, lintels, expression lines or cornices and changes in texture, color or masonry pattern; pilasters, piers or columns. Building facades that are blank or windowless shall be prohibited.
      3. Buildings shall be designed so that there is distinct architectural differentiation between the ground floor and the floors above. Such as incorporating differences in floor-to-ceiling heights, using building trim and accent elements, changing materials or textures, or adding an awning or canopy between the first and upper stories.
      4. Colors used on building facades must be complementary. Natural, muted colors should serve as the primary façade color, with analogous brighter colors used only as limited accents.
      5. All new buildings shall be a minimum of two stories and a maximum of four stories.
      6. All buildings shall front on to a public sidewalk.
      7. Single-family attached buildings shall have a front porch or front stoop with steps.
      8. High quality building design and construction shall be provided on all elevations (360-degree architectural treatment).
      9. Appropriate building finish materials include brick (clay), natural stone, simulated cut stone, wood, Hardi-plank or similar cementuous materials, slate/imitation slate roof shingles, architectural asphalt roof shingles.
      10. Inappropriate, prohibited building finish materials include plywood, unfinished concrete or concrete panels, concrete masonry units, steel or aluminum curtain wall systems, plastics, reflective glass, and vinyl.
      11. Multiple buildings in proposed developments (including accessory buildings) must incorporate coordinated architectural styles, materials, forms, features, colors and applied elements to visually tie the entire development together.
      12. Signage, fencing, walls and other amenities (benches, lights) must be integrated with building design and landscaping.
      13. The proposed dwelling should respect the scale, height, and setbacks of those buildings on adjacent properties, and where desirable, serve as an orderly transition to a different scale.
      14. At least 15% of the area of each façade that faces a street lot line must consist of windows or main entrance doors.
      15. The rear facades of buildings shall not be permitted to front thoroughfare streets. Access may be provided via frontage roads and alleys.
      16. The following design elements shall be varied throughout multiple unit projects: exterior materials and finishes including a color palette of at least three color combinations per overall development or provide exterior accent materials such as brick, stone, or other masonry materials; three distinct architectural building elevations for each standard plan; floor plans including a minimum of four different floor plans within each development; and front yard landscaping including three different plant palettes consisting of trees, shrubs, and perennials.
  • Effective on: 4/14/2015

    Section 6. Parking/Loading

    The following parking and loading requirements shall apply within the {FeHiPD} district. All calculations shall be made using gross floor area (GFA). For those uses not listed in the Schedule of {FeHiPD} district, Off-Street Parking and Loading Requirements, refer to Article 10 of the Unified Development Ordinance for the specific standards.

    SCHEDULE OF FeHiPD DISTRICT OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING REQUIREMENTS
    UseRequired Parking SpacesMaximum Parking SpacesRequired Loading Spaces
    Commercial Uses1 4 per 1,000 SF 5 per 1,000 SF 1 per USER
    Office Uses1 3 per 1,000 SF 4 per 1,000 SF 1 per BUILDING
    Hospital, Medical Office1 3 per 1,000 SF 4 per 1,000 SF 1 per BUILDING
    Residential See Table10.0.3.B Required Parking Spaces
    1In cases where buildings exceed 50,000-SF, the overall required parking spaces and loading spaces may, on a case-by-case basis, and on the merits of the circumstances be reduced with approval of the Director of Planning.
    1. Parking/Loading Setback Requirements
      1. Front Setbacks. No parking, loading, or vehicular use areas may be located between the building and front property line. Loading facilities shall be screened from all public rights-of-way.
      2. Side and Rear Setbacks. Parking, loading, and vehicular use areas shall be setback a minimum of 6 feet from any rear or side lot line.
      3. Dedicated and conveniently located parking spaces shall be provided for the physically disabled per established City and other requirements in pedestrian-oriented commercial areas making off-street parking access points visible.
      4. Parking lots shall provide a pedestrian path between the parking and the sidewalk, and parking and building.
      5. Parking, driveways and curb cuts shall be combined between developments where feasible to minimize pavement and reduce interference with pedestrians.
      6. Diagonal parking must be provided in commercial parking lots where high turnover is expected.
      7. Sufficient stacking spaces must be provided at driveways.
      8. Visual obstructions are prohibited within parking lots and at driveways.
      9. Snow plowing and storage must be accommodated within parking lots and loading areas.
      10. The use of parking lots as “short-cuts” to circumvent the public roadway system must be discouraged.
    2. Parking Structures
      1. Parking structures are encouraged.
      2. Parking structures shall be at least partially below grade to minimize their visual impact.
      3. Where parking structures are visible from public rights-of-way, they may not have sloping floor plates visible from adjacent public rights-of-way.
      4. Parking structures in commercial areas must accommodate retail space on the ground floor level where permitted by the subdistrict requirements.
      5. The design of parking structures must integrate the forms and materials used for principal building(s). Lighting should also be integrated with the overall architectural character of the site.
      6. Landscaping must be used at the base of parking structures, and the use of landscaping should be considered at upper levels, to soften their appearance.
    3. Bicycle Parking Requirements
      1. All commercial and public/semi-public uses shall provide parking facilities for bicycles based on the number of vehicle parking spaces provided consistent with the Bicycle Parking Standard table below.
    Bicycle Parking Standards Table
    Total Vehicle Parking Spaces RequiredBicycle Parking Spaces Required
    1-25 0
    26-200 4
    201-500 8
    Over 500 12
      1. Bicycle racks shall support the bicycle upright by its frame in two places above the bicycle’s center of gravity, shall enable the frame and one or both wheels to be secured with a lock, and shall not require the lifting of the bicycle to use any of the racks parking positions.
        1. Examples of appropriate racks include an inverted “U” rack, the “A” rack, and the post and loop rack. The toast rack is prohibited.
      2. Bicycle parking facilities shall be located in high visibility areas that provide convenient and safe pedestrian access to main entrances or activity areas.

    Effective on: 4/14/2015

    Section 7. Signage

  • {Riverwalk, West Logan Street Corridor​
    1. Permit Required: Yes 
    2. Type of Sign Permitted: WallProjectingAwning, Canopy, WindowBladeGround, and Sandwich Board signs 
    3. Number and Type: 
      1. Single Tenant Building 
        1. One (1) wall, projecting, awning, canopy, window, or ground sign per street frontage and/or one (1) blade sign per street frontage.  Ground signs shall only permitted on lots with at least seventy-five (75) feet of frontage and a  minimum building setback of twenty (20) feet from the adjacent street right-of-way.  The owner may transfer a permitted sign from one building elevation to another, however, no elevation is permitted two (2) or more of the same sign type on the same frontage. 

        2. One (1) sandwich board sign.

      2. Multi-Tenant, Multi-Level Building

        1. ​Ground Floor Tenant 

          1. One (1) wall, projecting, awning, canopy, window, or sign per street frontage.

          2. One (1) blade sign per street frontage

          3. One (1) sandwich board sign. 

        2. ​Tenant above the ground floor 

          1. One (1) blade sign and/or one (1) window sign on the door at street level used to access the tenant space or on the floor where the use is located.

          2. One (1) wall sign above the windowsill of the second story. 

    4. Maximum Sign Area 

      1. ​​Awning Sign:  Twenty percent (20%) of the area of the angled face and sixty-five (65%) of the area of the vertical face 

      2. Canopy Sign:   Twenty percent (20%) of the area of the angled face and sixty-five (65%) of the area of the vertical face 

      3. Blade Sign:  Four (4) square feet 

      4. Projecting Sign:  Fifteen (15) square feet 

      5. Sandwich Board:  Six (6) square feet - Two (2) feet in width and three (3) feet in height 

      6. Wall Sign:  Sign shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the signable wall area, unless windows, doors, awning, and other architectural details make up more than fifty percent (50%) of the building face in which the sign size may increase to forty percent (40%) of the signable wall area 

      7. Ground Sign:  Twelve (12) square feet 

      8. Window Sign:    Ground Floor Tenant:  Fifteen percent (15%) of the total  window area                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Second Floor and Above Tenant:  Twenty (20%) of the total window area on which the sign is located.  

    5. Maximum Sign Height:

      1. Ground Sign:  Four (4) feet 

      2. Sandwich Board:  Three (3) feet 

    6. Location:  Sign shall not obscure significant architectural features of the building 

      1. ​​Awning Sign:  May extend to within one (1) foot of the vertical plane of the curb and must maintain a minimum clearance of eight (8) feet above the sidewalk.

      2. Canopy Sign:  May extend to within one (1) foot of the vertical plane of the curb and must maintain a minimum clearance of eight (8) feet above the sidewalk.

      3. Blade Sign:  Permitted at ground floor locations.  May extend to within one (1) foot of the vertical plane of the curb and must maintain a minimum clearance of eight (8) feet above the sidewalk.

      4. Projecting Sign:  Must maintain a minimum clearance of eight (8) feet above the sidewalk. 

      5. Sandwich Board:  May be located on the exterior storefront or on the sidewalk at the front of the establishment.  It shall be located and oriented not to create a safety hazard to pedestrians or conflict with pedestrian circulation patterns. 

      6. Wall Sign:  An activity on the first floor shall not construct a wall sign above the windowsill of the second story.  An activity on the second floor or above shall construct a wall sign between the windows on the highest floor and the roofline.  A wall sign may not exceed two-thirds (2/3’s) of the distance between the top of the lower window and the sill of the upper window or roofline. 

      7. Ground Sign:  Shall be located a minimum of five (5) feet from the street right-of-way and a minimum of five (5) feet from the leading edge of the driveway.  The sign shall be separated from another ground sign located on the same side of the right-of-way a minimum distance of one hundred (100) linear feet.  

      8. Window Sign:  On or behind the window and viewable from public right-of-way.

    7. Permitted Materials: ​

      1. ​​Awning Sign:  Canvas or cloth, no reflective or glossy materials or illuminated plastic

      2. Canopy Sign:  Canvas or cloth, no reflective or glossy materials or illuminated plastic

      3. Blade Sign:  Wood or metal (Matching architectural features of building)  

      4. Projecting Sign:  Wood or metal (Matching architectural features of building)

      5. Sandwich Board:  Wood, chalkboard, or finished metal A-frame 

      6. Wall Sign:  Wood, metal, plastic, or other similar material (Matching architectural features of the building).  Individually mounted channel letters are preferred 

      7. Ground Sign:  Wood, metal, or masonry (Matching architectural features of the building)

      8. Window Sign:  Vinyl, gold leaf, or substantially similar materials

    8. Illumination:  Halo-Lit or externally lit

    9. Landscaping:  A minimum of five (5) foot landscaped areas radiating around the base of the sign shall be provided and shall be planted in such a way to substantially cover the area with landscape material such as, but not limited to, annuals, ground covers, perennials, shrubs, and ornamental trees.  A mixture of plant types is required.  

    10. Alternate Signage: 

      1. Cafe umbrella graphics for outdoor seating areas may be used in additional to all other permitted signs.  The total signage on an umbrella shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the area of the umbrella.  

      2. Painted wall signs may be used as a primary sign on a secondary elevation if permitted.  Such painted signs shall constitute no more than twenty percent (20%) of the signable area.

      3. Users with secondary public entrances are permitted to have a window sign that equals fifteen percent (15%) of the glass area or a one square foot placard mounted next to the door.  

  • Professional Office Subdistrict

    1. Permit Required: Yes 
    2. Type of Sign Permitted: Ground Sign, Wall Sign 
    3. Number and Type: 
      1. Single Tenant Building:  One (1) sign per street frontage.  Ground signs shall only be permitted on lots having a minimum lot width of seventy-five (75) feet of frontage and a  minimum building setback of at least twenty (20) feet from the adjacent street right-of-way.  The owner may transfer a permitted sign from one building elevation to another, however, no elevation is permitted two (2) or more of the same sign type on the same frontage. 
      2. Externally Accessed Multi-Tenant Building:  One (1) wall sign per tenant per street frontage and/or one (1) ground sign per street frontage with signage space for each tenant provided equally.  Ground signs shall only permitted on lots having a minimum lot width of seventy-five (75) feet of frontage and a  minimum building setback of at least twenty (20) feet from the adjacent street right-of-way.  

      3. Internally accessed Multi-Tenant Building:  One (1) wall sign per street frontage identifying the building and one (1) ground sign per street frontage.  Ground signs shall only be permitted on lots having a minimum lot width of seventy-five (75) feet and a minimum building setback of at least twenty (20) feet from the adjacent street right-of-way.
    4. Maximum Sign Area 

      1. ​​Ground Sign:  Thirty-two (32) square feet

      2. Wall Sign:  Shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the signable wall area, unless windows, doors, awnings, and other architectural details make up more than fifty percent (50%) of the building face in which the sign size may increase to forty percent (40%) of the signable wall area 

    5. Maximum Ground Sign Height: Five (5) feet 

    6. Location:  Shall be located a minimum of five (5) feet from the street right-of-way and a minimum of five (5) feet from the leading edge of the driveway.  The sign shall be separated from another ground sign located on the same side of the right-of-way a minimum distance of one hundred (100) linear feet.  

    7. Permitted Materials: ​

      1. Wall Sign:  Wood, metal, plastic, or other similar material (Matching architectural features of the building),  individually mounted channel letters  

      2. Ground Sign:  Wood, metal, or masonry (Matching architectural features of the building)

    8. Illumination:  Halo-Lit, internally or externally lit

    9. Landscaping:  A minimum of five (5) foot landscaped areas radiating around the base of the sign shall be provided and shall be planted in such a way to substantially cover the area with landscape material such as, but not limited to, annuals, ground covers, perennials, shrubs, and ornamental trees.  A mixture of plant types is required.  

    10. Alternate Signage:  Awning or canopy signage may be used in lieu of wall signage.  Signage shall be a maximum of twenty percent (20%) of the awning/canopy area.    

  • Hospital Subdistrict    

    1. ​​​Permit Required: Yes 

    2. Type of Sign Permitted: Designation Sign, Ground Sign,  Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign, Non-Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign, Entrance Identification Sign, Directory Sign, Wall Sign 
    3. Number and Type: 
      1. Designation Sign:  ​One (1) sign at each main entrance to the property.  Signs must be separated by at least 1000 feet.
      2. Ground Sign:  ​One (1) per adjacent internal drive or road

      3. Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign:  Not applicable 
      4. Non-Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign:  Not applicable 
      5. Entrance Identification Sign:  One (1) at each entrance to the property
      6. Directory Sign:  One (1) at each public entrance to the building
      7. Wall Sign:  One (1) per building elevation 
    4. Maximum Sign Area 

      1. ​​​Designation Sign:  ​220 square feet 

      2. Ground Sign:  ​45 square feet 

      3. Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign:  30 square feet
      4. Non-Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign:  20 square feet  
      5. Entrance Identification Sign:  110 square feet
      6. Directory Sign:  85 square feet 
      7. Wall Sign:  Not applicable 
    5. Maximum Sign Height: 

      1. Designation Sign:  ​Fourteen and a half (14.5) feet 

      2. Ground Sign:  ​Six (6) feet 

      3. Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign:  Seven (7) feet 
      4. Non-Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign:  Six (6) feet 
      5. Entrance Identification Sign:  Eight (8) feet 
      6. Directory Sign:  Six (6) feet 
      7. Wall Sign:  Hospital Name:  Five (5) foot tall letters, Secondary Identifiers: Four (4) foot tall letters  
    6. Location:

      1. Designation Sign:  Shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet from the street right-of-way and a minimum of ten feet from the leading edge of the driveway.  The sign shall be separated from another ground sign located on the same side of the right-way, a minimum distance of one hundred (100) linear feet.  
      2. Ground Sign:  ​Shall be located far enough from the curb and driveway to not obstruct views of oncoming traffic.

      3. Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign:  Shall be located far enough from the curb and driveway to not obstruct views of oncoming traffic.
      4. Non-Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign:  Shall be located far enough from the curb and driveway to not obstruct views of oncoming traffic.
      5. Entrance Identification Sign:  Shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet from the street right-of-way and a minimum of ten feet from the leading edge of the driveway.  The sign shall be separated from another ground sign located on the same side of the right-way, a minimum distance of one hundred (100) linear feet. 
      6. Directory Sign:  Shall be located at the public entrances to the building 
    7. Permitted Materials: ​

      1. ​​Designation Sign, ​​Ground Sign, Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign, Non-Illuminated Vehicular Directional Sign, Entrance Identification Sign, or Directory Sign: The sign shall be constructed of materials that blend with the character of the building such as, but not limited to, wood, metal, EIFS, or masonry.  

      2. Wall Sign:  Individually mounted channel letters  
    8. Illumination:  Halo-Lit, internally or externally lit

    9. Landscaping:  A minimum of five (5) foot landscaped areas radiating around the base of the sign shall be provided and shall be planted in such a way to substantially cover the area with landscape material such as, but not limited to, annuals, ground covers, perennials, shrubs, and ornamental trees.  A mixture of plant types is required.  

    10. Alternate Signage:  The designation sign may include an electronic sign component that does not exceed forty (40) square feet in size.   

  • Mixed Residential Subdistrict 

    1. Permit Required:  Yes

    2. Type of Sign Permitted: Ground Sign 

    3. Number and Type:  One (1) ground sign shall be permitted at each entrance to a recorded, platted residential subdivision

    4. Maximum Sign Area:  Twenty-four (24) square feet 

    5. Maximum Ground Sign Height: Six (6) feet 

    6. Location: Shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet from the street right-of-way and a minimum of ten (10) feet from the leading edge of driveway

    7. Permitted Materials: The sign material shall be constructed of materials which blend with the residential character of the neighborhood including, but not limited to, wood, metal, or masonry.

    8. Illumination: Halo-lit or externally-lit 

    9. Landscaping: A minimum of five (5) foot landscape area radiating around the base of the sign shall be provided and shall be planted in such a way to substantially cover the area with landscape materials such as, but not limited to, annuals, ground covers, perennials, shrubs, and ornamental trees.  A mixture of plant types is required.  

    10. Alternate Signage: Not Applicable} ORD #37-08-14

  • Effective on: 9/9/2014

    Section 8. Landscaping/Screening

  • {Riverwalk, West Logan Street, Professional Office Subdistricts 
    1. Landscaping should enhance but not obscure buildings and vistas while walkways should take advantage of, and derive access to views, open space, and environmental features that are important to the Federal Hill Planned Development District.  It is encouraged that the landscape design enhance the pedestrian environment and compliment the building and site design.
    2. Building Base Landscaping shall be provided at the base of all buildings elevations that do not directly abut hardscapes such as sidewalks or plazas/public greenspace.  Building base landscaping shall contain a minimum of one small shade tree, one ornamental tree, and six shrubs per 100 linear feet of standalone building perimeter.  If building base landscaping requirements cannot be installed due to its proximity to a hardscape, then landscaping may be installed elsewhere to fulfill the building base landscaping requirements as approved by the Director of Planning and Development or his/her designee.  Alternate locations (adjacent to site) include interior courtyards, public parks, plazas, parking lots, alleys, and/or roof gardens/green roofs.  Other suitable alternatives include window boxes, planters, trellises, climbing vines, espaliered trees and shrubs, and roof gardens.  Sculpture groupings may also be used as a part of the landscaping.  A range of landscaping materials, trees, deciduous and evergreen shrubs, ornamental grasses, groundcovers, and/or seasonal flowers shall be provided for color and visual interest.
    3. Planters shall be constructed of masonry or stone and have a minimum height of thirty inches and the minimum height of shrubs and/or ornamental grasses shall be 12 inches at the time of planting.
    4. Window boxes with flowers and freestanding planters of a scale and character appropriate to the street and main structure are encouraged.
    5. Perimeter Parking Lot landscaping is one (1) tree for every fifty (50) linear feet of adjacent right-of-way.  A landscaping strip sufficient to maintain the landscaping shall be provided and covered with groundcover or mulch.  A parking lot abutting an arterial road shall also provide shrubs 3-feet on center, staggered, at a minimum height of 30-in at the time of planting.  A Decorative fence may be substituted for the shrubs required in the perimeter parking lot landscaping and shall enclose the perimeter of the parking area.

      Internal Parking Lot landscaping shall include one parking island (minimum size 180-SF) for every twenty parking spaces to include one small shade tree and vegetative ground cover.

    6. A minimum of twenty (20) percent of the lot area must be in landscaping including a combination of building base landscaping, perimeter parking lot landscaping, interior parking lot landscaping, hardscape, planter boxes, planter containers etc. 

  • Hospital
    As per adopted Planned Development Ordinance No. 14-03-08 or as it may be amended.

  • Mixed Residential
    As per adopted landscaping Standards of the Unified Development Ordinance per the Perimeter Parking Lot Table and Building Base Landscaping Table

  • The maintenance and care of all landscape elements are the responsibility of the owner of the property.  All landscaping is to be approved by the City prior to installation.

    Street Trees are required to be installed as per the Noblesville Standards and Unified Development Ordinance, as amendedORD. #17-04-14, ORD # 20-03-15

    Effective on: 4/14/2015

    Section 1. Purpose

    The purpose of the Flood Hazard (FH) District is to guide development in the flood hazard areas. {The flood hazard areas of the City of Noblesville are subject to periodic inundation which results in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of commerce and governmental services, extraordinary public expenditures for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the public health, safety, and general welfare.  Additionally, structures that are inadequately elevated, floodproofed, or otherwise protected from flood damage also contribute to the flood loss. The Indiana Legislature has in IC 36-1-4-11 granted the power to local government units to control land use within their jurisdictions.  Therefore, the Common Council of the City of Noblesville, in order to minimize the threat of such damages and to achieve the purposes hereinafter set forth, does hereby adopt the following floodplain management regulations. 

     

    It is the purpose of this ordinance to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare and to minimize public and private losses due to flood conditions in specific areas by provisions designed to:

    1. Protect human life and health;
    2. Minimize expenditure of public money for costly flood control projects;
    3. Minimize the need for rescue and relief efforts associated with flooding and generally undertaken at the expense of the general public;  
    4. Minimize prolonged business interruptions;
    5. Minimize damage to public facilities and utilities such as water and gas mains, electric, telephones, and sewer lines, streets, and bridges located in floodplains;
    6. Help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use and development of flood prone areas in such a manner as to minimize flood blighted areas;
    7. Ensure that those who occupy the areas of special flood hazard assume responsibility for their actions;
    8. Minimize the impact of development on adjacent properties within and near flood prone areas;
    9. Ensure that the flood storage and conveyance functions of the floodplain are maintained;
    10. Minimize the impact of development on the natural, beneficial values of the floodplain;
    11. Prevent floodplain uses that are either hazardous or environmentally incompatible; and
    12. Meet community participation requirements of the National Flood Insurnace Program.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 2. Methods of Reducing Flood Loss

    In order to accomplish its purposes, these regulations include methods and provisions for:  

    1. Restricting or prohibiting uses which are dangerous to health, safety, and property due to water hazards, or which result in damaging increases in flood heights or velocities;
    2. Requiring that uses vulnerable to floods, including facilities which service such uses, be protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction; 
    3. Controlling the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and natural protective barriers, which help accommodate or channel flood waters;
    4. Controlling filling, grading, dredging, excavating, and other development which may increase flood damage; and
    5. Preventing or regulating the construction of flood barriers, which will unnaturally divert flood waters, or which may increase flood hazards in other areas.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 3. Basis for Establishing Regulatory Flood Data

    This ordinance shall apply to all Special Flood Hazard Areas (SFHAs) within the jurisdiction of the City of Noblesville, Indiana including any additional areas of special flood hazard within the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City of Noblesville or areas annexed by the city over time.  

    1. The regulatory flood elevation, floodway, and fringe limits for the studied Special Flood Hazard Areas (SFHAs) within the jurisdiction of the City of Noblesville, delineated as an "AE Zone" shall be determined by the one-percent annual chance flood profiles in the Hamilton County and Incorporated Areas Flood Insurance Study (FIS) and corresponding Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) dated November 19, 2014 as well as any future updates, amendments, or revisions prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency with the most recent date.  Should the floodway limits not be delineated on the Flood Insurance Rate Map for a studied SFHA designated as an "AE Zone," the limits of the floodway will be according to the best available layer as provided by the Indiana Department of Natural Resources. 
    2. The regulatory flood elevation, floodway, and fringe limits for each of the SFHAs delineated as a "Zone A" on the FIRM of Hamilton County, Indiana and Incorporated Areas prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and dated November 19, 2014 as well as any subsequent updates, amendments, or revisions prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency with the most recent date, shall be according to the best data available as provided by the Indiana Department of Natural Resources, provided the upstream drainage area for the the subject site is greater than one square mile.  Whenever a party disagrees with the best available flood layer, the party needs to replace existing data with better data that meets current engineering standards. To be considered, this data must be submitted to the Indiana Department of Natural Resources for review and subsequently approved.  
    3. In the absence of a published FEMA map or absence of identification on a FEMA map, the regulatory flood elevation, floodway, and fringe limits of any watercourse in a community's flood prone areas shall be according to the best available flood layer as provided by the Indiana Department of Natural Resources; provided the upstream drainage area from the subject site is greater than one square mile. 
    4. Upon issuance of a Letter of Final Determination (LFD), any more restrictive data in the new (not yet effective) mapping/study shall be utilized for permitting and construction (development) purposes, replacing all effective less restrictive flood hazard data provided by FEMA. 
    5. The FH zoning district is established based upon the boundaries of the Special Flood Hazard Areas as shown on the FIRM for Hamilton County, Indiana and Incorporated Areas.  Those areas shown by the best available flood layer to be within the SFHA but not yet shown on a FIRM shall be subject to the regulations of this FH zoning district.  
    6. Discrepancies between mapped floodplain and actual ground elevations.  
      1. In cases where there is a discrepancy between the mapped floodplain (SFHA) with base flood elevations provided (riverine or lacustrine Zone AE) on the FIRM and actual ground elevations, the elevation provided on the profiles or table of still water elevations shall govern.  
      2. If the elevation of the site in question is below the base flood elevation, that site shall be included in the SFHA and regulated accordingly.
      3. If the elevation (natural grade) of the site in question is at or above the base flood elevation and a LOMA or LOMR-FW is obtained the floodplain regulations will not be applied provided the LOMA or LOMR-FW is not subsequently superseded or invalidated.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 4. Administration

  • The Director of Planning (or his/her designee) shall be the Floodplain Administrator charged with the administration and implementation of the provisions of this ordinance. The Floodplain Administrator and/or designated staff is hereby authorized and directed to enforce the provisions of this ordinance.  
  • The duties and responsibilities of the floodplain administrator shall include, but are not limited to:
    1. Evaluate applications for permits to develop in special flood hazard areas to assure that the permit requirements of this ordinance have been satisfied.
    2. Interpret floodplain boundaries and provide flood hazard and flood protection elevation information.
    3. Issue permits to develop in special flood hazard areas when the provisions of these regulations have been met or deny the permit application in the event of noncompliance.
    4. Advise permitee that additional Federal, State, and/or local permits may be required.  If specific Federal, State, and/or local permits are necessary, require that copies of such permits be provided and maintained on file with the floodplain development permit.  
    5. Conduct substantial damage determinations to determine whether existing structures, located within the special flood hazard areas identified by FEMA and damaged from any source, must meet the development standards of these regulations.
    6. For applications to improve structures, including alterations, movement, enlargement, replacement, repair, change of occupancy, additions, rehabilitations, renovations, substantial improvements, repairs of substantial damages, and any other improvements or work on such building or structures, the Floodplain Administrator shall:
      1. Verify and document the market value of the pre-damaged or pre-improved structure; 
      2. Compare the cost to perform the improvements; or the cost to repair a damaged building to its pre-damaged condition; or the combined costs of improvements and repair, if applicable, to the market value of the pre-damaged or pre-improved structure. The cost of all work must be included in the project costs, including work that might otherwise be considered routine maintenance.  Items/activities that must be included in the cost shall be in keeping with guidance published by FEMA to ensure compliance with the NFIP and to avoid any conflict with future flood insurance claims of policyholders within the community;
      3. Determine and document whether the proposed work constitutes substantial improvement or repair of substantial damage; the determination requires evaluations of previous permits issued for improvements and repairs as specified in the definition of "substantial improvement" for proposed work to repair damage caused by flood and previous permits issued to repair flood-related damage as specified in the definition of substantial damage; and 
      4. Notify the applicant if it is determined that the work constitutes substantial improvement or repair of substantial damage and that compliance with the applicable general and specific standards of this ordinance are required. 
    7. Ensure that construction authorization has been granted by the Indiana Department of Natural Resources for all development projects within the floodway as further described in this ordinance and maintain a record of such authorization with either a copy of the permit/authorization or floodplain analysis/regulatory assessment.  
    8. Verify the upstream drainage area of any proposed development site near any watercourse not identified on a FEMA map to determine if a construction authorization is required from the Indiana Department of Natural Resources for development projects within the floodway as described further in this ordinance.  Maintain a record of such authorization (copy of actual permit/authorization or floodplain regulatory analysis/regulatory assessment).   
    9. Coordinate with insurance adjusters prior to permitting any proposed work to bring any flood-damaged structure covered by a standard flood insurance policy into compliance (either a substantially damaged structure or repetitive loss structure) to ensure eligibility for ICC funds.
    10. Notify adjacent communities and the State Floodplain Coordinator prior to any alteration or relocation of a watercourse, and submit copies of such notifications to FEMA.
    11. Maintain for public inspection and furnish upon request local permit documents, damaged structure inventories, substantial damage determinations, regulatory flood data, SFHA maps, Letters of Map Change (LOMC), copies of DNR permits, letters of authorization, and floodplain analysis and regulatory assessments (letters of recommendation), federal permit documents, and "as-built" elevation and floodproofing data for all buildings constructed subject to this ordinance.
    12. Utilize and enforce all LOMC or Physical Map Revisions (PMR) issued by FEMA for the currently effective SFHA maps of the community.  
    13. Assure that maintenance is provided within the altered or relocated portion of a watercourse so that the flood carrying capacity is not diminished.  
    14. Ensure that an approved connection to a public sewer system or an approved on-site septic system is planned for any structures (residential or non-residential) to be equipped with a restroom, kitchen, or other facilities requiring disposal of wastewater. 
    15. Verify and record the actual elevation of the lowest floor (including basement) of all new or substantially improved structures, in accordance the requirements of this Part. 
    16. Verify and record the actual elevation to which any new or substantially improved structures have been floodproofed, in accordance with the requirements of this Part.
    17. Provide information, testimony, or other evidence as needed during variance hearings.
    18. Service notices of violations, issue stop work orders, revoke permits, and take corrective actions in accordance with Section 27.    
    19. Coordinate map maintenance activities and associated FEMA follow-up as further detailed in this Part. 
    20. As the work pursuant to a permit progresses, the Floodplain Administrator shall make as many inspections of the work as may be necessary to ensure that the work is done according to the provisions of the local ordinance and terms of the permit.  The Floodplain Administrator shall have the right, upon presentation of proper credential, to enter on any premises within the territorial jurisdiction of the department at any reasonable hour for the purposes of inspection or other enforcement action.  
    21. Once a project is complete, periodic inspections may be conducted by the Floodplain Administrator to ensure compliance.  The Floodplain Administrator shall have the right, upon presentation of proper credential, to enter on any premises within the territorial jurisdiction of the department at any reasonable hour for the purposes of inspection or other enforcement action.
    22. Request any additional information which may be necessary to determine the nature of a proposed development or structure with respect to the requirements of this ordinance.  
    23. For all project involving channel modifications or fill (including levees), submit the data and request that the Federal Emergency Management Agency revise the regulatory flood data per mapping standard regulations found at 44 CFR 65.12.
  • Floodplain Management Records 
    1. Regardless of any other law or ordinance on the period required for retention of public records, records of actions associated with the administration of these floodplain regulations shall be kep on file and maintained under the direction of the Floodplain Administrator in perpetuity.  These records shall include permit applications, plans, certifications, Flood Insurance Rate Maps, Letters of Map Change, records of issuance of permits and denial of permits, determinations of whether proposed work constitutes substantial improvement or repair of substantial damage, required design certifications and documentation of elevations required by this ordinance, notifications to adjacent communities, FEMA, and the state related to alterations of watercourses, assurances that the flood carrying capacity of altered watercourses will be maintained, documentation related to appeals and variances including justification for issuance or denial, and records of enforcement actions taken pursuant to this ordinance.
    2. These records shall be available for public inspection at Noblesville City Hall, 16 South 10th Street, Noblesville, IN 46060.
  •  The administrator is further authorized to render interpretations of this ordinance, which are consistent with its spirit and purpose.  In addition to the provisions for appeals contained in Article 4 of this ordinance, the provisions of this Part G shall be applied in the following manner for the interpretation and application of provisions:
    1. Considered as minimum requirements
    2. Liberally construed in favor of the governing body; and 
    3. Deemed neither to limit nor repeal any other powers granted under state statutes.} ORD #68-11-22
  • Effective on: 11/10/2022

    Section 5. Approval Procedures

  • Any alterations to sites and existing structures within the FH district must appear before the Board of Zoning Appeals for approval before any construction or alteration of the site may begin.  The only exceptions to this requirement are those sites that are rezoned by the Plan Commission and Common Council to allow fill or cut and fill operations or additions to existing structures that do not increase the footprint of the structure and that are located above the BFE.  
  • The Board of Zoning Appeals shall hear and decide appeals and requests for variances from requirements of this ordinance.  
  • No applicant shall proceed with any fill or cut and fill operations without receiving rezone approval from the Plan Commission and Common Council.  See UDO § 8.G.9.A for further requirements.
  • All projects shall be required to receive a building permit or improvement location permit prior to the beginning of any development on the project.
  • Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 6. Improvement Location Permit

  • No person, firm, corporation, or governmental body not exempted by state law shall commence any development in the SFHA without first obtaining an Improvement Location Permit from the Director. The Director shall not issue an Improvement Location Permit if the proposed development does not meet the requirements of this ordinance. 
  • The application for an Improvement Location Permit shall include all applicable information that is required by Article 4 and Appendix B of this ordinance.  
  • Upon receipt of an application for an Improvement Location Permit, the Director shall determine if the site is located within an identified floodwayfloodway fringe or within the floodplain where the limits of the floodway have not yet been determined.
    1. Floodways 
      1. If the site is in an identified floodway, the Director shall require the applicant to forward the application, along with all pertinent plans and specifications, to the Department of Natural Resources and apply for a permit for construction in a floodway. Under the provisions of IC 14-28-1, a permit for construction in a floodway from the Indiana Department of Natural Resources is required prior to the issuance of a local building permit for any excavation, deposit, construction or obstruction activity located in the floodway. This includes land preparation activities such as filling, grading, clearing, paving, and any other similar activities undertaken before the actual start of construction of the building.  General licenses and exemptions to the requirements of the Flood Control Act (IC 14-28-1 and 312 IAC 10) may apply to qualified additions/improvements to existing lawful residential structures, rural bridges, logjam removals, wetland restoration, utility line crossings, outfall projects, creek rock removal, and prospecting.
      2. No action shall be taken by the Floodplain Administrator until a permit has been issued by the Natural Resources Commission granting approval for construction in the floodway or evidence provided by an applicant that the development meets specified criteria to qualify for a general license or exemption to the requirements of the Flood Control Act. Once a permit has been issued by the Natural Resources Commission, the Floodplain Administrator may issue the local Improvement Location Permit, provided the provisions contained in this Part G of this ordinance have been met.
      3. The Improvement Location Permit cannot be less restrictive than an approval issued for construction in a floodway issued by the Indiana Department of Natural Resources, or the specified criteria used to qualify for a general license or exemption to the Flood Control Act for a specific site/project.  However, a community's more restrictive regulations (if any) shall take precedence.  
      4. In floodway area identified on the FIRM, development shall cause no increase in flood level during the occurrence of the base flood discharge without first obtaining a Conditional Letter of Map Revision.  A Conditional Letter of Map Revision cannot be issued for development that would cause an increase in flood levels affecting a structure and such development should not be permitted.  
      5. In floodway areas identified by the Indiana Department of Natural Resources through detailed or approximate studies but not yet identified on the effective FIRM as floodway areas, the total cumulative effect of the proposed development, when combined with all other existing and anticipated development, shall not adversely affect the efficiency of , or unduly restrict the capacity of the floodway.  This adverse effect is defined as an increase in the elevation of the regulatory flood of at least fifteen-hundredths (0.15) of a foot as determined by comparing the regulatory flood elevation under the project condition to that under the natural or pre-floodway condition as proven with hydraulic analyses.  
    2. Fringe                                                                                                                                                                                                    If the site is located in an identified  fringe (either identified on the FIRM or identified by the Indiana Department of Natural Resources through detailed or approximate studies not identified on a FIRM), then the Floodplain Administrator may issue the local Improvement Location Permit provided the provisions of this Part G have been met.  
    3. SFHAs without Established Base Flood Elevation and/or Floodways/Fringes                                                            
      1. When the drainage area upstream of a site is greater than one square mile and the site is in an identified floodplain where the limits of the floodway and floodway fringe have not yet been determined the Floodplain Administrator shall require the applicant to forward the application, along with all pertinent plans and specifications, to the Department of Natural Resources for review and comment.  No action shall be taken by the Floodplain Administrator until written approval from the Indiana Department of Natural Resources (approval for construction in a floodway, letter of authorization, or evidence of general license qualification) or a floodplain analysis/regulatory assessment citing the one-percent annual chance flood elevation and the recommended Flood Protection Grade has been received from the Indiana Department of Natural Resources. Once the Floodplain Administrator has received the proper permit or floodplain analysis/regulatory assessment approving the proposed development, an Improvement Location Permit may be issued provided the conditions of the Improvement Location Permit are not less restrictive than the conditions received from the Department of Natural Resources and the provisions contained in this Part G have been met. 
      2. When the drainage area upstream of a site is less than one square mile and the site is in an identified floodplain where the limits of the floodway and fringe have not been determined, the Floodplain Administrator shall require the applicant to provide an engineering analysis showing the limits of the floodplain and one-percent annual chance flood elevation for the site.  Upon receipt of the information, the Floodplain Administrator may issue the Improvement Location Permit, provided the provisions of this Part G been met. 
    4. SFHAs not Identified on a Map 
      1. If a proposed development is near a waterway with no SFHA identified on a map, the Floodplain Administrator shall verify the drainage area upstream of the site.  If the drainage area upstream of the site is verified as being greater than one square mile, the Floodplain Administrator shall require the applicant to forward the application, along with all pertinent plans and specifications, to the Indiana Department of Natural Resources for review.  No action shall be taken by the Floodplain Administrator until written approval from the Indiana Department of Natural Resources (approval for construction in a floodway, letter of authorization, or evidence of general license qualification) or a floodplain analysis/regulatory assessment citing the 100 year flood elevation one-percent annual chance flood elevation and the recommended Flood Protection Grade has been received from the Indiana Department of Natural Resources.  Once the Floodplain Administrator has received the proper permit or floodplain analysis/regulatory assessment approving the proposed development, an Improvement Location Permit may be issued provided the conditions of the Improvement Location Permit are not less restrictive than the conditions received from the Department of Natural Resources and the provisions of this Part G have been met.  
      2. When the drainage area upstream of a site is less than one square mile and the site is in an identified floodplain where the limits of the floodway and floodway fringe have not been determined, the Floodplain Administrator shall require the applicant to provide an engineering analysis showing the limits of the floodplain and one-percent annual chance flood elevation for the site.  Upon receipt of the information, the Floodplain Administrator may issue the Improvement Location Permit, provided the provisions of this Part G have been met. 
  • Upon establishment/placement of the lowest floor it shall be the duty of the applicant to submit to the Floodplain Administrator an elevation certificate for the building under construction.  The Floodplain Administrator shall review the elevation certificate.  Any deficiencies detected during the review shall be corrected by the applicant before any further work is allowed to proceed.  Failure to submit the survey or failure to make said corrections required hereby shall be cause to issue a stop-work order for the project.
  • Upon completion of construction of an elevated structure or structure constructed on fill, an elevation certification which depicts the “as-built” lowest floor elevation and other applicable elevation data is required to be submitted by the applicant to the Floodplain Administrator.  The elevation certificate shall be prepared by or under the supervision of a registered land surveyor and certified by the same.  
  • Upon completion of construction of an elevated structure constructed on fill, a fill report is required to be submitted to the Floodplain Administrator to verify the required standards were met, including completion. 
  • Upon the completion of construction or a flooproofing measure, a floodproofing certificate is required to be submitted by the applicant to the Floodplain Administrator.  the floodproofing certificate shall be prepared by or under the direct supervision of a registered professional engineer or architecta and certified by the same.} ORD #68-11-22
  • Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 7. Permitted Uses

    A complete listing of permitted uses is provided in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain permitted uses have special restrictions listed in UDO § 8.G.8 below.} ORD #68-11-22 

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    Section 8. Uses Permitted with Restrictions

    The following uses are permitted in this district provided that they meet the restrictions below. 

    1. Excavation
      1. Before any excavation is begun, there shall be a plan on file with and approved by both the Indiana Department of Natural Resources, if located within the floodway, and the Plan Commission for both excavation and reclamation activities. 
      2. Any excavation shall be carried on in such a manner so as not to disturb any land or properties immediately adjacent to the property on which the excavation is being accomplished. In particular, no excavation shall take place within one hundred (100) feet of the property line. 
      3. Any excavation shall be surrounded by a fence not less than seven (7) feet in height. 
      4. No excavation shall take place by use of explosives.

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    Section 9. Prohibited Uses

    The following uses are prohibited in this district. 

    1. Cut and Fill
      Cut and Fill is prohibited within the Flood Hazard District.  These regulations prohibit the placement of fill within the FH zoning district, however, in rare circumstances, when it is not possible to avoid fill within the floodplain the applicant may seek a waiver of the prohibition.  The waiver of this prohibition must be received with a request to rezone the property, and both requests must be approved by the Plan Commission and City Council. No changes will be approved without compliance with the following requirements:
      1. Compensatory storage is required for any fill, structure, or other material above the grade in the regulatory floodplain that temporarily or permanently displaces floodplain storage volume.  
      2. Compensatory storage must:
        1. Be equal to at least three times the volume of flood storage lost below the 10-year and 100-year flood elevations.
        2. Be operational prior to placement of fill, structures, or other materials temporarily or permanently placed in the regulatory floodplain.  
        3. Be provided in addition to the site detention volume.
        4. Drain freely and openly to the waterway.
        5. All regulatory floodplain storage lost below the existing 10-year flood elevation shall be compensated for below the proposed 10-year flood elevation. 
        6. All regulatory floodplain storage lost above the existing regulatory 10-year flood elevation shall be compensated for above the proposed 10-year flood elevation.  
      3. Compensatory storage is required for activities in the regulatory floodplain.  There is no threshold to compensatory storage, any volume of fill requires compensatory storage be provided.  
      4. The compensatory storage requirement does not apply to floodproofing of an existing building where the floodproofing measures such as berms or floodwalls are within 10 feet of the building, or crossing improvements where artificially created storage is lost due to a reduction in head loss.  
      5. Compensatory storage must be located onsite, adjacent to, or opposite the areas filled or occupied by a structure.  In those rare instances when compensatory storage cannot be located adjacent to or opposite the areas filled or occupied, the applicant shall provide engineering computations demonstrating that hydraulically equivalent compensatory storage has been provided.  These computations must show no increase in flood flows or flood depths will result as a result of the location of the proposed compensatory storage.  
      6. Compensatory storage must be constructed to drain freely and openly to the main watercourse.  In some rare instances it may be necessary to install pipes to construct and/or operate a compensatory storage basin.  This may occur when site constraints, such as a roadway or sidewalk, separate the waterway from the compensatory storage area.  
    2. Fill
      Filling a property using materials from an outside source that does not provide an area of compensatory storage within the watershed is prohibited. 

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    Section 10. Conditional Uses

    Conditional uses are permitted when authorized by the Board of Zoning Appeals after a public hearing subject to UDO § 4.C. The conditional uses that may be permitted are listed in Appendix C, Use Matrix. Certain conditional uses have special restrictions that are listed below. In the floodway no conditional use shall be granted by the Board of Zoning Appeals unless a permit for construction has previously been obtained from the Indiana Department of Natural Resources. The Board may impose greater restrictions than those required by the Indiana Department of Natural Resources. 

    1. Campgrounds
      1. Approval must be obtained from the Indiana State Board of Health and from the Department of Natural Resources. 
      2. The size, procedure, design, installation, and maintenance for Recreational Campgrounds shall be provided for in UDO § 8.B.7, Residential Mobile Home Park (RMH) District. 

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    Section 11. Bulk Requirements

    The bulk requirements that apply to the FH District shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the Director of Planning and Development.  The Director should take into account the standards for the adjoining zoning districts as well as the existing pattern of development in the immediate area of the construction when determining the setbacks.  

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 12. General Standards

    In all areas of special flood hazard the following are required:

    1. New construction, reconstruction or repairs to a repetitive loss structure, and substantial improvements shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement of the structure.  
    2. All structures shall be constructed of flood resistant materials below the FPG.  
    3. Electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, air conditioning equipment, and other service facilities shall be located at or above the FPG for residential structures.  Electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, air conditioning equipment, and other service facilities shall be located at or above the FPG or designed so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components below the FPG for non-residential structures.  Water and sewer pipes, electrical and telephone lines, submersible pumps, and other waterproofed service facilities may be located below the FPG.  
    4. New and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the system.  
    5. New and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the system.
    6. Onsite waste disposal systems shall be located and constructed to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding.  
    7. Where an existing or proposed structure or other development is affected by multiple flood zones, by multiple base flood elevations, or both, the development activity must comply with the provisions of this ordinance applicable to the most restrictive flood zone and the highest base flood elevation affecting any part of the existing or proposed structure; or for other development, affecting any part of the area of development.   
    8. Construction of new solid waste disposal facilities, hazardous waste management facilities, salvage yards, and chemical storage facilities shall not be permitted in areas of special flood hazard.  
    9. Parking lots, driveways, and sidewalks within the SFHA shall be constructed with permeable materials.  
    10. Any alteration, repair, reconstruction, or improvement to a structure that is not in compliance with the provisions of this ordinance shall be undertaken only if said non-conformity is not furthered, extended or replaced.  Any structure in the SFHA that is not in compliance with the provisions of this ordinance may not be altered, repaired, reconstructed, or improved unless such changes are in compliance with these regulations.  The only exception to this is a repair or alteration that does not increase the footprint of the existing structure, and does not total more than 40% of the pre-repair fair market value.  
    11. Whenever any portion of the SFHA is authorized for construction of a new structure, the volume of space which will be occupied by the structure below the BFE shall be compensated for and balance by an equivalent volume of excavation taken below the BFE.  The excavation volume shall be at least equal to three (3) times the volume of storage lost due to the structure.
      1. The excavation shall take place on the same property in which the structure is located within the same floodplain, provided sufficient space exists.  If sufficient space does not exist on the same property, the excavation shall take place in the same floodplain no more than 1000 feet from the site of the structure, provided authorization or permission has been granted by the owners of any property where the excavation is proposed.
      2. A restrictive covenant that runs with the property which states the approved compensatory cut area (the excavation) shall not be altered without approval from the Floodplain Administrator shall be executed and recorded in the Hamilton County Recorder's Office. 
      3. The excavation shall provide for true storage of floodwater, but shall not be subject to ponding when not inundated by floodwater.  
      4. The excavation shall be sufficiently stabilized and compacted to remain firm and resist erosion.
      5. The grading around the excavation shall be such that the excavated area is accessible to other regulatory floodwater.
      6. The structure shall not obstruct a drainage way leading to the floodplain.  
      7. The structure shall be of a material deemed stable enough to remain firm and in place during periods of flooding and shall include provisions to protect adjacent property owners against any increased runoff or drainage resulting from its placement.  
      8. Plans depicting the areas to be excavated shall be submitted prior to the start of construction or site work.  Once site work is complete, but prior to the start of construction on any structure, the applicant shall provide the floodplain administrator a certified survey of the excavation demonstrating the excavation complies with this Part G.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 13. Building Protection Requirements

    In addition to the general standards described above, all structures located in the SFHA shall be protected from flood damage below the FPG.  This building protection requirement applies to the following situations: 

    1. Construction or placement of a residential structure.  
    2. Construction or placement of a non-residential structure.  
    3. Addition or improvement made to any existing structure where the cost of the addition or improvement equals or exceeds 40% of the market value of the structure, excluding the value of land. 
    4. Reconstruction or repairs made to a damaged structure where the cost of restoring the structure to its before damage condition equals or exceeds 40% of the market value of the structure, excluding the value of land, before damage occurred.  The costs of any proposed additions or improvements beyond restoring the damaged structure to its before damaged condition must be included in the cost.  
    5. Installing a travel trailer or recreational vehicle on a site for more than 180 days. 
    6. Installing a manufactured home on a new site or a new manufactured home on an existing site. 
    7. Reconstruction or repairs made to a repetitive loss structure. 
    8. Addition or improvement made to any existing structure with a previous repair, addition, or improvement constructed since the community's first floodplain ordinance.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 14. Residential Construction (excluding manufactured homes)

  • New construction or substantial improvement of any residential structure shall meet all the provisions of this Part G. 
  • In Zone A and Zone AE, new construction or substantial improvement of any residential structure shall have the lowest floor, including basement, at or above the FPG.
  • Fully enclosed areas formed by foundation or other exterior walls below the FPG shall meet the following requirements:
    1. Must be designed to preclude finished living space. Must be designed to allow for the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters to equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls.  Flood openings must be designed and installed in compliance with criteria set out in FEMA Technical Bulletin 1.  Engineered flood openings must be designed and certified by a registered design professional and requires supporting engineering certification or make/model specific ICC-ES Report or they must meet the following criteria for non-engineered flood openings:
      1. Provide a minimum of two openings on different sides of an enclosure.  If more than one enclosed area is present, each must have openings on exterior walls with a total net area of not less than one square inch for every one square foot of enclosed area.  
      2. The bottom of all openings shall be no more than one foot above the higher of the final interior grade or floor and the finished exterior grade immediately under each opening.  
      3. If the floor of the enclosure is below the BFE, the openings must be located wholly below the BFE.  
      4. If the floor of the enclosure is at or above the BFE, but below the FPG, the openings must be located wholly below the FPG. 
      5. Doors and windows do not qualify as openings.
      6. Openings must be equipped with screen, louvers, valves, or other coverings or devices provided they permit the automatic flow of floodwaters in both directions.
    2. Where the interior height of the enclosure exceeds 6 feet, the property owners shall execute and record with the structure's deed a non-conversion agreement declaring that the area below the lowest floor or the detached accessory building shall not be improved, finished, or otherwise converted to living space and the City will have the right to inspect the enclosed area.  The non-conversion agreement shall be recorded in the office of the Hamilton County Recorder, and a copy of the recorded document shall be presented to the Floodplain Administrator prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.  
    3. The floor of such enclosed area must be at or above grade on at least one side. 
    4. The interior portion of such enclosed area shall not be partitioned or finished into separate rooms.   
  • A residential structure constructed on permanent fill must meet the following criteria:
    1. Fill shall be placed in layers no greater than one foot deep before compacting to 95% of the maximum density obtainable with either the Standard or Modified Proctor Test method. The results of the test showing compliance shall be retained in the permit file.  
    2. Fill shall extend ten (10) feet beyond the foundation of the structure before sloping below the BFE. 
    3. Fill shall be protected against erosion and scour during flooding by vegetative cover, riprap, or bulk heading. If vegetative cover is used, the slopes shall be no steeper than three feet horizontal to one foot vertical.  
    4. Fill shall not adversely affect the flow of surface drainage from or onto neighboring properties.  
    5. Fill shall be composed of clean granular or earthen material.  
  • A residential structure may be constructed using a stem wall foundation (also called chain wall, raised-slab-on-grade, and slab-on-stem-wall-with-fill). Any backfilled stem wall foundation must be backfilled with compacted structural fill, concrete, or gravel that supports the floor slab.  No flood openings area required for this type of construction.} ORD #68-11-22
  • Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 15. Non-Residential Construction

  • New construction or substantial improvement of any non-residential structure (excludes accessory structures) shall meet all provisions of this Part G. 
  • All newly placed or replaced above ground gas or liquid storage tanks shall be subject to the requirements for a non-residential structure.
  • In Zone A and Zone AE, new construction or substantial improvement of any non-residential structure (excludes accessory structures) shall either have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated to or above the FPG or be floodproofed to or above the FPG. 
  • Fully enclosed areas formed by foundation and other exterior walls below the FPG shall meet the following requirements: 
    1. Must be designed to preclude finished living space. Must be designed to allow for the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters to equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls.  Flood openings must be designed and installed in compliance with criteria set out in FEMA Technical Bulletin 1.  Engineered flood openings must be designed and certified by a registered design professional and requires supporting engineering certification or make/model specific ICC-ES Report or they must meet the following criteria for non-engineered flood openings:
      1. Provide a minimum of two openings on different sides of an enclosure.  If more than one enclosed area is present, each must have openings on exterior walls with a total net area of not less than one square inch for every one square foot of enclosed area. 
      2. The bottom of all openings shall be no more than one foot above the higher of the final interior grade or floor and the finished exterior grade immediately under each opening. 
      3. If the floor of the enclosure is below the BFE, the openings must be located wholly below the BFE. 
      4. If the floor of the enclosure is at or above the BFE, but below the FPG, the openings must be located wholly below the FPG. 
      5. Doors and windows do not qualify as openings. 
      6. Openings must be equipped with screen, louvers, valves, or other coverings or devices provided they permit the automatic flow of floodwaters in both directions.
    2. Where the interior height of the enclosure exceeds 6 feet, the property owners shall execute and record with the structure's deed a non-conversion agreement declaring that the area below the lowest floor or the detached accessory building shall not be improved, finished, or otherwise converted to living space and the City will have the right to inspect the enclosed area.  The non-conversion agreement shall be recorded in the office of the Hamilton County Recorder, and a copy of the recorded document shall be presented to the Floodplain Administrator prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.  
    3. The floor of such enclosed area must be at or above grade on at least one side. 
    4. The interior portion of such enclosed area shall not be partitioned or finished into separate rooms.   
  • A non-residential structure constructed on permanent fill must meet the following criteria:
    1. Fill shall be placed in layers no greater than one foot deep before compacting to 95% of the maximum density obtainable with either the Standard or Modified Proctor Test method. The results of the test showing compliance shall be retained in the permit file.  
    2. Fill shall extend ten (10) feet beyond the foundation of the structure before sloping below the BFE. 
    3. Fill shall be protected against erosion and scour during flooding by vegetative cover, riprap, or bulk heading. If vegetative cover is used, the slopes shall be no steeper than three feet horizontal to one foot vertical.  
    4. Fill shall not adversely affect the flow of surface drainage from or onto neighboring properties.  
    5. Fill shall be composed of clean granular or earthen material.  
  • A non-residential structure may be floodproofed in accordance with the following: 
    1. A registered Professional Engineer or Architect shall certify that the structure has been designed so that below FPG the structure and attendant utility facilities are watertight and capable of resisting the effects of the regulatory flood.  The structure design shall take into account flood velocities, duration, rate of rise, hydrostatic pressures, and impacts from debris or ice.  Such certifications shall be provided to the Floodplain Administrator. 
    2. Floodproofing measure shall be operable without an outside source of electicity.  
  • A non-residential structure may be constructed using a stem wall foundation (also called chain wall, raised-slab-on-grade, and slab-on-stem-wall-with-fill). Any backfilled stem wall foundation must be backfilled with compacted structural fill, concrete, or gravel that supports the floor slab.  No flood openings area required for this type of construction.} ORD #68-11-22
  • Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 16. Manufactured Homes and Recreational Vehicles

  • These requirements apply to all manufactured homes to be placed on a site in the SFHA: 
    1. The manufactured home shall be elevated on a permanent foundation such that the lowest floor shall be at or above the FPG and securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement.
    2. Fully enclosed areas formed by foundation and other exterior walls below the FPG shall be designed to preclude finished living space and designed to allow for the entry and exit of floodwaters to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls.  The enclosure must comply with all regulations listed in Section 14 for fully enclosed areas.  
    3. Flexible skirting and rigid skirting not attached to the frame or foundation of a manufactured home are not required to have openings.  
  • Recreational vehicles placed on a site in the SFHA shall either: 
    1. Be on site for less than 180 days and be fully licensed and ready for highway use (defined as being on its wheels or jacking system, is attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and has no permanently attached additions), or 
    2. Meet the requirements for manufactured homes as stated above.} ORD #68-11-22
  • Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 17. Accessory Structures

    Within SFHAs, new construction or placement of an accessory structure must meet the following standards: 

    1. Shall have a floor area of 400 square feet or less.
    2. Shall not be used for human habitation.
    3. Use shall be limited to parking of vehicles and limited storage. 
    4. Shall be constructed of flood resistant materials.
    5. Shall be constructed and placed on the lot to offer the minimum resistance to the flow of floodwaters. 
    6. Shall be firmly anchored to prevent flotation.
    7. Service facilities such as electrical and heating equipment shall be elevated or floodproofed to or above the FPG. 
    8. Shall be designed to allow for the entry and exit of floodwaters to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls.  The enclosure must comply with all regulations listed in Section 14 for fully enclosed areas.  
    9. Shall not have subsequent additions or improvements that would preclude the structure from its continued designation as an accessory structure.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 18. Free-standing Pavilions, Gazebos, Decks, Carports, and similar open-sided structures

  • Shall have open sides.  No more than one rigid wall is permitted. 
  • Shall be anchored to prevent flotation or lateral movement.
  • Shall be constructed of flood resistant materials below the FPG. 
  • Any electrical, heating, plumbing, and other service facilities shall be located at or above the FPG. 
  • Shall not have subsequent additions or improvements that would preclude the development from its continued designation as a pavilion, gazebo, carport, or similar open-sided development.} ORD #68-11-22
  • Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 19. Standards for Critical Facilities

    Construction of new critical facilities shall be, to the extent possible, located outside the limits of the SFHA.  Construction of new critical facilities shall be permissible within the SFHA if no feasible alternative site is available.  Those facilities constructed within the SFHA shall have the lowest floor elevated to or above the FPG at the site.  Floodproofing and sealing measures must be taken to ensure that toxic substances will not be displaced by or released into floodwaters.  Access routes elevated to or above the FPG shall be provided to all critical facilities to the extent possible.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 20. Standards for Subdivision Proposals

  • All subdivision proposals and all other proposed development shall be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage.  
  • All subdivision proposals and all other proposed development shall have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems located and constructed to minimize flood damage.  
  • All subdivisions proposals and all other proposed development shall have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood hazards.  
  • Subdivision proposals and other proposed development which is greater than the lesser of either fifty (50) lots or five (5) acres, when proposed in areas of special flood hazard where base flood elevation data is not available, the applicant shall provide hydrologic and hydraulic engineering analysis that generates base flood elevations.  
  • All subdivision proposals shall minimize development in the SFHA.  All the property identified in the SFHA shall not be counted towards overall acreage when determining permitted density.   
  • All subdivision proposals shall ensure safe access into/out of the SFHA for pedestrians and vehicles, especially emergency responders.
  • Streets, blocks, lots, parks, and other public grounds shall be located and laid out in such a manner as to preserve and utilize natural streams and channels.  Whenever possible, the floodplains shall be included within parks or other public grounds.} ORD #68-11-22  
  • Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 21. Nonconforming Uses

    Uses legally existing in the FH District as of the effective date of this ordinance shall be considered legal nonconforming uses. After determination of the value of the proposed alteration or enlargement subject to the criteria laid out in UDO 8.G.4.B.6 the following shall apply:  

    1. No nonconforming use in the FH District and located in an identified floodway may be altered or enlarged without a permit for construction in a floodway from Natural Resources. 
    2. A nonconforming use in a FH District may be altered, enlarged, or extended, on a one time only basis, provided such alteration, enlargements, or extensions provided the cost (labor and materials) of such alteration, enlargement, or extension is 40% or less of the pre-improved value of the building or structure, unless such building or structure is permanently changed to a conforming use. 
    3. Any nonconforming use in the FH District which is damaged by flood, fire, explosion, Act of God, or the public enemy may be restored to its original dimensions and conditions, provided the Floodplain Administrator has determined the nonconforming use was not substantially damaged as defined in Article 2. 
    4. Such uses may be granted variances subject to the provisions of Article 4, Part D, but may require additional notice requirements beyond those required for uses in other districts.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 22. Map Maintenance Activities

    To meet NFIP minimum requirements to have flood data reviewed and approved by FEMA, and to ensure that the City of Noblesville flood maps, studies, and other data accurately represent flooding conditions so appropriate floodplain management criteria are based on current data, the following map maintenance activities are identified:

    1. Requirement to Submit New Technical Data 
      1. For all development proposals that impact floodway delineations or base flood elevations, the community shall ensure that technical data reflecting such changes be submitted to FEMA within six months of the date such information becomes available.  These development proposals include: 
        1. Floodway encroachments that increase or decrease base flood elevations or alter floodway boundaries;
        2. Fill sites to be used for the placement of proposed structures where the applicant desires to remove the site from the special flood hazard area; 
        3. Alteration of watercourses that result in a relocation or elimination of the special flood hazard area, including the placement of culverts; and Subdivision or large-scale development proposals requiring the establishment of base flood elevations.  
      2. It is the responsbility of the applicant to have required technical data for a Conditional Letter of Map Revision or Letter of Map Revision and submitted to FEMA. The Indiana Department of Natural Resources will review the submittals as part of a partnership with FEMA. The submittal should be mailed to the Indiana Department of Natural Resources at the address provided on the FEMA form (MT-2) or submitted through the online Letter of Map Change website.  Submittal and processing fees for these map revisions shall be the responsibility of the applicant.  
      3.  The Floodplain Administrator shall require a Conditional Letter of Map Revision prior to the issuance of a flood development permit for proposed floodway encroachments that increase the base flood elevation. 
      4. Floodplain development permits issued by the Floodplain Administrator shall be conditioned upon the applicant obtaining a Letter of Map Revision from FEMA for any development proposal subject to this section.  
    2. Right to Submit New Technical Data                                                                                                                                                    The Floodplain Administrator may request changes to any of the information shown on an effective map that does not impact floodplain or floodway delineations or base flood elevations, such as labeling or planimetric details. Such submission shall include appropriate supporting documentation made in writing by the Mayor of the City of Noblesville and may be submitted to FEMA at any time.  
    3. Annexation/Detachment                                                                                                                                                                         Upon occurence, the Floodplain Administrator shall notify FEMA in writing whenever the boundaries of the City of Noblesville have been modified by annexation or the community has assumed authority over an area, or no longer has authority to adopt and enforce floodplain management regulations for a particular area.  In order that the Hamilton County, Indiana and Incorporated Areas Flood Insurance Rate Map accurately represents the City of Noblesville boundaries, include within such notification a copy of a map of the City of Noblesville suitable for reproduction, clearly showing the new corporate limits or the new area for which the City of Noblesville has assumed or relinquished floodplain management regulatory authority.} ORD #68-11-22

       

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    Section 23. Warning and Disclaimer of Liability

    The degree of flood protection required by this ordinance is considered reasonable for regulatory purposes and is based on available information derived from engineering and scientific methods of study. Larger floods can and will occur on rare occasions. Therefore, this ordinance does not create any liability on the part of the City of Noblesville, the Indiana Department of Natural Resources, or the State of Indiana, for any flood damage that results from reliance on this ordinance or any administrative decision made lawfully thereunder. 

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 24. Compliance

  • No structure shall hereafter be located, extended, converted, or structurally altered within the SFHA without full compliance with the terms of this ordinance and other applicable regulations.  
  • Where an existing or proposed structure or other development is affected by multiple flood zones, by multiple base flood elevations, or both, the development activity must comply with the provisions of this ordinance applicable to the most restrictive flood zone and the most conservative (highest) base flood elevation affecting any part of the existing or proposed structure; or other developments, affecting any part of the area of the development.  
  • No land or stream within the SFHA shall hereafter be altered without full compliance with the terms of this ordinance and other applicable regulations.} ORD #68-11-22
  • Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 25. Abrogation and Greater Restrictions

    This Part G is not intended to repeal, abrogate, or impair any existing easement, covenants, or deed restrictions.  However, where this Part and another conflict or overlap, whichever imposes the more stringent restrictions shall prevail.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 26. Interpretation

    In the interpretation and application of this Part G all provisions shall be: 

    1. Considered as minimum requirements; 
    2. Liberally construed in favor of the governing body; and 
    3. Deemed neither to limit nor repeal any other powers granted under state statutes.} ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    {Section 27. Violations

    Failure to comply with the provisions of this ordinance, obtain a permit, comply with the requirements of a permit, or conditions of a variance shall be deemed a violation of this ordinance.  All violations shall be considered a common nuisance and are subject to the penalties and remedies in Article 15, Section 7.  Planning Staff shall inform the owner in the written notice that any such violation is considered a willful act to increase flood damages and therefore may cause coverage by a Standard Flood Insurance Policy to be suspended.  Nothing herein shall prevent the city from taking such other lawful action to prevent or remedy any violations. All costs connected therewith shall accrue to the person or persons responsible.

    1. Stop Work Orders         
      1. Upon notice from the Floodplain Administrator, work on any building, structure, or premises that is being done contrary to the provisions of this ordinance shall immediately cease.  
      2. Such notice shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property, or to his agent or to the person doing the work and shall state conditions under which work may be resumed. 
    2. Revocation of Permits 
      1. The Floodplain Administrator may revoke a permit or approval, issued under the provisions of this ordinance, in cases where there has been any false statement or misrepresentation as to the material fact in the application or plans on which the permit or approval was based.
      2. The Floodplain Administrator may revoke a permit upon determination that the construction, erection, alteration, repair, moving, demolition, installation, or replacement of the structure for which the permit was issued is in violation of, or not in conformity with, the provisions of this ordinance.} ORD. #49-10-14, ORD #68-11-22

    Effective on: 11/10/2022

    Section 1. Zero Lot Line (ZLL) Overlay

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the ZLL Zero Lot Line District is to accommodate this unique form of development for smaller families and affordable living as recommended by the Comprehensive Plan. ZLL Districts may be appropriate in developed areas and for unusual parcels, as further described below.

    There is no guarantee that approval of a ZLL development will be granted. The Commission may deny a ZLL request that is not consistent or compatible with the surrounding uses and/or that the health, safety, or general welfare of the immediate neighborhood or community is at risk.

    The principal purposes of the Zero Lot Line (ZLL) District are:
    1. To support a more efficient use of land, as compared with the typical single family development, making available needed housing at a more affordable cost;
    2. To encourage the design of dwellings that integrate and relate internal-external living areas resulting in more pleasant and enjoyable living facilities; by placing the dwelling against one of the property lines, permitting the outdoor space to be grouped and utilized to its maximum benefit;
    3. To promote scattered ZLL developments and not to isolate all ZLL in a single area;
    4. To utilize ZLL to infill existing areas.
  • Location
    1. District in Which Permitted
      A Zero Lot Line development district (ZLL) for one-family dwellings only, may be permitted in the R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4, and R-5 districts as an overlay district if approved by the Plan Commission and Common Council following a public hearing subject to Article IV, Part E, “Amendments.”
    2. Other Location Criteria
      In addition to Article 8, Part E, Section 2.B.1, above, the location of Zero Lot Line developments shall be guided by the following criteria. Such districts shall:
      1. Be located in an urbanized area where sanitary sewer service and public water supply is available;
      2. Provide common open space on site for the occupants of the project or to contribute land or fees in lieu of land to the governmental unit of jurisdiction;
      3. Provide landscaping not normally provided in conventional residential developments;
      4. Be located on sites no more than ten (10) acres; provided, however, that larger ZLL developments may be allowed provided recreational facilities are included within the development.
  • Uses
    1. Single Family Detached Dwellings on individually platted lots shall be permitted.
    2. All dwelling units shall have at least a one (1) car attached garage.
    3. Detached accessory structures of any kind shall not be permitted.
    4. Carports and utility storage structures shall be permitted accessory uses if connected to the principal structure and the required side and rear setbacks are followed.
    5. Fencing, walls, trellises, and other similar uses may be used as connecting elements between one-family dwellings on adjacent lots, subject to Site Plan Review.
  • Bulk Requirements
    1. Minimum Tract Sizes
      The minimum tract size shall be five (5) acres. Usable or buildable space of any individual tract shall be 75% of the total tract area. ( areas may be included in the required tract sizes; however, the lake area will not be included in determining buildable tract size).
    2. Maximum Density and Dwelling Unit Size
      The maximum density is based upon which district the Zero Lot Line project is proposed. In the R-1 district 4.48 units per acre are permitted; in the R-2 district 5.35 units per acre; in the R-3 district 6.05 units per acre; in the R-4 and R-5 districts 7.25 units per acre are permitted. Arrangement of the units is somewhat flexible, however, no individual lot may be smaller than 5,000 square feet. Private streets, open spaces, recreation areas or bodies of water shall not be used in calculating the net lot area. Dwelling unit sizes shall be similar to the adjacent development but in no instance less than required by the base zoning district.
    3. Lot Width
      The minimum lot width for one-family dwellings shall be forty (40) feet, except for corner lots where the minimum lot width shall be fifty (50) feet.
    4. Setbacks
      1. Front Yard or Corner Side Yard
        All dwelling structures shall be set back a minimum of twenty (20) feet from the property line.
      2. Rear Yard Adjacent to other ZLL Development
        There shall be a minimum rear setback of ten (10) feet.
      3. Interior Side Yard Adjacent to other ZLL Development
        The dwelling unit shall be placed on one interior side property line with a zero (0) setback, and the dwelling unit setback on the other interior side property line shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet, excluding the connecting elements such as fences, walls, and trellises. Patios, pools, garden features and other similar elements shall be permitted within the ten (10) foot setback area, provided, however, no structure with the exception of fences or walls, shall be placed within easements required by Section K. No zero yard is allowed against a perimeter yard or against a public right-of-way.
  • Zero Lot Line
        1. Side or Rear Yard Adjacent to Conventional Development
          Where a ZLL development is adjacent to a conventional subdivision, no structure shall be closer than twenty-five (25) feet to the adjacent lot line.
      1. Maximum Lot Coverage
        The total lot coverage permitted for all buildings on a site shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the lot area, including accessory uses.
      2. Building Height
        The maximum building height shall not exceed two (2) stories and thirty-five (35) feet in height.
    1. Procedure for a ZLL District
      1. Application
        Applications for a Zero Lot Line Development shall be filed in accordance with the requirements of Article 4, Part A (Applications and Hearings).
      2. Site Plan Review
        Applications for a Zero Lot Line Development shall be subject to site plan review pursuant to Article 4, Part B (Site Plan Review). The purpose of the site plan review is to encourage logic, imagination, innovation and variety in the design process and insure the congruity of the proposed development and its compatibility with the surrounding area.
      3. Site Plan Review Criteria
        The following criteria shall be considered for the Site Plan review of ZLL Districts:
        1. Planning Studies
          Planning studies approved by the Plan Commission that include development patterns or environmental and other design criteria shall be utilized in the plan review process.
        2. Definition of Private Outdoor Living Spaces
          The Zero Lot Line unit shall be designed to integrate interior and exterior living areas. The configuration of the exterior walls of the unit shall define and enclose and/or partially enclose outdoor living areas.
        3. Landscape
          Landscape shall be preserved in its natural state insofar as is practical by minimizing removal of existing vegetation. Landscaping shall be used to shade and cool, direct wind movements, enhance architectural features, relating structure design to the site, visually screen non-compatible uses, and ameliorate the impact of noise.
        4. Buffers
          Architectural and/or landscape elements that provide a logical transition to adjoining, existing, or permitted uses shall be provided.
        5. Energy Conservation
          Design methods to reduce energy consumption are encouraged. Energy conservation methods may include, but not be limited to, natural ventilation of structures, siting of structures in relation to prevailing breezes and sun angles, insulation of structures, use of landscape materials for shade and transpiration, and orientation of breezes.
        6. Graphics
          Outdoor graphics shall be designed as an integral part of the overall design of the project.
        7. Visual Access
          Visual access shall be provided for the driver of an automobile backing out of the individual lot into the adjacent roadway. Dwelling units on corner lots shall be so situated and set back as to provide unobstructed visual clearance at a roadway intersection.
        8. Private Open Space
          Open space intended for the private use of each individual dwelling unit should be so located and designed as to maximize its utility to the dwelling unit it serves and maximize its privacy, especially in relation to adjacent dwelling units.
        9. Trash Containers
          Trash containers shall be screened and so designed as to be conveniently accessible to their users and collectors.
        10. Visual monotony created by excessive block lengths shall be avoided.
      4. Commencement of Development
        Development may not commence until after final approval of the Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) is received. If development is not commenced within twelve (12) months from the date of approval of a site development plan, the approval thereof shall become null and void and the same may not be developed in accordance with said plan; provided, if development is permitted in stages, subsequent stages may be commenced within eighteen (18) months after the completion of the previous stage; otherwise, such subsequent stage may not be developed in accordance with the previously approved plan and such approval shall be null and void. Commencement of construction shall include but not be limited to active and continuous road improvement, excavation, grading and leveling, installation of utilities and the like.
    2. Additional Requirements
      1. Platting Requirements
        Each dwelling shall be located on its own individual platted lot. If areas for common use of occupants of the development are shown on the plat, satisfactory arrangements shall be made for the maintenance of the common open space and facilities as provided in subsection F.6, below. The plat shall indicate the zero lot lines and easements appurtenant thereto.
      2. Openings Prohibited on Zero Lot Line Side
        The wall of the dwelling located on the lot line shall have no windows, doors, air conditioning units or any other type of openings, provided, however, that atriums or courts shall be permitted on the zero lot line side when the court or atrium is enclosed by three (3) walls of the dwelling unit and a solid wall of at least eight (8) feet in height is provided on the zero lot line. Said wall shall be constructed of the same material as exterior walls of the unit.
      3. Maintenance and Drainage Easements
        A perpetual four (4) foot wall-maintenance easement shall be provided on the lot adjacent to the zero lot property line, which, with the exception of walls and/or fences, shall be kept clear of structures. This easement shall be shown on the plat and incorporated into each deed transferring title to the property. The wall shall be maintained in its original color and treatment unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the two affected lot owners. Roof overhangs may penetrate the easement on the adjacent lot a maximum of twenty-four (24) inches, but the roof shall be so designed that the water runoff from the dwelling placed on the lot line is limited to the easement area.
      4. Trees
        Yard trees shall be provided on the basis of three (3) trees for each platted lot. In addition, street shade trees shall be provided along each side of the roadways at a minimum spacing of forty (40) feet on center for private roads. In case of developments with public roads, the trees may be placed on private lots in lieu of the public right-of-way provided the forty (40) foot spacing and the rowing of trees are maintained. This shall be in addition to the three (3) trees required for each platted lot. Existing trees shall be preserved to the maximum extent practical and shall count towards meeting the total tree requirements. Removal of any existing trees shall be in accordance with the approval directives of the Plan Commission.
      5. Common Open Space and Maintenance of Facilities
        Common open space is not always required, unless the development is larger than ten (10) acres in size, see Intent Section, but is permitted and encouraged. Where the development is larger than 10.0 acres, the required open space shall include a recreational area consisting of at least two of the following:
        1. A playground area with equipment;
        2. A tennis court;
        3. A basketball court;
        4. A swimming pool.

    Where common open space is provided, provisions satisfactory to the Plan Commission shall be made to assure that non-public areas and facilities for the common use of occupants of Zero Lot Line development shall be maintained in a satisfactory manner, without expense to the general taxpayer of Noblesville or its zoning jurisdiction. Such may be provided by the incorporation of an automatic-membership home association for the purpose of continually holding title to such non-public areas and facilities and levying assessments against each lot, whether improved or not, for the purpose of paying the taxes and maintaining such common open space.

    Such assessments shall be a lien superior to all other liens save and except tax liens and first mortgage liens, which are amortized in monthly or quarter-annual payments over a period of not less than ten (10) years. Other methods may be acceptable if the same positively provide for the proper and continuous payment of taxes and maintenance without expense to the general taxpayers. The instrument incorporating such provisions shall be approved by the Plan Commission Attorney as to form and legal sufficiency, before submission to the Board of Public Works and Safety or the County Commissioners, and it shall be recorded in the public records of , if satisfactory to the Board of Works or the .

      1. Drainage
        On-site storm water detention or retention is mandatory, but facilities may be shared.

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 2. Historic Preservation (HP) Overlay District

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the Historic Preservation (HP) Overlay District is to further the purposes of this development Ordinance and of the Comprehensive Plan by preserving buildings which are important to the education, culture, traditions and economic values of the city and to the rehabilitation, conservation and redevelopment of the Downtown District, and to afford the city, interested persons, historical societies, or organizations the opportunity to acquire or to arrange for the preservation of such buildings.

    This ordinance promotes the conservation, protection, restoration, rehabilitation, use, and overall enhancement of historic structures, sites, and districts within the city and provides regulatory protection to areas of the city that compliments, but does not supersede the contents of the underlying zoning district.
  • District Requirements
    The permitted and conditional uses and bulk regulations for all Historic Preservation Overlay Districts shall be pursuant to the underlying zoning district. Any application for new construction, additions, or alterations of a structure in an Historic Preservation Overlay District must complete a site plan review process as described in Article 4, Part B (Site Plan Review).
  • Procedure for an HP Overlay District
    A Historic Preservation Overlay District may be created by either of the following means.
    1. The Common Council may designate an area as an Historic Preservation Overlay District upon the recommendation of the Plan Commission, following the adoption of a study delineating the historic resource area.
    2. The petition by more than fifty (50) percent of the property owners in a proposed district shall cause the Common Council to consider an overlay for the area petitioned, pursuant to Article 4, Part E (Amendments).
  • Site Plan Review Criteria
    The following criteria shall be considered for any Site Plan Review in the HP OVERLAY District:
    1. Massing
      The massing of the building shall be regulated by the Floor Area Ratio standards found in the underlying zoning district.
    2. Height
      The height of a proposed building shall be regulated by the underlying zoning district.
    3. Proportion of building’s front façade
      The relationship of the height of a building to its width at the front elevation shall be the same as currently exists within the district.
    4. Proportion of openings within the structure
      The width of a window and its height shall match that currently existing within the district.
    5. Rhythm of buildings along street
      The relationship of a building to open space between it and adjoining buildings shall be visually compatible to the buildings currently existing within the district.
    6. Porches, entrances, and porch projections
      In districts where porches, door platforms or steps, exterior stairs or decks, or roof-walks and platforms are a characteristic element of building design, these must be incorporated into the new design. Porches must be at least four feet deep. A projection less than four feet in depth will be considered a door platform.
    7. Materials and Texture
      The materials and textures used in the design must be the same as those that predominate in the district. This applies to roofs, wall surfaces, and foundations.
    8. Roof Shapes
      The roof shape of a building must be that which predominates in the district. This shall apply to the shape, pitch, overhang, dormers, skylights, and chimneys.
    9. Trims and Miscellaneous details
      The trim and miscellaneous details of a building must be that which predominates in the district. This shall apply to the trim, gutters and leaders, louvers, vents, house lights, and public utilities.
    10. Garages, other accessory buildings
      In residential districts, all garages must be detached and located at the rear property line.
  • Demolition
    Upon the receipt of an application for the demolition of any structure within an Historic Preservation Overlay District, the Director of Planning and Development will send public notice to the property owners within the district and to the Indiana Historic Preservation Office.
  • Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 3. Planned Development (PD) Overlay District

  • A.
    Purpose
    This district is intended to provide flexibility in specific locations for development that is in the public interest and would not otherwise be permitted pursuant to this ordinance. Such flexibility is provided to achieve certain comprehensive plan policies, accommodate rapid changes in design and technology in the construction industry, and address new and varied demands in the housing and commercial markets, all in a manner that will be consistent with the objectives of the City and the Townships. This district is further intended to:
    1. 1.
      Encourage a more creative approach in land and building site planning.
    2. 2.
      Encourage an efficient, aesthetic, and desirable use of open space.
    3. 3.
      Promote variety in the physical development pattern of the community.
    4. 4.
      Achieve flexibility and provide incentives for development that will produce a wider range of choice in satisfying the changing urban needs.
    5. 5.
      Encourage renewal of older areas where new development and restoration are needed to revitalize the area.
    6. 6.
      Permit special consideration of property with unique features, such as historical significance, unusual topography, landscape amenities, size, and shape.
    7. 7.
      Recapture bypassed land so poorly planned and developed as to be a public liability.
    8. 8.
      Simplify processing of development proposals for developers and the Commission by providing for concurrent review of land use, subdivision, public improvements, and site considerations.
  • B.
    Applicability
    The provisions of this Section shall only apply to new development proposals. It shall not apply to any Planned Development Plan which is now fully or partially developed, nor to any such development for which a final authorization has been granted pursuant to a previous ordinance provided, however, that a petitioner may, upon application and approval of the Commission, become subject to all the benefits and requirements of this Section, subject to such rights as shall have vested in the owners of the area affected by development under said ordinance.
  • C.
    Limitations on Flexibility of Planned Developments
    It is not intended that the City automatically grant the initial plan of development proposed by a petitioner. The City Plan Commission shall approve only such plans of development, which are consistent with the public benefits resulting from the planned development. Therefore, the City Plan Commission may require as a condition of approval and subsequent amendment of the zoning map, any reasonable condition, limitation or design factor that will promote proper development of a Planned Development.
  • D.
    Purpose of Planned Development (PD) Ordinance
    1. 1.
      To designate a parcel of real property as a Planned Development (PD) including the underlying zoning district.
    2. 2.
      To specify uses or a range of uses permitted in the Planned Development District
    3. 3.
      To specify development requirements in the Planned Development District
    4. 4.
      To specify the documentation including an overall plan and supporting documentation
    5. 5.
      To specify any limitation applicable to the Planned Development, and
    6. 6.
      To specify any variations from the underlying zoning district requirements.} ORD. #56-11-07
  • E.
    Minimum Size of District
    No district shall be established unless it contains the minimum area specified below:
    1. 1.
      {Residential Planned Development – 5 acres
    2. 2.
      Mixed Use Planned Development - 10 acres
    3. 3.
      Commercial Planned Development – 3 acres
    4. 4.
      Industrial Planned Development – 5 acres} ORD. #57-11-07
  • F.
    Development Standards
    A proposed Planned Development Plan shall be designed to produce an environment of stable and desirable character in keeping with the principles of good neighborhood design, and must provide standards of open space, efficiency in street patterns, and areas for parking adequate for the occupancy proposed, or equal to the requirements of this Ordinance. It must also provide for a development density and related bulk and coverage characteristics in keeping with the requirements of the comprehensive plan and reflecting that of the base zone that contains the land subject to rezoning as a particular Planned Development.
    1. 1.
      Establishment of Site Development Intensity
      1. a.
        Before approval of a Preliminary Planned Development Plan, a detailed determination of land use intensity shall be declared.
      2. b.
        Except as otherwise provided below, the development standards for lots in a PD may be varied from one another and from that allowed by the underlying base zone, provided that the density of the overall PD parcel shall not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of that allowed under the density provisions of the base zone. The maximum base zone density permitted under the PD process is as follows:
  •  ON PUBLIC SEWERON PRIVATE SEWER

    SR

    1 unit per acre

    1 unit per 2 acres

    R1

    2.4 units per acre

    1 unit per acre

    R2

    2.9 units per acre

    1 unit per acre

    R3

    3.5 units per acre

    Not Permitted

    R4

    5 units per acre (single family)

    8 units per acre (two-family)

    Not Permitted

    R5

    14 units per acre

    Not Permitted

    1.   
      1.   
        1.   
          ORD. # 69-11-00.
          {In calculating the density (Net), certain areas inappropriate for development including but not limited to bodies of water, floodplains, wetlands, and rights-of-way, shall be discounted from gross acreage.} ORD. # 64-11-98. ORD. #82-10-05
    1.   
      1.   
        1. c.
          The Commission shall make a finding that said intensity is consistent with the Land Use Element of the Comprehensive Plan of current adoption and in the best interest of the City and surrounding areas.
        2. d.
          If such zoning is not related to the character of development sought by the Planned Development, then the Plan Commission shall determine whether to require a rezoning of the site to a more appropriate zone or to establish a development intensity pursuant to subsection F.4.b.
    1.   
      1. 2.
        {Establishment of Peripheral Yard
        A minimum 50-FT peripheral landscape buffer yard shall be provided along the perimeter of the Planned Development District. The 50-FT peripheral landscape buffer yard shall be maintained as Common Area, labeled on the development plan/subdivision plat/parcel as Common Area/Landscaping Buffer with a minimum of 25-FT used exclusively for landscaping and labeled. The Declaration of Covenants or other recordable instrument shall state that the peripheral landscape buffer yard is Common Area and maintained by the association or developer of said project. Exception to the minimum buffer yard size requirements include those subdivisions or parcels abutting expressways or arterials and those subdivisions having rear yards abutting a collector, arterial, or expressway then those specific requirements apply. Varieties of landscaping plants are required and shall adhere to Article 12 Landscaping and Screening requirements.} ORD. #42-5-05
      2. 3.
        Establishment of Maximum Height, Building Size
        Maximum heights and maximum/minimum building sizes shall be as required in the base zone unless modified by the Plan Commission and approved by the Common Council as part of the Preliminary Plan approval, unless otherwise specified in this ordinance.
      3. 4.
        Establishment of Other Site Development Regulations
        1. a.
          Other site development regulations, including but not limited to parking, signs, accessory uses, landscape requirements, environmental standards, flood plain protection, and public and private infrastructure shall be as required in the base zone, unless otherwise specified in this ordinance.
        2. b.
          The Plan Commission may recommend, and the Common Council may authorize, exceptions to other applicable regulations of this Unified Development Ordinance controlling development within the boundaries of a Planned Development, provided that the Plan Commission shall find that such exception shall be solely for the purpose of promoting an integrated site plan no less beneficial to the tenants or occupants of such development, as well as the neighboring property, than would be obtained under the regulations of this Unified Development Ordinance for buildings developed on separate zoning lots.
    1. G.
      Procedure
      The authorization of a Planned Development shall require approval of the preliminary development plan and detailed development plan {that conforms with the provisions laid out in this Section.  Additional information regarding the procedures and information required to file a Planned Development Ordinance, a Preliminary Development Plan, and a Detailed Development Plan may be found in Article 4. Zoning Applications and Approvals, Section 9. Planned Developments.  
      1. 1.
        Preliminary Development Plan

    A Preliminary Development Plan is required for the purposes of establishing basic goals and policies, {bulk standards, architectural standards, variations/waivers from the underlying zoning district standards and layout of the proposed Planned Development.

              2. Detailed Development Plan

    The purpose of the Detailed Development Plan is to specifically designate the land subdivided into conventional lots or blocks for non-residential planned developments as well as the division of other lands into common open areas and building sites. The Detailed Development Plan shall show the exact location of each building to be constructed, and a designation of the specific internal use for each building. The Detailed Development Plan also informs all who deal with the Planned Development of the restrictions placed upon the land, and acts as a zoning control device.} ORD #44-10-23 

        HDesignation of Permanent Common Open Space

    1. Residential Planned Development District: {Twenty-eight percent (28%) of gross acreage.

    2. Mixed Use Planned Development District: Twenty-eight percent (28%) of gross acreage.

    3. Industrial or Commercial Planned Development: Twenty-two percent (22 %) of gross acreage} ORD. #56-11-07

    4. Corporate Campus Planned Development District: Twenty-five percent (25%) of gross acreage.

    5. {The relief provided by this subsection should only apply to:

    1. A.
      Residential Planned Development (PD) overlays for land, which is zoned R1 or R2
    2. B.
      There shall be two (2) areas of land eligible for the benefits in this subsection, which are referred to as Zone A and Zone B. (See PILOS Reference Exhibit)
      1. i.
        Zone A shall include land located contiguous to, or has the point of the PD zone within 1,320 feet of a City Park, and will have direct pedestrian access to the City Park prior to the completion of the first residence in the PD.
      2. ii.
        Zone B shall include land, which has a point of the PD zone within 2,640 feet of a City Park, and will have direct pedestrian access to to the City Park prior to the completion of the first residence in the PD.
    3. C.
      This Section shall only apply if the City Park is at least twenty (20) acres of real estate.
    4. D.
      The developer of an eligible PD under Section 3 may request a reduction in the permanent common open space within the development by making “Payments in Lieu of Open Space” (PILOS) as provided below.
    5. E.
      The PD may provide a maximum reduction of landscape open space from twenty-eight percent (28%) to thirteen percent (13%) of the gross acreage of the project in Zone A and nineteen percent (19%) of the gross acreage of the project in Zone B.
    6. F.
      In exchange for the reduction in open space, the developer shall, prior to the final approval of the Preliminary Development Plan of the project, enter into a PILOS Agreement. The PILOS Agreement shall be recommended by the Director of Planning and approved by the Board of Public Works and Safety of the City of Noblesville.
    7. G.
      The total amount of PILOS payments for the PD shall equal the number of acres of open space, reduced from a decrease in the requirements in Subsection 1 above, times seventy-two percent (72%) of the fair market value of the developable land included in the PD. The valuation date shall be based on the value of the land subsequent to the approval of the planned development, and prior to any construction of the PD. The appraised value of the land shall be substantiated by the developer through an appraisal by a licensed appraiser. The appraised value shall be considered; but is not binding upon the City in determining the value of the PILOS.
    8. H.
      The PILOS Agreement shall also describe the improvements to the City Park, which will be constructed, or have been constructed through use of the PILOS payments; the source of funds in addition to the PILOS payments to fund the improvements, and a schedule for completion of the park improvements funded fully, or partially, by the PILOS payments.
    9. I.
      The PILOS payments shall be paid upon submission of the secondary plats for any part of the PD. Each payment shall equal the total PILOS for the entire PD, times the percentage of land in the secondary plat compared to the entire PD. The City shall not finally approve a secondary plat for any part of the PD unless the PILOS payments for that section have been paid.
    10. J.
      All PILOS payments shall be deposited in a non-reverting fund to be created by Ordinance and shall only be used to pay, or reimburse, the City all or part of the costs identified in the PILOS Agreement.
    11. K.
      The terms, conditions, benefits, provided by this section shall not be construed to reduce, and/or relieve the developer from paying any other lawful fees of the City, including but not limted to, Park Impact Fees.} ORD. #29-08-13, AS AMENDED
    12. L.
      No plan for a Planned Development shall be approved, unless such plan provides for permanent landscaped open space equivalent to the following types of Planned Developments:
    Eastside Park
    Fee-in-Lieu

    ORD. NO. 29-08-13, AS AMENDED

    1. I.
      Covenants and Maintenance
      1. 1.
        Covenants shall be required by the Commission as an ingredient for stability and longevity of the Planned Development Plan, and shall set forth in detail provisions for the ownership and maintenance of facilities held in common to insure continuity and conservation. Covenant provisions shall include special remedies in the event facilities held in common are permitted to deteriorate or are not maintained in a condition consistent with the best interests of the City and Townships. In such event, the City shall take those remedial steps provided for. A draft of the covenants shall be submitted as part of the Preliminary Plan application to the Plan Commission.
      2. 2.
        The Plan Commission shall require the recording of covenants for any reasonable public or semi-public purpose, including, but not limited to, the allocation of land by the petitioner for public thoroughfares, parks, schools, recreational facilities, and other public and semi-public purposes wherever necessary in conformity with the Comprehensive Plan and the Thoroughfare Plan of current adoption. Such covenants shall provide that if a governmental unit or agency thereof does not proceed with acquisition of the allocated land within a specified period of time, the covenants shall automatically terminate. If such termination occurs, the petitioner shall then submit for approval by the Plan Commission a modified Detailed Development Plan for such land consistent with the approved Preliminary Development Plan. Such modified detailed site plans, when approved, shall be treated in the same manner as approved detailed site plans for an entire Planned Development Plan.
      3. 3.
        The Plan Commission may require the recording of covenants for any other reasonable purpose, including, but not limited to, imposing standards for development of property in the Planned Development. Such development standards may include, but are not limited to, requirements as to the following:
        1. a.
          lot area;
        2. b.
          floor area;
        3. c.
          ratios of floor space to land area;
        4. d.
          area in which structures may be built (“Buildable area”), including areas for cluster type Residential Development without lot lines;
        5. e.
          open space;
        6. f.
          setback lines and minimum yards;
        7. g.
          building separations;
        8. h.
          height of structures;
        9. i.
          signs;
        10. j.
          off-street parking and loading space;
        11. k.
          design standards;
        12. l.
          phasing of development;
        13. m.
          dimensions of parking islands and square footages;
        14. n.
          dimension of a typical parking space;
        15. o.
          hatched plan indicating parking and drive areas including square footage;
        16. p.
          hatched plan indicating area to be used for building base landscaping including dimensions of all areas and square footage;
        17. q.
          lighting plan showing foot-candles at the property lines including light standards and colors.
      4. 4.
        The petitioner shall provide financial assurance for the satisfactory installation of all facilities in the form of bonds or such other assurances as are required in the normal procedures of platting pursuant to the provisions of this Ordinance.
      5. 5.
        Adequate provision shall be made for private organization with direct responsibility to, and control by, the property owners involved to provide the operation and maintenance of all common facilities including private streets jointly shared by such property owners, if such facilities are a part of the Planned Development Plan. In such instance, legal assurances shall be provided which show that the private organization is self-perpetuating and adequately funded to accomplish its purposes.
      6. 6.
        Common facilities, which are not dedicated to the public, shall be maintained to standards assuring continuous and adequate maintenance at a reasonable and non-discriminatory rate of charge to the beneficiaries. Common facilities not dedicated to the public shall be operated and maintained at no expense to any governmental unit.
      7. 7.
        All private streets shall be maintained by the private organization in a manner that adequate access is provided at all times to vehicular traffic, so that fire, police, health, sanitation, and public utility vehicles conserve the properties contiguous or adjacent thereto, and so that said vehicles will have adequate turning area. Said private streets shall be developed in accordance with this Ordinance.
    2. J.
      Changes in the Planned Development
      1. 1.
        A Planned Development shall be developed only according to the approved and recorded Detailed Development Plan and all supporting data. The recorded Detailed Development Plan and supporting data, together with all recorded amendments, shall be binding on the applicants, their successors, grantees and assigns and shall limit and control the use of the premises (including the internal use of buildings and structures) and location of structures in the Planned Development, as set forth therein.
      2. 2.
        In the exercise of its continuing jurisdiction, the Commission may from time to time modify the approved Detailed Development Plan in a manner to be consistent with the approved Preliminary Development Planned Development Plan to provide for circumstances and conditions unforeseen at the time of original approval. Such modifications shall constitute major or minor changes, which shall be acted upon as follows:
        1. a.
          {Major Changes
          Major changes, as defined in Article 2 -{Definitions, may be approved only by submission of a new Preliminary Development Plan and supporting data, and following the Preliminary Development Plan approval steps, holding of a new public hearing and subsequent amendment of the Detailed Development Plan.
        2. b.
          Minor Changes
          (1) The Director of Planning and Development may approve minor changes in the Planned Development as defined in Article 2 - Definitions that do not change the concept or intent of the adopted preliminary development plan/ordinance, governing agreements, provisions, waivers, conditions, and/or stipulations, without going through the Preliminary Development Plan approval steps. Any minor changes approved shall be properly recorded with the County Recorder or it shall be automatically deemed to be a major change.

    The following test as to the acceptability of the change to an approved preliminary development plan under a Minor Amendment includes:
    • is the proposed change significant in terms of its magnitude in relation to the original approval
    • does the proposed change modify any use that the development originally approved
    • would the proposed change result in an impact either visually or in terms of an amenity
    • would the interests of any third party that participated in the public hearing or received notice of the original preliminary development plan/ordinance be disadvantaged in any way
    • would there be any alteration to the site boundary
    • would the proposed changes reverse design improvements secured during the public hearing process
    • would there be any changes to the external materials which would adversely affect the character or appearance of the development or erode the quality to what was originally approved
    • is the proposed change contrary to a condition, stipulation, provision, waiver, or governing agreement of the original approval

          (2)Process for Submitting a Minor Change.  A minor change is administratively approved by the Director of Planning and Development upon receipt of the following:

    • A completed application
    • A letter of explanation outlining the request for each modification
    • Single-paper copy of all plans and other documents.
    • Digital format in PDF.
    • Filing fee} ORD #25-04-15

    1. K.
      Changes to Approved Architectural Plans
      The Director of Planning and Development may approve changes to Council approved architectural plans if they are determined to meet the intent of the originally approved plans and are substantially compliant with those plans. In the event that the new plans are determined not to be substantially compliant, an applicant may appeal for consideration by the ARB subject to Article 3, Part G, Section 2.
    2. L.
      Abandonment or Expiration
      Abandonment of a development authorized under this Section shall occur when one or more of the following conditions occur:
      1. 1.
        No improvements are made pursuant to the approved Detailed Development Plan for 12 consecutive months, or upon the expiration of two years from the approval date by the Commission of a Detailed Development Plan.
      2. 2.
        If a construction of public improvements, including streets, parks, walkways, and utility installation identified in the approved Detailed Development Plan is less than 50% completed in terms of the approved development schedule.
      3. 3.
        For a development that has not been completed Common Council may either grant a time extension for such development not to exceed one year increments, or initiate an amendment to revoke the Planned Development Zoning and rezone the land to the base zone.
    3. M.
      Limitation on Rezoning
      The Plan Commission shall not initiate any amendments to the Unified Development Ordinance concerning the property involved in a Planned Development Plan before completion of the development as long as development is in conformity with the approved Detailed Development Plan, and proceeding in accordance with the time requirements imposed herein.
    4. N.
      Standards for Review of Planned Development District Applications
      No Planned Development District shall be approved unless the applicant shall establish that the proposed development will meet each of the criteria for a map amendment as listed in Article 4, Part E, and the following standards specific to Planned Developments.
      1. 1.
        Conformity with City Policies and Ordinances
        1. a.
          The proposed development shall not injure the use, value and enjoyment of the surrounding property in accordance with the policies of the City, shall be consistent in all respects with the purpose, intent, and applicable standards of this Unified Development Ordinance and shall advance the general welfare of its immediate vicinity and of the City as a whole.Any deviation from the standard development requirements included in the Unified Development Ordinance shall be justified by the benefits and design of the proposed development.
      2. 2.
        Timely Progression of the Development
        The order in which stages of development will likely proceed, and the time estimated to complete the development and its various stages, should be based on a reasonable schedule in which improvements may be substantially completed.
      3. 3.
        Unified Ownership
        The entire tract or parcel of land to be occupied by the proposed development shall be held in single ownership, or if there are two (2) or more owners, the application for such proposed development shall be filed jointly by all such owners. This shall ensure that the property is developed as a unified whole.
      4. 4.
        Site Design
        The location, configuration, construction, manner and time of operation of off-street parking and loading areas, service areas, circulation systems, entrances, exits, open space, amenities, lighting, or other potentially detrimental influences shall be designed to avoid adverse effects on: 1) residential uses within or adjoining the development, 2) traffic congestion, and 3) hazard to vehicular or pedestrian traffic.
      5. 5.
        Utilities
        The proposed development shall provide, if possible, for underground installation of utilities (including electricity and telephone) within both public ways and private extensions thereof. Provisions also shall be made for acceptable design and construction of storm water facilities including grading, gutter, piping, and treatment of turf and maintenance of facilities.
      6. 6.
        Preservation and Maintenance of Open Space and Amenities
        The Detailed Development Plan shall include provisions for the ownership and maintenance of common open space and amenities, including all improvements thereto, as are reasonably necessary to ensure their continuity, maintenance, and operation in accordance with pre-determined standards. Also, to ensure that remedial measures will be available to the City of Noblesville if such open space, amenities, or other improvements are permitted to deteriorate or are not maintained in a condition consistent with the best interests of the planned development, its immediate vicinity, or the City as a whole.

    Effective on: 11/14/2023

    {Section 4. Village Center Planned Development (VCPD) District

  • Purpose
    The Village Center Planned Development District allows for specific categories of uses, structures, and site design criteria that serve to implement the Village Center Plan.  The Village Center nodes as designated per the adopted Comprehensive Master Plan shall be utilized for the Village Center Planned Development District locations.  The Village Center Planned Development District is intended to provide for a variety of limited commercial neighborhood-serving uses such as daily retail and convenience needs, and second story or above residential units and/or other commercial/office uses while maintaining compatibility with the surrounding land uses through the Preliminary Development Plan approval process and the design standards.    The Village Center Planned Development District shall benefit the general health and welfare of the area residents and protect the environment by accommodating a more compact development that reduces the impacts of sprawl and provides connectivity, pedestrian/bicycle access, and parking and/or landscaping flexibility.
  • Intent
    • Provide an area that accommodates the philosophy of work, live, shop, and recreate in close proximity
    • Provide convenient and general merchandise for residents within a two-mile radius
    • Provide compact, walkable centers for adjacent neighborhoods
    • Provide places for social interaction and recreation
    • Develop land use arrangements that consider compatibility of adjacent activities
    • Encourage a design that enhances pedestrian interest and provides a pleasant and diverse pedestrian experience
    • Encourage and develop connections between environmental quality and economic vitality
    • Support the development of comprehensive pedestrian and bicycle network linkages to and between residential and commercial areas and the adjacent neighborhoods.
    1. Location and Size
      1. The newly established district shall contain between six to 20 acres
      2. Locations of Village Center Planned Development Districts are per the nodes on the Adopted Comprehensive Plan Land Use Map
    2. Uses
      1. Commercial Uses
        1. Fire/Police Substation
        2. Government Offices (satellite)
        3. Post Office (satellite)
        4. Gallery/Museum
        5. Bar, Tavern, Brewery
        6. Financial, Insurance, Real Estate Services
        7. Launderette
        8. Dry Cleaners
        9. Offices of medical, dental, or other health care practioners
        10. Professional and Technical Services
        11. Personal Services
        12. Convenience Store
        13. Café
        14. Retail Sales and Service (Less than 5,000-square feet of gross floor area per business use on a single floor/level)
        15. Restaurant (No Drive-thrus)
        16. Pharmacy
        17. Bakery
        18. Outdoor seating associated with Restaurants and Cafés
        19. Artist live/work space
        20. Outdoor Markets within open space area
      2. Residential Uses
        1. Residential Units above first floor
        2. Multi-story assisted living units  (separate building)
        3. Townhomes or multi-story condominiums  (separate building)
    3. Bulk Standards
      1. Commercial Uses
        1. Minimum/Maximum Structure Height:  24/35 feet
        2. Minimum/Maximum Front Yard Setback from interior roadway:  0/15 feet
        3. Minimum/Maximum Side and Rear Yard Setbacks:  0/10 feet
        4. Minimum Setback from Arterial Roadway as per Landscape Buffer Requirements in Article 12 – Landscaping and Screening
      2. Residential Uses 
        1. ​Minimum/Maximum Structure Height and Yard setbacks as per above
        2. Minimum/Maximum Density:  8 to 20 units per acre
    4. Parking Requirements
      Parking areas shall be designed to maintain a pedestrian-friendly environment.  Large parking areas shall be located behind the buildings.  Diagonal parking shall be encouraged adjacent to the building and along the interior roadways.  Parking standards for a specific use shall apply to the uses in the Village Center District as per Article 10- Off-Street Parking and Loading.  Reductions to the required parking and alternative methods of meeting the parking requirements shall be encouraged as follows:
      1. Shared On-Site Parking

        1. Applicants may propose a reduction in the parking requirements based on an analysis of peak demands for the non-competing uses.  Up to (75%) of the parking requirements for the predominant use may be waived by the Plan Commission and Council if the applicant can demonstrate that the peak demands for the two uses do not overlap.

        2. Applicants may propose a reduction in the parking requirements based on an analysis of peak demands for the competing uses which do overlap.   Up to (50%) of the parking requirements for the predominant use may be waived by the Plan Commission and Council.

      2. Off-Site Parking

        1. Off-site parking shall be located within five hundred feet of the property for which it is being requested.

        2. Off-site parking shall be subject to a legally binding agreement by all property owners and presented to the Plan Commission as a condition of the Preliminary Development Plan. The agreement shall be recorded in the Hamilton County Recorder’s Office.  Should the agreement expire in a specified timeline, the current owners shall continue to provide the Planning Department evidence that the agreement has been extended and recorded.

      3. Bicycle Parking
        Two bicycle parking or storage spaces shall be created for each two commercial uses and be located as close as possible to the building entrance(s).  Shared bicycle parking facilities may be proposed with another commercial use within the same block and shall be approved by the Plan Commission and Council.

    5. Design Standards
      The following design standards shall apply to the Village Center Planned Development District.  Buildings shall follow the stylistic practice of traditional American commercial architecture and be of a design similar to or compatible with traditional architecture in terms of scale, massing, roof shape, spacing and exterior materials.  The design standards are intended to promote quality development consistent with the surrounding land uses, human scale, plaza/open space areas, and pedestrian/bicycle-oriented village characteristics.
      1. Buildings shall follow the traditional practice of commercial facades being constructed in a continuous plane thus meeting the front yard setbacks as established.  No building facades shall project forward or back from the plane established by adjacent and nearby buildings by more than ten feet.  Building designs shall not mix elements from different styles.  Buildings should present diverse but consistent appearances.  Changes in materials, color or relief are acceptable when used as accents to the primary materials, color, and walls.  Use of visual features such as awnings, ornamental doors and windows, and architectural details are encouraged to create diversity.
      2. Building materials may include but are not limited to wood, brick, stone, or high-quality brick face or high quality stone face. Alternate materials such as fiber cement siding (composite of sand, cement, and cellulose materials) and other similar modern materials may be appropriate when they are used in the same way as traditional materials and shall match the historical practice when those elements were made of wood.   Vinyl, unfinished metal or fiberglass and reflective materials such as porcelain enamel or sheet metal are prohibited materials.
      3. All buildings shall include a base, body, and crown. Transitions between these areas should occur at floor changes or at the cornice line of the roof.  Transitions may be created by material or color changes or the use of ornamental features.  The architectural style and materials shall be consistent on all sides of a building.  
      4. Ground floor commercial building facades shall contain transparent windows encompassing a minimum of 40% of the façade surface.  The second story or above building facades shall contain transparent or faux pas windows encompassing at least 25% of the façade surface.
      5. Multiple non-residential tenants located on the first floor of the building shall articulate the façade in a manner that distinguishes the location of each tenant with decorative, raised or depressed vertical surfaces, variations in acceptable signage, awnings, colonnades or arcades.
      6. Maximum commercial building length shall not exceed 200-feet.
      7. Roofs shall be either pitched between 6:12 to 12:12 or be flat with parapets or decorative cornices. 
      8. Mechanical equipment located on the roofs shall be screened, organized and designed as a component of the roof design and not appear to be a leftover or add-on element.  All permanent mechanical equipment at ground level and roof-mounted shall be screened from public view and from the views of surrounding properties and ways.
      9. Awnings and canopies shall be compatible with the architectural style of the building and compatible with the existing awnings on adjacent buildings.  Colors shall be muted earth tones and patterns shall be prohibited. 
    6. Site Design 
      1. ​Buildings shall be arranged in a manner that optimizes the ability of adjacent residents and consumers to access public spaces and pedestrian amenities.
      2. Buildings shall be oriented toward each other in a way that minimizes conflicts between pedestrians and automobiles.
      3. Open space provided shall be designed as a public gathering place.  Arcades, courtyards, parks, greenspace or other common areas shall be located in a manner that connects buildings to each other and to public/private sidewalks without interruption from parking areas or automobile travel lanes to the greatest particular extent possible.
      4. Features used to create open space areas may include, without limitation, fixed benches, fixed tables, fountains, pathways, bikeways, period lighting, shade trees, perennial gardens and other similar fixtures or features.
      5. Open space ownership and maintenance shall require the applicant to document the ownership of said common areas and provide a detailed maintenance schedule to ensure the long term care of open space and shall be approved by the Plan Commission and Council.
      6. Where residential neighborhoods abut the parcel devoted to the Village Center Planned Development District appropriate transitional features shall be used and may include landscaping, open space, and clearly defined and designed pedestrian features.
      7. Pedestrian connections shall be established between any rear parking areas and the sidewalk areas in front of the building.
      8. Minimum width of sidewalk is ten feet.  Pedestrian-friendly features such as patios, courtyards, outdoor seating, and/or porches shall be provided.
      9. Parking for the commercial structures shall be primarily along the internal streets (diagonal) or at the rear of the building for larger parking areas.
      10. Private drives behind the buildings must provide shared cross-access agreements to be submitted to the Plan Commission and Council.
      11. Impervious surface maximum is 85%.
    7. Signs 
      1. Primary signs include wall, canopy, window, and/or blade signs per commercial use.
        1. Wall Sign – Sign shall not exceed 20% of the signable wall area, unless windows, doors, awning, and other architectural details make up more than fifty percent (50%) of the building face in which the sign size may increase to forty percent (40%) of the signable wall area.
        2. Blade Sign - 4 square feet maximum size
        3. Canopy/Awning Sign - Twenty percent (20%) of the area of the angled face constructed of cloth or canvas no reflective or glossy materials or   Illuminated plastic.
        4. Window Sign (vinyl, gold leaf or substantially similar materials
          (1) Second Floor Tenant - Twenty percent (20%) of the total window area on which the  sign is located. 
          (2) Ground Floor tenant - Fifteen percent (15%) of the total window area.
      2. ​One ground sign is permitted not exceeding 12-square feet, maximum height 4-feet and containing the name of the development only and a minimum of five feet from the right-of-way provided it does not interfere with easements or vision corner clearance requirements.  A landscape bed shall be provided around the base of the ground sign radiating a minimum distance of four feet from the sign base.   Landscaped areas shall be substantially covered with annuals, ground covers, perennials, shrubs, ornamental grass, and ornamental trees providing a mixture of the above.
      3. All signs shall be externally lit.
      4. Signs shall be made of materials consistent with the character of the buildings and district.  Materials may include painted or natural wood, stone, cooper, brass, galvanized steel, or engraved façade surface.
      5. Maximum of two signs per tenant based on the standards above.  No tenant shall have the same type of sign on the same façade.
    8. Landscaping
      Landscaping should enhance but not obscure buildings and vistas while walkways should take advantage of, and derive access to views, open space, and environmental features that are important to the Village Center Planned Development District.  It is encouraged that the landscape design enhance the pedestrian environment and compliment the building and site design.
      1. Building Base Landscaping shall be provided at the base of all buildings elevations that do not directly abut hardscapes such as sidewalks or plazas/public greenspace.  Building base landscaping shall contain a minimum of one small shade tree, one ornamental tree, and six shrubs per 100 linear feet of standalone building perimeter.  If building base landscaping requirements cannot be installed due to its proximity to a hardscape, then landscaping may be installed elsewhere to fulfill the building base landscaping requirements as approved by the Plan Commission and Council.

        Alternate locations (adjacent to site) include interior courtyards, public parks, plazas, parking lots, alleys, and/or roof gardens/green roofs.  Other suitable alternatives include window boxes, planters, trellises, climbing vines, espaliered trees and shrubs, and roof gardens.  Sculpture groupings may also be used as a part of the landscaping.  A range of landscaping materials, trees, deciduous and evergreen shrubs, ornamental grasses, groundcovers, and/or seasonal flowers shall be provided for color and visual interest.

      2. Planters shall be constructed of masonry or stone and have a minimum height of thirty inches and the minimum height of shrubs and/or ornamental grasses shall be 12 inches at the time of planting.

      3. Window boxes with flowers and freestanding planters of a scale and character appropriate to the street and main structure are encouraged.

      4. Parking Lot landscaping is One tree for every 50 linear feet of adjacent right-of-way.  A landscaping strip sufficient to maintain the landscaping shall be provided and covered with groundcover or mulch.  A parking lot abutting an arterial road shall also provide shrubs 3-feet on center, staggered, at a minimum height of 30-in at the time of planting.  A Decorative fence may be substituted for the shrubs required in the perimeter parking lot landscaping or a combination thereof.

      5. Internal Parking Lot landscaping shall include one parking island (minimum size 180-SF) for every twenty parking spaces to include one small shade tree and vegetative ground cover.

      6. Twenty percent of the lot area must be in landscaping including a combination of building base landscaping, perimeter parking lot landscaping, interior parking lot landscaping, hardscape, planter boxes, planter containers etc.

      7. The maintenance and care of all landscape elements are the responsibility of the owner of the property.  All landscaping is to be approved by the City prior to installation.

      8. Street Trees are required to be installed as per the Noblesville Standards and Unified Development Ordinance, as amended. 

    9. Establishment of Village Center Establishment of Village Center

      Establishment of a Village Center Planned Development (VCPD) District shall require submission of a Preliminary Development Plan.  This plan will establish land uses, location of buildings, architectural elevations, open spaces, detention/retention facilities, and other aspects to indicate the character of the proposed development.  The approval procedure shall follow the procedure set forth for a Planned Development overlay district under Part H Section 3.G. of this Article 8.
    10. Changes to Village Center Development Plan
      Refer to Article 8, Part H. Special Districts, Section 3, Planned Development Overlay District, Section J. Changes in the Planned Development.} ORD # 48-10-14

    Effective on: 11/10/2014

    Section 5. {Government Use Overlay (GUO) District

  • A.
    Purpose
    The Government Use Overlay District (GUO) is intended to take into consideration the fact that government uses are different than private uses because a governmental unit has a duty to provide services to its citizens.  Many of those entities also have the right to use eminent domain, and many also have taxing authority and/or are tax exempt in their uses.  Due to the unique circumstances that providing services to the public presents, Government Use Overlay Districts are used to allow the Plan Commission and the Common Council of the City along with public input in the form of a public hearing at the Plan Commission to consider government uses for which a single set of written regulations may be difficult to set out.  This process also allows the consideration of uses that may not be expressly permitted within the proposed district or require variations from the development standards that exist within the underlying zoning district for such use. It further permits the Plan Commission and Council to consider whether a governmental use is rationally coordinated to promote orderly development and preservation of property values in any particular area or instance.  
  • B.
    Applicability
    In order to establish a government use on a property within the zoning jurisdiction of the City of Noblesville, and applicant must (before establishing said use) first receive approval of a GUO overlay district.  These regulations shall also apply to an expansion or amendment of an existing Government Use Overlay that is either amending the ordinance text or any adopted exhibits.  
  • C.
    Procedure for Establishment of a GUO Overlay District
  •         A GUO may be established in any zone district within the City of Noblesville under the following procedures:

    1. 1.
      Submission of a Development Plan

    An applicant shall provide a petition to be filed with the Plan Commission with a plan indicating the proposed location of all improvements within the zone.  The plan shall include setbacks, a landscape plan, and signage proposed within the zone.  The development plan may include for approval future proposed uses, structures, or additions that may not be proposed for construction in the short term.  The petitioner shall include an ordinance affecting the Government Use Overlay District and containing a list of any deviations from the applicable standards and any alternative proposed regulations for the proposed use.  

    1. 2.
      Review Criteria 

    The Director of Planning and Development or his staff shall review the plan and shall file a report identifying any concerns regarding the government use, taking into consideration the following non-exclusive list of considerations:

    1. a.
      The development of the use on the property should promote orderly development that is consistent with existing development and the preservation of property values within the area;
    2. b.
      The need or benefit of the proposed government use for the operation of the political subdivision in provision of services to the community; 
    3. c.
      The necessity for the efficient operation of the facility in proximity to a resource or other nearby land use; 
    4. d.
      The availability of alternative, more-suitable locations for the proposed government use; 
    5. e.
      Possible adverse impacts of the proposed government use on surrounding properties (considering any design elements that are, could, or should be added to minimize any possible adverse impacts);

    The Director of Planning and Development or staff may also address to the Plan Commission any other factors that his or her staff deems reasonable to evaluate the specific proposed government use and the public benefit associated with the use proposed.  

    1. 3.
      Public Hearing 

    The City Plan Commission shall hold a public hearing on each application for approval of a Government Use Overlay district as a map (and/or text) amendment in accordance with law.  The Commission may forward to the Common Council a favorable recommendation, an unfavorable recommendation, or no recommendation on the plans submitted.  It may also recommend amendments to the plan or imposition of reasonable conditions upon its approval, including the recording of covenants.  Upon action by the Plan Commission, a petition shall be certified to the Common Council in accordance with law. 

    1. 4.
      Action by the Common Council 

    The Common Council shall act upon the recommendation by considering a GUO Overlay Ordinance. The Common Council may approve with modifications, refer back to the Plan Commission, disapprove, or provide written explanations to the Petitioner on why an extension is required by the Common Council for action.  The time period for action shall be exclusive of any time extensions or continuances requested by the petitioner.  The Common Council action shall be based upon the record of the Plan Commission and shall take into consideration all the factors set out in Section D(2) above.  

    1. 5.
      Effect of Development Plan Approval 

    Approval of the Development Plan shall not constitute approval of construction proposed within the development plan.  The approval of the Development Plan shall be deemed an expression of approval of the concepts and details of the Development Plan.  Construction may not commence until the project has received approval under the Site Plan Review procedures detailed in Article 4. Zoning Applications and Approvals, Part B. Site Plan Review.  

    1. 6.
      Legal Non-Conforming Uses 

    All government uses established prior to the adoption of this Ordinance, shall be considered legal non-conforming uses.  Such legal non-conforming uses are not required to have an approved Government Use Overlay.  Any expansion or renovation of the facilities after adoption of this Ordinance requires the entity to complete the GUO process as laid out above prior to submitting permits for approval of the proposed modifications.​​​​​​​}ORD #27-07-25

    Effective on: 7/29/2025

    {Section 6. Wellhead Protection Overlay District (WP)

  • Purpose
    The purpose of the Wellhead Protection Overlay District is to provide protection to the public water supply system from land uses which might threaten its ability to provide the community safe drinking water.
  • Applicability
    The following requirements apply to all land within the Wellhead Protection Zones, as defined in subparagraph C, with the exceptions of single and multi-family residential land uses connected to municipal sanitary and storm sewers.

    No building, structure, premises, or part thereof shall be constructed, erected, enlarged, extended, or relocated except in conformity with these regulations and for uses permitted by this ordinance and until the proposed site and land use description has been filed with and approved by The Director of Planning.
  • Location
    For purposes of this ordinance, the following areas are designated as Well Field Protection Zones:​
    1. ZONE 1
      1. The area contained within a one (1) year time-of-travel to a public water supply well or well field, as defined by a modeled delineation performed in compliance with 327 IAC 8-4.1; or
      2. The areas within one thousand (1,000) feet of a public water supply well.
    2. ZONE 2
      1. The area contained within a five (5) year time-of-travel to a public water supply well or well field, as defined by a modeled delineation performed in compliance with 327 IAC 8-4.1; or
      2. The areas within three thousand (3,000) feet of a public water supply well.
  • Development Plan
    1. Development Plans Required
      Unless otherwise exempted under subsection (D)(2), any proposed land use within a Wellhead Protection Zone must submit a Site and Development Plan, as described in subsection (D)(4)
    2. Exemptions
      The following are not required to submit Site and Development Plans:
      1. Zone 1 district
        Any land use, in the ordinary course of their business, that has, or will have, less than the threshold amount of one (1) gallon of liquids in the aggregate or six (6) pounds of water soluble solids; and
      2. Zone 2 district
        Any land use, in the ordinary course of their business, that has, or will have, less than the threshold amount of one hundred (100) gallons of liquid in the aggregate or six hundred (600) pounds of water soluble solids in the aggregate.
      3. Exemptions
        In determining thresholds, the following substances shall be exempted:
        1. Reasonable quantities of substances used for routine building and yard maintenance stored inside a facility;
        2. Liquids required for normal operation of a motor vehicle in use in that vehicle;
        3. Substances contained within vehicles for bulk deliveries to the site;
        4. Beverages and food at restaurants, supermarkets, convenience stores, and other retail food establishments;
        5. Uncontaminated public water supply water, groundwater, and/or surface water;
        6. Substances, which are packaged in pre-sealed containers, sold at retail establishments;
        7. Substances utilized for the production and treatment of public water supply; and
        8. Substances, which due to their inherent chemical or physical properties, that are determined to pose no significant threat to groundwater quality.
    3. Plan Review
      Property located within Zones 1 and 2 proposed for new construction or expansion of existing facilities shall prepare and submit a description of said construction or expansion and the new or expanded use of the property. The site description shall be submitted to the Director of Planning for review and approval, disapproval, or approval with conditions. The Director of Planning may solicit comments from the Hamilton County Health Department and the applicable water utility on the site and development plan.

      In reviewing the site and land use description, the Director of Planning shall assess whether the site and proposed land use:
      1. Will prevent potential ground water contaminants associated with human activity from interfering with each community public water supply system’s ability to produce drinking water that meets all applicable federal and State drinking water standards after undergoing conventional ground water treatment, as employed by the public water supply system. These treatment processes include, but are not limited to aeration, detention, pressure filtration, and disinfection.
      2. Will not unreasonably endanger the quality of groundwater in a designated wellhead protection area. An unreasonable risk includes, but is not limited to, the inappropriate storage, handling, use and/or production of metals, inorganic compounds, volatile organic compounds, semi-volatile organic compounds or other substances listed at 40 CFR Part 355, or defined at Chapter 4 of the Hamilton County Code, “Hazardous Material Emergencies” (10-4-4-1) within a wellhead protection area; and
      3. The site complies with the standards and prohibitions listed in Section E.
    4. Plan Documentation and Supporting Information
      Said Site and Development Plans shall include the following:
      1. A narrative report of the proposed site, including:
        1. A narrative description of the site including any existing uses, setbacks, available sewage disposal facilities, and a brief history of the site (including any former uses, historical environmental concerns, abandoned wells, underground storage tanks, septic systems, etc.);
        2. Description of the proposed operations, including chemical/products used or generated, chemical/product storage area descriptions, waste generation quantities, equipment cleaning/maintenance procedures
        3. Methods and locations of receiving, handling, storing and shipping chemicals/products and wastes.
        4. Spill or release response measures and reporting
        5. Description of slopes near containment vessels and waste storage areas
      2. A Site Plan including:
        1. Vicinity Map (USGS quadrangle preferred);
        2. A site Map (drawn to scale) depicting:
          1. All existing and proposed structures
          2. Paved and non-paved areas
          3. Utility lines (inside and outside structures) including sanitary sewers, storm sewers, storm retention ditches/basins/french drains/dry wells, etc. (both proposed and existing)
          4. Floor drain locations and outlets
          5. Chemical/product storage locations
          6. Waste storage locations
          7. Liquid transfer areas
          8. Site surface water bodies (streams, rivers, ponds)
          9. Underground Storage Tanks (and associated piping)
          10. Aboveground Storage Tanks (and associated piping)
          11. Slope and contours of finished grade at 2-foot intervals
      3. Proposed containment area detail drawings, including area, heights, materials, specifications, if applicable.
  • Development Standards and Prohibitions
    1. Except for single-family residences (with sewage flows under 750 gallons per day), all development shall be connected to municipal sanitary sewers or combined sewers. Floor drains, if present, must be connected to sanitary sewers or combined sewers or routed to a temporary holding area for removal;
    2. No surface impoundments, pits, ponds or lagoons shall be established except for:
      • Storm water detention and retention ponds; and
      • Recreation, landscaping, or public water supply purposes
    3. In Zone 1, detention and retention ponds shall be constructed in a manner that provides an effective barrier to the migration of potential ground water contaminants into ground water, as demonstrated by sealing the bottom of the structure with clay or other approved low permeability material.
    4. The following restrictions apply to new storage areas in Zone 1:
      1. No above ground storage of liquid and/or petroleum of greater than one thousand (1000) gallons in aggregate;
      2. No storage of water-soluble solids of more than six thousand (6000) pounds per container in any one (1) containment area;
      3. No new underground storage tanks (USTs) are permitted.
    5. All above ground storage of liquids in excess of 40 gallons for more than 24 hours within Zones 1 and 2 must provide secondary containment which meets the following requirements:
      1. Containment must be capable of containing one-hundred and ten percent (110%) of the volume of the tank or tanks;
      2. Constructed to meet one of the following:
        1. Designed to prevent and control the escape of the contaminant(s) into ground water for a minimum of 72 hours before removal; or
        2. Designed and built with an outer shell and a space between the tank wall and outer shell that allows and includes interstitial monitoring
      3. The secondary containment structure shall be properly maintained and shall be free of vegetation, cracks, open seams, open drains, siphons, or other openings that jeopardize the integrity of the structure; and
      4. Secondary containment systems shall be designed so that the intrusion of precipitation is inhibited or that stormwater is removed to maintain system capacity.
    6. In Zone 1, the following requirements apply to existing fuel dispensing facilities and associated underground storage tanks (USTs) which are to be replaced or upgraded:
      1. All USTs shall be double walled;
      2. All USTs shall include the following three methods of release detection:
        1. Inventory control as defined in 40 CFR 280.43(a)
        2. Monthly 0.2 in-tank leak test as defined in 40 CFR 280.43(d)
        3. Interstitial monitoring of a double walled approved UST as defined by 40 CFR 280.43(g)
      3. Connected piping must include the following three methods of release detection:
        1. Inventory control;
        2. Continuous detection for 3 gallon per hour line leak, as specified in 40 CFR 280.44(a) except that automatic shutoff is required at 95% tank capacity; and
        3. Double walled line which is continuously monitored to detect the presence of liquid in the interstitial space and provided an alarm as specified in 40 CFR 280.44c via 40 CFR 280.43g
    7. In Zone 2, the requirements of 40 CFR Part 280 apply to all existing, registered USTs that are replaced or upgraded and USTs installed at new fuel dispensing facilities. In addition, the construction standards of 40 CFR Part 280, applicable to non-petroleum USTs, shall be applicable to the following in Zone 2:
      1. Such a tank that is covered by State or federal hazardous waste regulations; and
      2. Heating oil tanks for on-site use.
    8. All Class V Injection Wells (including but not limited to dry wells, large-capacity cesspools, motor vehicle waste disposal wells, or other injection wells as defined at 40 CFR 146) shall be prohibited with the exception of the following:
      1. Air conditioning return flow wells used to return to the supply aquifer the water used for heating or cooling in a heat pump, if non-contact;
      2. Cooling water return flow wells used to inject water previously used for cooling, if non-contact;
      3. Barrier recharge wells used to replenish the water in an aquifer or to improve ground water quality, provided the injected fluid does not contain potential ground water contaminants; and
      4. Wells associated with the recovery of geothermal energy for heating, aquaculture, and production of electric power, if non-contact.
    9. The transfer area for bulk delivery of liquids shall be required to accommodate and contain a release that occurs during loading and unloading of a tank as follows:
      1. The liquid transfer area shall be constructed in a manner to prevent a release in the transfer area from reaching the ground water; and
      2. The portion of the liquid transfer area intended to contain releases shall be maintained so that it is free of vegetation, cracks, open seams, open drains, siphons, or other openings that jeopardizes the integrity of the area.
    10. No disposal of Solid Waste, as defined at 329 IAC 10-2-174, or other hazardous materials as defined at 40 CFR Part 355, or defined at Chapter 4 of the Hamilton County Code, “Hazardous Material Emergencies” (10-4-4-1) shall be permitted in either Zone 1 or Zone 2.
    11. The following requirements apply to all excavation activities associated with the removal of sand and gravel materials:
      1. If the extraction of sand and gravel involves the removal of materials below the normal groundwater level, the work shall be performed by means of a dragline, floating dredge, or an alternative “wet” excavation method.
      2. There shall be no de-watering of sites utilized for sand and gravel extraction.
      3. No form of solid waste (as defined at 329 IAC 10-2-174) or any other form of waste material of any kind, including but not limited to construction/demolition debris, shall be used on the site. Clean natural earth fill materials may be used without restriction as to origin or placement on-site.
      4. All fuels, oils, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, petroleum products, or other similar materials on site shall have appropriate secondary containment, as specified in subsection E. 5.
  • Table 8.H. Cross-reference of Development Standards and Prohibitions by Land Use and Zoning District
    Land UseZoning District
    Zone 1 (One Year TOT)Zone 2 (Five Year TOT)
    Sanitary land fills Prohibited Prohibited
    On-Site Sewage Disposal (Commercial Facilities) Prohibited Prohibited
    Sand and Gravel Mining Allowed
    • Must use “wet” excavation”
    • Excavation can be filled only with clean fill
    Allowed
    • Must use “wet” excavation”
    • Excavation can be filled only with clean fill
    Surface Impoundments (e.g., pits, ponds & lagoons) Prohibited
    • Exceptions for stormwater, recreation, etc.
    Prohibited
    • Exceptions for stormwater, recreation, etc.
    Detention and Retention Basins Allowed
    • Must be lined
    No Restrictions
    New ASTs (>1,000 gallons) Prohibited Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    New ASTs (<1,000 gallons) Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Existing ASTs Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Storage of Water Soluble Solids Prohibited (In Excess of 6,000 lbs) Allowed
    • must prevent release to ground, and · be appropriately maintained
    New USTs Prohibited Allowed
    • Must meet all requirements of 40 CFR Part 280
    Existing USTs Allowed
    • Must be double-walled
    • Must include leak detection (40 CFR 280.43)
    • Must have release detection on connection piping (40 CFR 240.44)
    Allowed
    • Must meet all requirements of 40 CFR Part 280
    Class 5 Injection Wells (e.g., dry wells) Prohibited Prohibited
    Liquid Transfer Areas Allowed
    • Must prevent release to ground, and
    • Must be appropriately maintained
    Allowed
    • Must prevent release to ground, and
    • Must be appropriately maintained}
    Table 8.H. Cross-reference of Development Standards and Prohibitions by Land Use and Zoning District
    Land UseZoning District
    Zone 1 (One Year TOT)Zone 2 (Five Year TOT)
    Sanitary land fills Prohibited Prohibited
    On-Site Sewage Disposal (Commercial Facilities) Prohibited Prohibited
    Sand and Gravel Mining Allowed
    • Must use “wet” excavation”
    • Excavation can be filled only with clean fill
    Allowed
    • Must use “wet” excavation”
    • Excavation can be filled only with clean fill
    Surface Impoundments (e.g., pits, ponds & lagoons) Prohibited
    • Exceptions for stormwater, recreation, etc.
    Prohibited
    • Exceptions for stormwater, recreation, etc.
    Detention and Retention Basins Allowed
    • Must be lined
    No Restrictions
    New ASTs (>1,000 gallons) Prohibited Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    New ASTs (<1,000 gallons) Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Existing ASTs Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Storage of Water Soluble Solids Prohibited (In Excess of 6,000 lbs) Allowed
    • must prevent release to ground, and · be appropriately maintained
    New USTs Prohibited Allowed
    • Must meet all requirements of 40 CFR Part 280
    Existing USTs Allowed
    • Must be double-walled
    • Must include leak detection (40 CFR 280.43)
    • Must have release detection on connection piping (40 CFR 240.44)
    Allowed
    • Must meet all requirements of 40 CFR Part 280
    Class 5 Injection Wells (e.g., dry wells) Prohibited Prohibited
    Liquid Transfer Areas Allowed
    • Must prevent release to ground, and
    • Must be appropriately maintained
    Allowed
    • Must prevent release to ground, and
    • Must be appropriately maintained}
    Table 8.H. Cross-reference of Development Standards and Prohibitions by Land Use and Zoning District
    Land UseZoning District
    Zone 1 (One Year TOT)Zone 2 (Five Year TOT)
    Sanitary land fills Prohibited Prohibited
    On-Site Sewage Disposal (Commercial Facilities) Prohibited Prohibited
    Sand and Gravel Mining Allowed
    • Must use “wet” excavation”
    • Excavation can be filled only with clean fill
    Allowed
    • Must use “wet” excavation”
    • Excavation can be filled only with clean fill
    Surface Impoundments (e.g., pits, ponds & lagoons) Prohibited
    • Exceptions for stormwater, recreation, etc.
    Prohibited
    • Exceptions for stormwater, recreation, etc.
    Detention and Retention Basins Allowed
    • Must be lined
    No Restrictions
    New ASTs (>1,000 gallons) Prohibited Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    New ASTs (<1,000 gallons) Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Existing ASTs Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Storage of Water Soluble Solids Prohibited (In Excess of 6,000 lbs) Allowed
    • must prevent release to ground, and · be appropriately maintained
    New USTs Prohibited Allowed
    • Must meet all requirements of 40 CFR Part 280
    Existing USTs Allowed
    • Must be double-walled
    • Must include leak detection (40 CFR 280.43)
    • Must have release detection on connection piping (40 CFR 240.44)
    Allowed
    • Must meet all requirements of 40 CFR Part 280
    Class 5 Injection Wells (e.g., dry wells) Prohibited Prohibited
    Liquid Transfer Areas Allowed
    • Must prevent release to ground, and
    • Must be appropriately maintained
    Allowed
    • Must prevent release to ground, and
    • Must be appropriately maintained}
    Table 8.H. Cross-reference of Development Standards and Prohibitions by Land Use and Zoning District
    Land UseZoning District
    Zone 1 (One Year TOT)Zone 2 (Five Year TOT)
    Sanitary land fills Prohibited Prohibited
    On-Site Sewage Disposal (Commercial Facilities) Prohibited Prohibited
    Sand and Gravel Mining Allowed
    • Must use “wet” excavation”
    • Excavation can be filled only with clean fill
    Allowed
    • Must use “wet” excavation”
    • Excavation can be filled only with clean fill
    Surface Impoundments (e.g., pits, ponds & lagoons) Prohibited
    • Exceptions for stormwater, recreation, etc.
    Prohibited
    • Exceptions for stormwater, recreation, etc.
    Detention and Retention Basins Allowed
    • Must be lined
    No Restrictions
    New ASTs (>1,000 gallons) Prohibited Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    New ASTs (<1,000 gallons) Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Existing ASTs Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Allowed
    • Must have secondary containment at 110% of volume
    Storage of Water Soluble Solids Prohibited (In Excess of 6,000 lbs) Allowed
    • must prevent release to ground, and · be appropriately maintained
    New USTs Prohibited Allowed
    • Must meet all requirements of 40 CFR Part 280
    Existing USTs Allowed
    • Must be double-walled
    • Must include leak detection (40 CFR 280.43)
    • Must have release detection on connection piping (40 CFR 240.44)
    Allowed
    • Must meet all requirements of 40 CFR Part 280
    Class 5 Injection Wells (e.g., dry wells) Prohibited Prohibited
    Liquid Transfer Areas Allowed
    • Must prevent release to ground, and
    • Must be appropriately maintained
    Allowed
    • Must prevent release to ground, and
    • Must be appropriately maintained}

    ORD. #54-7-05

    Effective on: 9/24/2013

    Section 7. Downtown Mixed Use Overlay

  • Purpose                                                                                                                                                                                                        The purpose of the Downtown Mixed Use Overlay (DMU) is to accommodate a unique form of development defined as "Downtown Mixed Use Residential". The area boundaries are {denoted in the map below, to be commonly known as the Downtown District.  The Downtown District is the area contained within the following boundaries: Beginning at the intersection of Wayne and North 13th Street, proceeding south along 13th Street to where 13th Street would intersect with Cherry Street, running east along Cherry Street to the intersection with 13th Street, running south to the intersection with Division Street, proceeding west to the western end of Division Street, winding to the southwestern curve on the western drive around Riverview Hospital and proceeding north along that drive to the intersection with State Road 32, run east to Lakeview Drive, proceeding north along Lakeview Drive to Park Street, running along Park Street to the western rail line, proceeding along the rail line to the southeast to Cicero Road, proceeding east in a line connecting the rail line with the curve where Wayne Street curves south into 8th Street, and proceeding east along Wayne Street to the point of beginning.}                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Downtown District                                                                                                                                                                                                                       There is no guarantee that approval of Mixed Use Residential Development will be granted as a Downtown Mixed Use Overlay District.  The Plan Commission and/or Council may deny a "Mixed Use Residential Development" request that is not consistent or compatible with the surrounding uses; may be harmful to the public health, safety, or general welfare of the immediate neighborhood or community as a whole; and/or is not harmonious with the goals and objectives of the Comprehensive Master Plan, the requirements of the Unified Development Ordinance, and other related "special studies" adopted by the City of Noblesville.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  The principal purposes of the Downtown Mixed Use Overlay District are: 
    1. To support a more efficient use of land, as compared with the typical residential/commercial development; 
    2. To encourage the design of dwelling units and commercial uses that integrate and relate to living facilities above non-residential uses all within walking distance of the hub of downtown Noblesville; 
    3. To utilize the Mixed Use Residential Development to infill existing areas.
  • Location 
    1. District in Which Permitted                                                                                                                                                       Mixed Use Residential Development shall only be permitted in the {Downtown District} as it relates to the geographical area depicted within the {map in Part A}. ORD #41-11-20
  • Uses 
    1. Single Family, Two Family, or Multi-Family units located above a first floor (ground level) of a non-residential use.  For Non-Residential Uses refer to the Official Schedule of Uses Appendix C of the Downtown Zoning District.  Only "permitted uses" shall be developed as a part of the Mixed Use Residential Development excepting the following uses: Club or Lodge (Private), Indoor Cinema, Theater, Hotel, Motel, Meeting or Party Hall, Cemetery, Sex Shop, Adult Media Store, Public Parks and Playgrounds, Health Fitness, ATMs (standalone structure), laundry and dry cleaners without an on-site plant, restaurant with Drive-Thru, and Restaurant Drive-in or Drive-Thru as a primary use.  
  • Bulk Requirements 
    1. Minimum Lot Area, Density, Lot Coverage, Lot Width are not applicable.
    2. Dwelling Unit Size 
      1. Minimum residential dwelling unit size - 600-SF
    3. Setbacks 
      1. Front Yard and Side Yards                                                                                                                                                        The average setback of the adjacent principal structures on either side of the proposed structure.
      2. Rear Yard                                                                                                                                                                                        There shall be a minimum rear setback of ten (10) feet.
    4. Building Height                                                                                                                                                                                  The maximum building height is 50-FT.
  • Procedure for a Downtown Mixed Use Overlay as per the Central Core Map relating to Mixed Use Residential 
    1. Application                                                                                                                                                                                           Applications for a Mixed Use Residential Development (Downtown Mixed Use Overlay District) shall be filed in accordance with the requirements of Article 4, Part A (Applications and Hearings).  A detailed development plan, architectural plans, civil drawings, photometric plans, landscaping plans, signage, and other information that may be required by Planning and/or Engineering shall be required to be submitted for review subject to approval by the Plan Commission and Common Council as per Article 4 - Zoning Applications and Approvals, Part A - Applications and Hearings and Part E. Amendments.  
    2. Site Plan Review                                                                                                                                                                                 Applications for a Mixed Use Residential Development shall be subject to site plan review pursuant to Article 4, Part B (Site Plan Review).  The purpose of the site plan review is to encourage logic, imagination, innovation, and variety in the design process and insure the congruity of the proposed development and its compatibility with the surrounding area.  
    3. Site Plan Review Criteria                                                                                                                                                               The following criteria shall be considered for the Site Plan review of Mixed Use Residential Development         
      1. Planning Studies                                                                                                                                                                          Planning studies approved by the Plan Commission that include development patterns or environmental and other design criteria shall be utilized in the plan review process.
      2. Architecture                                                                                                                                                                                   As per Article 4 - Zoning Applications and Approvals, Section 6 Additional Standards for Non-Residential Uses, Except in I2 and I3 zoning districts including Purpose, Design Principals, Relationships (architectural and site), Materials and Colors, Exterior Walls, Roofs, Windows, Doors, Lighting, and Fencing. 
      3. Landscape                                                                                                                                                                                      Landscape shall be preserved in its natural states insofar as is practical by minimizing removal of existing vegetation.  Landscaping shall be used to shade and cool, direct wind movements, enhance architectural features, relating structure design to the site, visually screen non-compatible uses and ameliorate the impact of noise.  Base landscaping standards shall be applied as per Central Core Map; however, lesser standards may be approved by the Plan Commission and adopted by the Common Council.   
      4. Buffers                                                                                                                                                                                              Architectural and/or landscape elements that provide a logical transition to adjoining, existing, or permitted uses may be required as per the Plan Commission and/or Common Council.  
      5. Energy Conservation                                                                                                                                                                  Design methods to reduce energy consumption are encouraged.  Energy conservation methods may include, but not be limited to, natural ventilation of structures, siting of structures in relation to prevailing breezes and sun angles, insulation of structures, use of landscape materials for shade and transpiration, and orientation of breezes.  
      6. Signs                                                                                                                                                                                                  Non-Residential Tenant (ground floor)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Projecting - 15-SF, internally illuminated or halo-lit, may be a push through letters on an opaque background, clears the grade by a minimum of 8-FT in height, shall not extend vertically above a second story window, and may require the approval of an encroachment permit if it extends over the right-of-way and/or sidewalk; or                                                                                                                                                                Wall - 20% of the signable wall area unless windows, doors, awnings and other architectural details make-up more than fifty percent (50%) of the building face in which the sign face shall increase to 40% of the signable area, or as determined by the Plan Commission and Common Council.  
      7. Trash Containers                                                                                                                                                                         Trash containers shall be screened and so designed as to be conveniently accessible to their users and collectors at the rear of the property within the 10-FT setback.  
    4. Commencement of Development                                                                                                                                               Development may not commence until after adoption by the Common Council of the overlay district and final approval of the Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) is received.  If the development is not commenced within twelve (12) months from the date of approval of a site development plan, the approval thereof shall become null and void and the same may not be developed in accordance with said plan; provided, if development is permitted in stages, subsequent stages may be commenced within eighteen (18) months after the completion of the previous stage; otherwise, such subsequent stage may not be developed in accordance with the previously approved plan and such approval shall be null and void.  Commencement of construction shall include but not be limited to active and continuous road improvement, excavation, grading, and leveling, installation of utilities and the like.  
  • Additional Requirements 
    1. Platting Requirements                                                                                                                                                                   Area may require a "Replat" of the lots involved as per the Unified Development Ordinance - Subdivision Requirements.
  • Exceptions from the General Requirements 
    1. ​​​​​​​In the interest of preserving the Downtown area and pursuant to Ordinance 45-11-925, the "DT Downtown Zoning District" shall be exempt from the requirements of Article 10, Part C, Off-Street Parking and from the payment of certain sewer availability fees as set forth below.  
      1. In consideration for a waiver of sewer availability charges, connection fees, and parking lot requirements the applicant for an Improvement Location Permit and/or building permit within the Core Central Business District will pay 15% of the savings from the sewer availability charges and connection fee which would have been due under ordinary circumstances to a maintenance fund for the continued improvement and maintenance of the Downtown.  Under no circumstances shall more than ten (10) EDU's of sewage capacity per day be entitled to the exemption established herein for any proposed use that would otherwise qualify for an exemption.} ORD #25-07-17
  •  

    Effective on: 11/24/2020

    {Section 8. State Road 32 Overlay (SR32)

  • Purpose
    1. The purpose of this Section is to: 
      1. Preserve and enhance aesthetic qualities of the highway corridor by regulating building architecture, building placement, building orientation, landscaping, design of detention areas, and transitions between the State Road 32 Overlay District and adjacent uses; 
      2. Preserve and enhance transportation functionality and safety by limiting access, regulating building setbacks, providing for alternative transportation, and providing for future development/redevelopment of the State Road 32 corridor into a "Community Corridor," as called for in the 2020 Noblesville Comprehensive Plan; and 
      3. Provide supplemental development regulations for the property abutting the Midland Trace public recreational trail within the City of Noblesville's planning jurisdiction, and ensure continuity of design for developments along Midland Trace and the establishment of human scale in the urbanization-to-trail transition, while recognizing the right to reasonable development within the Overlay District.  
    2. Several graphics are referenced within this Section.  Such graphics are intended to illustrate the specific subjects of the paragraphs in which they are referenced.  Not every graphic included in this Section is intended to illustrate a structure that fully complies with all standards of this Section.  
  • Applicability
    1. The regulations within this Section shall apply to any property for which a development plan is required, within the adopted State Road 32 Overlay District boundaries, in connection with an application to the Department of Planning and Development.  
    2. If any property or proposed building, structure, or improvement is only partially located within the State Road 32 Overlay District, the provisions of this Section shall apply only to such property or proposed building, structure, or improvement located within the District, and not to any property or proposed building, structure, or improvements located outside of the District.  
    3. The State Road 32 Overlay District is superimposed over the underlying base zoning district, and its regulations shall supersede those of the base zoning district.  Where the State Road 32 Overlay District regulations are silent on a specific development standard, the respective development standard of the underlying base zoning district shall govern.  Where there is conflict between this Section and the provisions of the underlying base zoning district, this Section shall govern.  
  • Process for New Developments                                                                                                                                                         Properties that are undeveloped (not exhibiting above-ground improvements) at the time of application for development shall follow the procedural requirements for a Planned Development found in Article 8 of the City of Noblesville's Unified Development Ordinance (8.H.3.G: "Procedure"). 
  • Procedure for Existing Developments                                                                                                                                           For properties that were developed or improved prior to the effective date of this Section, the Director is hereby authorized to determine whether the standards of this Section shall apply to the entire property or property portion within the State Road 32 Overlay District on which additional development is proposed or if the standards of this Section may be limited only to the newly-proposed improvements. The following factors shall be taken into consideration: 
    1. The extent and location of the proposed improvements (e.g. buildings, parking, landscaping, drainage) on the property; and 
    2. The extent of conflicts in applying the standards of this Section with existing and/or planned improvements.
  • Access Control Requirements 
    1. One purpose of this subsection is to make the closing of all private curb cuts along State Road 32 possible by establishing a common access road to provide access to and through lots abutting State Road 32.
    2. In those cases where tracts can be accessed via a collector road, frontage road, adjoining parking lot, or a connection from an arterial road other than State Road 32, new curb cuts shall not be permitted from State Road 32.  When curb cuts from State Road 32 cannot be avoided, new curb cuts from State Road 32 shall not be permitted unless specifically approved by the Indiana Department of Transportation prior to installation.  
    3. Access roads in substantial compliance with the design plan included at Graphic 8.H.8.A - Access Roads shall be provided by developers of property along State Road 32 unless the Noblesville Common Council approves development of a property without provision of this normally required access road.  
       Graphic 8.H.8.A
       
    4. Approval of an illustrative concept plan showing vehicular drive cuts as part of a zoning petition shall not constitute approval of the specific drive cuts themselves. 
    5. Any existing road cuts along State Road 32 shall be vacated and eliminated as a condition of any discretionary approval for use or development of land on which such road cuts are present, if alternative vehicular access is available.  
    6. All developments along State Road 32 shall provide for vehicular and pedestrian interconnectivity between neighboring uses, parking lots, and developments in order to encourage and facilitate east-west vehicular movement without directly accessing State Road 32. Cross-access easements shall be created to ensure continued access and connectivity between and through land uses within the State Road 32 Overlay District. 
    7. All developments on property abutting the Midland Trace shall provide at least one (1) trail access easement connecting with Midland Trace.  Midland Trace access points for new residential or non-residential construction shall be designed and built in accordance with engineering practices approved by the City of Noblesville Engineering Department. All access points shall be constructed of durable materials and shall be designed so as not to impede drainage ways.  Where determined appropriate, a non-access agreement may be required to be recorded.  When approval is sought for Midland Trace access points from properties exhibiting buildings at the time of adoption of this ordinance, this approval shall be sought from Noblesville Parks and Recreation with input from the City's Engineering Department.  
  • Permitted Uses                                                                                                                                                                                        All uses which are listed as "Permitted Uses," "Conditional Use," and "Accessory Use" in the underlying base zoning district by UDO Appendix C (Official Schedule of Uses), except those uses expressly prohibited by subsection G, below, shall likewise be classified for the State Road 32 Overlay District. Parking structures are permitted in the non-residential zoning districts adjacent to Midland Trace, provided that the ground floor facing Midland Trace is a non-parking use, or a below-grade parking structure acts as a building foundation.  
  • Prohibited Uses                                                                                                                                                                                        The following uses shall be prohibited within the State Road 32 Overlay District:
    1. Automobile/Boat/RV/Manufactured Home Repair
    2. Automobile/Boat/RV/Manufactured Home Sales 
    3. Automobile Impound Lot 
    4. Commercial Kennel
    5. Commercial Sewage or Garbage Disposal Plant
    6. Contractor's Office with outdoor equipment and materials storage
    7. Dry Cleaning Establishment with on-site plant 
    8. Funeral Home/Mortuary/Crematory
    9. Grain Elevator
    10. Junk and/or Salvage Yard
    11. Lumber/Building Material Sales 
    12. Mineral/Sand/Gravel Extraction 
    13. Mini-Storage Warehouse
    14. Mobile Home Court 
    15. Outdoor Manufacturing
    16. Outdoor Sales 
    17. Outdoor Storage 
    18. Parking as a Primary Use, unless the use is a trailhead for Midland Trace 
    19. Penal or Correctional Institution 
    20. Sexually Oriented Business 
    21. Shooting Range (outdoor) 
    22. Stadium or Coliseum
    23. Stone Processing Activities
    24. Supply Yard 
    25. Truck Terminal
    26. Veterinary Hospital with commercial kennel
    27. Water Management/Use Facility 
    28. Wholesale Trade (outdoor) 
  • Setback Requirements from State Road 32 Right-of-Way                                                                                                      The following setback requirements, regulating the distance from the State Road 32 right-of-way line that structures must sit, shall supersede all other setback standards of the Unified Development Ordinance.   
    1. The minimum front yard setback of thirty (30) feet shall be measured from the Roadside Corridor boundary located farthest from the State Road 32 right-of-way line. 
    2. The maximum front yard setback of one hundred twenty (120) feet shall be measured from the Roadside Corridor boundary located farthest from the State Road 32 right-of-way line.
    3. For the purposes of this Section, only the following accessory structures shall be permitted within the front yard, but outside of the Roadside Corridor: 
      1. If provided for public use and enjoyment: fountains, gazebos, picnic shelters, benches, public restrooms, drinking fountains, utility installations, bike racks, artistic pieces, decorative walls and fences (not to exceed an average height of four (4) feet), hardscape amenities, landscaping, pavement, curbs, and other similar improvements.  
      2. Monument signs 
  • Setback Requirements from Midland Trace                                                                                                                              The following setback requirements, regulating the distance from the Midland Trace boundary that structures must sit, shall supersede all other setback standards of the Unified Development Ordinance.  
    1. The minimum setback from the Midland Trace boundary, for principal structures, shall be forty (40) feet.
    2. There shall be no maximum setback from the Midland Trace boundary; however, the area adjacent to Midland Trace shall not be used solely for parking.  
    3. For the purposes of this Section, only the following accessory structures shall be permitted within forty (40) feet of the Midland Trace boundary: fountains, gazebos, picnic shelters, benches, drinking fountains, utility installations, bike racks, artistic pieces, decorative walls and fences (not to exceed an average height of four (4) feet), hardscape amenities, landscaping, pavement, curbs, and other similar improvements. Ground signs area specifically prohibited.  
    4. An artistic piece, or artistic pieces, mentioned in I.3 above, shall be a required feature accompanying any development with frontage on Midland Trace.  The party seeking development approval may take responsibility for installing the artistic piece or pieces, after approval of the artistic piece or pieces as part of the Planned Development process, or may make payment in lieu thereof to the City of Noblesville, the amount paid to be placed in a fund specifically earmarked for artistic improvements at any point along Midland Trace, within forty (40) feet of the Midland Trace boundary.  
  • Building Height
    1. Maximum building height: Fifty (50) feet within six hundred (600) feet north of the State Road 32 right-of-way and within seven hundred (700) feet south of the State Road 32 right-of-way. In stretches of the State Road 32 Overlay District south of the State Road 32 right-of-way that include Midland Trace, the maximum building height in residential zoning districts shall be fifty (50) feet, while maximum building height shall be stepped down in non-residential zoning districts, per Table 8.H.8.J below:                                                                      
        Table 8.H.8.J 
       Building Distance from Midland Trace Maximum Building Height 
       Between 201 and 300 feet from Midland Trace Boundary 40 feet 
       Between 101 and 200 feet from Midland Trace Boundary 30 feet  
       Between 0 and 100 feet from Midland Trace Boundary 20 feet 
    2. Minimum building height: Twelve (12) feet for primary structures. 
    3. Multiple stories: Multiple stories are encourage, but not required.  However, within one hundred (100) feet of residentially-zoned property, the maximum building height shall be that of the residential zoning district to which the development parcel is adjacent.  
    4. If used, building facade step-backs shall be at least twenty (20) feet in depth and shall be constructed as usable outdoor space, such as a rooftop patio or garden.  
  • Building Size                                                                                                                                                                                            The gross floor area requirements set forth below are intended to create a certain massing for buildings located within the corridor.  Although some buildings may be acceptable with square footages above or below the limits set forth herein, decisions to alter the limit shall be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Plan Commission and/or Common Council.  In instances where the limit is altered, enhanced architectural or site features (e.g. pergolas, outdoor seating, landscape amenities) may be required.  
    1. Maximum gross floor area: Within six hundred (600) feet north of State Road 32 right-of-way and seven hundred (700) feet south of State Road 32 right-of-way, Table 8.H.8.K.1 governs:                                                         
      Table 8.H.8.K.1   
       5 stories 100,000 square feet 
       4 stories 90,000 square feet 
       3 stories 80,000 square feet  
       2 stories 60,000 square feet  
       1 story 20,000 square feet  
    2. In stretches of the State Road 32 Overlay District south of the State Road 32 right-of-way that include Midland Trace, maximum gross floor area in residential zoning districts shall be based on the number of floors, according to Table 8.H.8.K.1 above, while maximum gross floor area shall be stepped down in non-residential zoning districts, per Table 8.H.8.K.2 below:                                                                                                           
      Table 8.H.8.K.2  
      Building distance from Midland Trace Maximum Gross Floor Area 
       Between 201 and 30 feet from Midland Trace boundary60,000 square feet 
       Between 101 and 200 feet from Midland Trace boundary 20,000 square feet  
       Between 0 and 100 feet from Midland Trace boundary 10,000 square feet  
    3. Minimum gross floor area: Five thousand (5,000) square feet 
  • Architectural Design                                                                                                                                          Architectural variation is encouraged as a general design theme standard. The architectural requirements that follow are intended to provide consistent architectural quality among buildings and other improvements within the corridor.  All structures shall be thoughtfully designed in a manner that visually and functionally complement the existing topography.  

    1. Building Elevations 
      1. All building facades shall have a defined base or foundation, a middle or modulated wall, and a top formed by an articulated, three-dimensional cornice or a pitched roof, as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.B - Building Modulation 1 and Graphic 8.H.8.C - Building Modulation 2, respectively.  
         Graphic 8.H.8.B - Building Modulation 1 
         

         

        Graphic 8.H.8.C - Building Modulation 2  
         

         

      2. Building facades which are ninety (90) feet or greater in length shall be designed with offsets (projecting or recessed) at intervals of not greater than sixty (60) feet, as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.D - Facade Offset.  Buildings less than ten thousand (10,000) square feet in gross floor area shall be designed with offsets at intervals of not greater than forty (40) feet. Offsets shall be a minimum depth of four (4) feet and a minimum aggregate length of twenty percent (20%) of the horizontal plane of the overall building facade.  The offsets may be provided by setbacks of the building facade and/or with architectural elements such as arcades and column rows if such architectural elements meet the minimum offset requirements.        
         Graphic 8.H.8.D - Facade Offset 
         

         

      3. Buildings shall be constructed with 360-degree architecture, defined as use of the same materials, colors, and architectural elements around all sides of a structure. 
      4. Every parcel with frontage on Midland Trace must have at least one building elevation that fronts on Midland Trace.  
      5. No non-residential facade greater than eighty (80) feet in length shall be parallel with Midland Trace. Longer facades must be oriented at an angle greater than or equal to sixty (60) degrees from the property line abutting Midland Trace.  
      6. Openings 
        1. Design elements of the building facade shall be organized such that openings (including windows, doors, loading berths, faux windows, and architectural or painted elements resembling openings) line up horizontally and vertically with other openings, as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.E - Design Balance.  
           Graphic 8.H.8.E - Design Balance
           

           

        2. Exceptions may be permitted if openings are organized in an aesthetically pleasing manner and constitute an essential artistic design element appropriate for the building type, scale, orientation, location, and site.  
        3. Every facade of a building abutting, and generally parallel with, Midland Trace shall have openings for windows.  Such facades shall have a minimum of twenty percent (20%) of the wall square footage composed of glazed areas or having a glazed appearance.  
    2. Roofs 
      1. Pitched Roofs 
        1. Pitched roofs shall be simply and symmetrically pitched and only in the configuration of gables and hips, with pitches ranging from 4:12 to 14:12. 
        2. If standing seam panels are used, they shall be:
          1. Gray, black, dark blue, dark green, barn red, or dark brown
          2. Made of a non-reflective material 
        3. Modulation of the roofs and/or roof lines shall be required in order to eliminate the appearance of box-shaped buildings, as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.F, Pitched Roof - Roof Line Modulation.
           Graphic 8.H.8.F, Pitched Roof - Roof Line Modulation
           

           

      2. Flat Roofs 
        1. Flat roofs are permitted if edged by a parapet wall with articulated, three-dimensional cornice, illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.H - Articulated Cornice.  
           Graphic 8.H.8.G - Articulated Cornice 
           

           

        2. Parapet walls shall be fully integrated into the architectural design of the building to create seamless design transitions between the main building mass and roof-mounted architectural elements (which may include screening elements for roof-mounted equipment). 

        3. Modulation of roof lines shall be required in order to eliminate the appearance of box-shaped buildings.  A building with a flat roof shall have varying roof height sections, as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.H - Flat Roof Modulation 1 and Graphic 8.H.8.I - Flat Roof Modulation 2.  Roof line modulation shall include a vertical change in the visible roof line of at least five (5) feet from an adjacent roof section.  The maximum roof line length without modulation shall be sixty (60) feet, or forty (40) feet for buildings with a gross floor area of less than ten thousand (10,000) square feet.  

           Graphic 8.H.8.H - Flat Roof Modulation 1 
           

           

           Graphic 8.H.8.I - Flat Roof Modulation 2 
           

           

      3. Dormers and cupolas shall be designed with appropriate details, proportion, and style consistent with the overall building composition and roofed with symmetrical gable or hip roofs, as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.J - Dormers and Cupolas. 
         Graphic 8.H.8.J - Dormer and Cupolas
         

         

         

      4. All visible vents, attic ventilators, turbines, flues, and other visible roof penetration shall be:
        1. Painted to match the color of the roof, or flat black; and 
        2. Oriented to minimize visibility from adjacent parcels and thoroughfares. 
    3. Building Entrances 
      1. All buildings shall be designed with a main entrance and at least two (2) window openings associated with the main entrance, as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.K - Window Openings 1 and Graphic 8.H.8.L - Window Openings 2. 
         Graphic 8.H.8.K - Window Openings 1 
         

         

         Graphic 8.H.8.L - Window Openings 2 
         

         

      2. Building entrances shall be clearly defined and articulated by multiple architectural elements such as lintels, pediments, pilasters, columns, awnings, porticos, and other design elements appropriate to the architectural style and details of the building, as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.M - Entrance Articulation 1 and Graphic 8.H.8.N - Entrance Articulation 2. 
         Graphic 8.H.8.M - Entrance Articulation 1
         

         

         Graphic 8.H.8.N - Entrance Articulation 2 
         

         

      3. The orientation, proportion, and style of doors shall complement the style of the building.  

      4. Retail uses, any portions of which are within one hundred (100) feet of the boundary of Midland Trace, shall have a first floor public entrance facing Midland Trace. 

    4. Features Promoting Bicycling
      1. New principal buildings on parcels fronting Midland Trace and having a gross floor area of more than fifteen thousand (15,000) non-residential square feet shall contain a shower, changing area, and locker facility accessible for employee use, as well as covered, long-term bicycle parking at a rate of two (2) spaces per five thousand (5,000) square feet.  Such parking may include an indoor storage area and/or exterior bicycle lockers. 
      2. For any use established or expanded within the State Road 32 Overlay District after passage of this ordinance, for every four (4) bicycle parking spaces established, the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces may be reduced by one (1) space, up to a maximum reduction of five (5) off-street parking spaces.  The established bicycle parking spaces must meet these requirements: 
        1. The minimum size of a bicycle parking space is two (2) feet by six (6) feet. 
        2. Bicycle parking shall be located outside of any walkway.  
    5. Windows                                                                                                                                                                                                The number of window panes, the number of window openings, window trim, and architectural elements designed to accent the windows (e.g. shutters, keystones, masonry arches, awnings, decorative stone frames, masonry rowlock frames, or other trim or design elements as approved by the Plan Commission or Director) shall be consistent with the style, materials, color, details, and proportion of the building, as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.O - Window Design.  Window trim and other architectural elements designed to accent the windows shall be required for all windows.  
       Graphic 8.H.8.O - Window Design
       

       

    6. Awnings
      1. Fixed or retractable awnings are permitted if they complement the building's architectural style, material, colors, and details as illustrated by example in Graphic 8.H.8.P - Awnings.
         Graphic 8.H.8.P - Awnings 
         

         

      2. Awnings may be constructed of canvas or cloth. Illuminated plastic or glossy or reflective materials shall not be used.  
      3. Awnings used to comply with architectural design requirements of this Section shall not be removed unless the building facade would otherwise comply with such architectural design requirements without such awnings.  
    7. Drive-through windows and fueling stations                                                                                                                              This subsection shall apply to property adjacent to the State Road 32 right-of-way line or the Roadside Corridor, as defined herein. 
      1. Drive-through windows and lanes shall not be permitted between the State Road 32 right-of-way line and the building facade nearest to said right-of-way line, nor between the Midland Trace legal boundary and the building facade nearest to said boundary.  
      2. Vehicular fuel pumps and canopies, and canopies not associated with fuel pumps, shall be setback a minimum of thirty (30) feet farther than the building facade, nearest to the State Road 32 right-of-way line, of the principal building to which fuel pumps and/or canopies are associated, as illustrated in Graphic 8.H.8.Q - Fuel Pump/Canopy Location 1 and Graphic 8.H.8.R - Fuel Pump/Canopy Location 2. 
        Graphic 8.H.8.Q - Fuel Pump/Canopy Location 1 
        Graphic 8.H.8.R - Fuel Pump/Canopy Location 2
    8. Buildings Materials 
      1. Masonry materials shall be the preferred and primary exterior building material used on buildings within the corridor. 
      2. Masonry materials shall be used to create a wainscot or brick wrap effect around buildings.  
      3. A minimum of sixty percent (60%) of each building facade, exclusive of windows (including faux windows and glazing), doors, and loading berths, shall be covered with masonry materials. 
      4. No more than twenty-five percent (25%) of each building facade, exclusive of windows (including faux windows and glazing), doors, and loading berths, may be covered with metal, fiber cement siding, polymeric cladding, E.I.F.S., or stucco exterior building materials.  
      5. In order to create an aesthetically pleasing appearance and to create an appearance of high-quality, visually interesting architecture, increased and enhanced use of masonry material, and other architectural ornamentation shall be required around building entrances and on building facades visible from State Road 32.  
    9. Accessory Buildings                                                                                                                                                                            All accessory buildings shall be architecturally compatible with the principal building (s) with which they are associated.  
  • Roadside Corridor Requirement 
    1. The purpose of this subsection is to establish an alternative transportation corridor along both sides of State Road 32 by requiring an alternative transportation trail and related amenities to be installed along State Road 32 on all property abutting State Road 32.  
    2. A linear green space (the "Roadside Corridor") that contains the alternative transportation trail mentioned herein, along with associated landscaping, lighting, and infrastructure, shall be provided along each side of State Road 32. Detention areas, retention areas, and monument signs shall be prohibited within the Roadside Corridor.  
    3. The Roadside Corridor (as defined herein), and the improvements therein, shall be located within the property being developed, and the real estate within the Roadside Corridor shall be the subject of an alternative transportation corridor easement that allow only the improvements cited in this subsection M. Other improvements, such as access drives, shall be approved on a case-by-case basis during Technical Advisory Committee review according to limitations set by the Unified Development Ordinance.  
    4. Roadside Corridor Design Standards 
      1. The Roadside Corridor shall be a minimum width of thirty (30) feet parallel and immediately abutting the State Road 32 right-of-way line.  
      2. The Roadside Corridor hard surface shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet in width, and shall be constructed of asphalt material in compliance with the City's construction standards.  Construction of a trail with meandering design is encouraged.  
      3. All developments along State Road 32 shall provide for alternative transportation inter-connectivity between neighboring uses, developments, and the Roadside Corridor in order to encourage and facilitate alternative transportation movements without directly accessing State Road 32.  Cross-access easements and connections to the alternative transportation corridor referenced above shall be appropriately provided to ensure continued alternative transportation access and connectivity between and through uses along the Roadside Corridor.  
    5. Roadside Corridor Plantings                                                                                                                                                            The primary landscaping materials within the Roadside Corridor shall be shade trees, ornamental trees, shrubs, groundcover, and grass.  
      1. A minimum of three (3) shade trees and one (1) ornamental tree shall be provided per every one hundred (100) linear feet of Roadside Corridor along State Road 32.  Installation of planting on both sides of the alternative transportation corridor is encouraged.  All trees shall be a minimum of two and one-half inches (2.5") in caliper at the time of planting.  
      2. Shade trees planted within the Roadside Corridor shall be spaced a minimum of fifteen feet (15') apart and a maximum of forty feet (40') feet apart.  
    6. Roadside Corridor Mounds/Berms                                                                                                                                                The construction of intermittent, undulating mounds or berms within the Roadside Corridor is encouraged, but not required.  If mounds or berms are installed, they should be designed in a manner that complements other improvements in the vicinity, and in no event shall such mounds or berms be installed in a manner that inhibits vehicular line of sight (see also Unified Development Ordinance 9.A.8 "Vision Corner Clearance") or use of the alternative transportation corridor.  
  • Miscellaneous Requirements
    1. Loading Berths 
      1. Loading berths shall be oriented so as not to be visible from State Road 32 and in a manner that minimizes their visibility from other rights-of-way and adjacent properties.  
      2. Loading berth enclosures shall be utilized, where appropriate, in order to accomplish the desgin objectives of this subsection.  
      3. Loading berths shall be located behind the building facade nearest to the State Road 32 right-of-way line or Roadside Corridor.  
      4. Loading berths shall be screened to the extent reasonably necessary by installing solid, opaque walls or fences. Mounds or berms may also be utilized, or utilized in combination with walls or fence enclosures, to provide screening.  Special attention shall be given to accomplish the design objectives herein for visibility of loading berths from adjacent properties and right-of-way.  
      5. Loading berth walls and fences shall be softened by installing the following adjacent to such screens, except that no landscaping shall be required adjacent to access and delivery doors or gates: 
        1. One (1) ornamental or evergreen tree every thirty feet (30'). 
        2. Five (5) shrubs every thirty feet (30'). 
    2. Mechanical Equipment 
      1. Mechanical equipment and similar improvements shall be completely and permanently screened from view from right-of-way and adjoining properties.  
      2. When attached to the ground, screening methods shall include a mound/berm or an opaque wall or fence enclosure of a material that matches or complements the principal building to which it is appurtenant.  
      3. When roof-mounted, screening methods shall include parapet walls, enclosures, or other similar architectural treatment that matches or complements the principal building to which it is appurtenant.  
    3. Walls and Fencing 
      1. The following wall and fence types are permitted within the State Road 32 Overlay District: masonry material, decorative metal (wrought iron, or wrought iron in appearance), or finished wood (stained or painted). In areas requiring security, decorative metal fencing with a spiked or curved top profile or razor/concertina/barbed wire mounted inside a solid fence or wall is recommended. This type of fence shall only be permitted with the express written approval of the Director and may not be permitted in all cases, based on the visibility of the fence.
      2. The following wall and fence types are prohibited in areas visible from outside the property on which such walls or fences are installed: non-solid and/or unfinished wood, chain link (with or without slats), non-decorative corrugated metal, electrified fences, and razor/concertina/barbed wire.  
      3. If a wall or fence consists of the same building materials as used on the non-residential principal building to which it is appurtenant, it shall be permitted to extend from the plane of the principal building's front facade toward the street right-of-way.  
      4. If a wall or fence does not consist of the same building materials as used on the non-residential principal building to which it is appurtenant, it shall be setback a minimum of eight (8) feet from the plane of the principal building's front facade.  
    4. Boundary Markers                                                                                                                                                                              Upon application for approval of development of a parcel, any portion of which fronts on the Midland Trace boundary, a staked survey shall be completed to determine the Midland Trace boundary.  Prior to commencing construction, and throughout the duration of construction, boundary markers shall be placed at the Midland Trace boundary.  Monuments shall be at least twenty-four inches (24") in height and placed at the property corners abutting Midland Trace.  In addition, a temporary construction fence shall be placed along the Midland Trace boundary prior to site work commencement and throughout the duration of construction.} ORD. #31-05-21  
  • Effective on: 5/25/2021

    Section 1. Purpose and Review Procedures

  • A.
    Purpose                                                                                                                                                                                                      The purpose of the Innovation Mile District (IMD) is to create a dynamic business and technology hub that will serve as an anchor for revolutionary thinking and a gateway for innovation, leverage long-term growth opportunities, and catalyze reinvestment in the City of Noblesville.  This district is intended to provided for a broad range of uses supportive of this vision, thus expanding employments opportunities in Noblesville and enhancing its tax base.  Within this district are several subdistricts that represent various physical character areas.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Although the IMD zoning district shall be developed in a unified and coordinated fashion, each of the subdistricts has a tailored purpose, use, bulk, and site development standards reflective of its location, function, and desired appearance within the Innovation Mile area.  It is the intent of this district to augment the other bulk Articles of this Unified Development Ordinance.  When not specifically addressed by this district, the bulk standards of the Unified Development Ordinance determined by the Director of Planning and Development shall apply.  
  • B.
    Review Procedures                                                                                                                                                                                All development within the IMD District shall be subject to site plan review, Unified Development Ordinance subdivision regulations, and site development standards in addition to the use, bulk, and site development standards of this part.  The following types of development proposals shall be required to have a development plan reviewed by the Innovation Mile Review Committee (IMRC) subject to the submission of a preliminary development plan application:
    1. 1.
      All proposed new construction.
    2. 2.
      All renovations that affect more than 10% of the façade. 
    3. 3.
      All additions to existing buildings that increase the building square footage by 15% or more.
    4. 4.
      All proposed subdivisions.
    5. 5.
      All development proposals that include requests for any exceptions, waivers, or variance from the standards listed for this district and/or subdistricts. 
    6. 6.
      All proposed uses listed as Special Considerations in Appendix C-2. These uses are not assumed permitted by-right and thus, there shall be no presumption of their approval.  
    7. 7.
      All development within the Public Space Subdistricts. 
  • C.
    Innovation Mile Review Committee (IMRC)
    1. 1.
      The IMRC shall be a seven person committee with the following members: 
      1. a.
        Two members of the Noblesville Plan Commission 
      2. b.
        Two members of the Noblesville Common Council
      3. c.
        The Noblesville Economic Development Director or designee 
      4. d.
        The Noblesville Community Development Director or designee 
      5. e.
        The Noblesville City Engineer or designee
    2. 2.
      The development committee shall be responsible for reviewing waivers to the requirements of Innovation Mile of the following type: 
      1. a.
        Bulk Standards 
      2. b.
        Parking Requirements 
      3. c.
        Transportation and Circulation
      4. d.
        Architectural Design Standards 
      5. e.
        Landscaping 
      6. f.
        Lighting 
      7. g.
        Signage
    3. 3.
      The development committee shall also be responsible for reviewing special considerations and requests to allow prohibited uses.  
    4. 4.
      Development of property within the IMD zoning district shall be guided by the general development principles outlined in the Innovation Mile Master Plan.
    5. 5.
      Development shall be consistent with the development principles set out in the Innovation Mile Master Plan and comply with the intent of the standards of this zoning district.  
    6. 6.
      If a request is denied, the IMRC shall provide written findings supporting the denial and provide them to the applicant.  
    7. 7.
      Any appeal of a decision of the Innovation Mile Review Committee shall be conducted by the Noblesville Plan Commission with a recommendation sent to Noblesville Common Council for a final decision.  
  • D.
    Land Use and Transportation Components                                                                                                                                The land use strategy and transportation strategy for the area are intentionally integrated and an overview of these components are as follows: 
    1. 1.
      Future Land Use Plan:                                                                                                                                                                      Assigns the land uses within the study area by parcel, and identified the applicable street hierarchy applicable to each parcel. 
    2. 2.
      Street Hierarchy:                                                                                                                                                                                Establishes future network of streets to frame growth, and provides a reference point for assigning more detailed requirements. 
    3. 3.
      Land Use Character:                                                                                                                                                                          Establishes intention and unique character within the area, and provides requirements for land uses such as heights, setbacks, and uses.  
    4. 4.
      Building Typologies:                                                                                                                                                                          Establishes a range of allowable building typologies by character district, and provides requirements for buildings such as floorplates, facades, projections, transparency, and materials. 
  •      Figure 1: Land Use and Transportation Components

    Effective on: 7/9/2024

    Section 2. Establishment of Subdistricts

    The intention of this future land use strategy is to create a new hub for innovation on the city-owned parcels located immediately adjacent to 141st Street that will foster the growth of Innovation Mile from Olio Road to Cyntheanne Road over time.  The land use strategy was designed to provide the City with a flexible approach to land uses that will require specific uses in some areas and allow for market responsivity in others.  Based on the principles of form-based coding best practices, the land use system is constructed using four fundamental components: a future land use plan, a street hierarchy, character districts, and building typologies.  Each component provides an increasing level of detail regarding the location, character, and detailed requirements for development within the area.  

    1. A.
      Land Use Character Districts                                                                                                                                                            The City of Noblesville hereby creates a set of land use character districts that represent physical character areas within the IMD District.  The land use character districts are as follows: 
      1. 1.
        Campus Type 1 (C1) Uses - Innovation Core
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability. The Campus Type 1 (C1) - Innovation Core land use is principally intended to provide mixed-use, corporate headquarters and office area in the heart of the district along 141st Street and adjacent to the new public square. 
        2. b.
          Use Requirements.  This district requires active ground floor uses such as retail, restaurants, bars, entertainment venues, event lawns, and other activated uses with office and headquarters type uses on upper floors on all streets within the Street Hierarchy.  See Appendix C-2. Official Schedule of Uses - Innovation Mile District for a full list of permitted uses.  
          1. 1.
            Allowable Ground Floor Uses. Active commercial such as retail shops, restaurants, bars, cafes, and other commercial uses with regular customer turnover. 
          2. 2.
            Allowable Upper Floor Uses. Offices and corporates headquarters, structured parking. 
      2. 2.
        Campus Type 2 (C2) Uses - Innovation Gateway
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability. The Campus Type 2 (C2) Uses - Innovation Gateway land use is principally intended to provide a more flexible district which will allow for a range of innovation district uses such as headquarters, offices, collaboration, innovation, and light industrial uses with common or creative spaces on the ground floor.
        2. b.
          Use Requirements.  Active ground floor uses are only required within the district in areas where a Primary Street or Secondary Street intersect directly with a Non-Motorized Street in the Street Hierarchy. See Appendix C-2. Official Schedule of Uses - Innovation Mile District for a full list of permitted uses.
          1. 1.
            Allowable Ground Floor Uses. Common Spaces, creative/maker spaces, lobbies allowed on all ground floors, and all uses allowed in Campus Type 1. Active commercial are required for the first 80' from the intersection of a primary or secondary street with a non-motorized street.   
          2. 2.
            Allowable Upper Floor Uses. Innovation uses, flexible uses, residential uses, and all uses allowed in Campus Type 1.
      3. 3.
        Campus Type 3 (C3) Uses - Innovation I-69
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability. The Campus Type 3 (C3) Uses - Innovation I-69 land use is principally intended to provide the flexibility within the district and along the I-69 corridor and allow for an increasing range of innovation district uses such as headquarters, offices, collaboration, innovation, light industrial, and manufacturing uses. 
        2. b.
          Use Requirements. Active ground floor uses are only required within very limited areas where a Primary Street intersects, or a Secondary Street intersects directly with a Non-Motorized Street in the Street Hierarchy. See Appendix C-2. Official Schedule of Uses - Innovation Mile District for a full list of permitted uses.
          1. 1.
            ​Allowable Ground Floor Uses. Industrial and manufacturing uses. Active commercial are required for the first 80' from the intersection of a primary or secondary street with a non-motorized street.  
          2. 2.
            Allowable Upper Floor Uses. Industrial or manufacturing uses, and all uses allowed in Campus Type 2.
      4. 4.
        Residential Type 1 (R1) Uses - Mixed Use Residential
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability. The Residential Type 1 (R1) Uses - Mixed Use Residential land use is principally intended to provide for an area of the district that will add vibrancy and 24/7 activation immediately adjacent to the core innovation area.
        2. b.
          Use Requirements. This area will be the main residential area within Innovation Mile and consist primarily of ground floor commercial spaces with residential above. See Appendix C-2. Official Schedule of Uses - Innovation Mile District for a full list of permitted uses.
          1. 1.
            Allowable Ground Floor Uses. Active commercial such as retail shops, restaurants, bars, cafes, and other commercial uses with regular customer turnover and multi-family common spaces. 
          2. 2.
            Allowable Upper Floor Uses. Multi-family residential.
      5. 5.
        Residential Type 2 (R2) Uses - Multi-Family Residential
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability. The Residential Type 2 (R2) Uses - Multi-Family Residential land use is principally intended to provide for a more intensive living district adjacent to the core of Innovation Mile. 
        2. b.
          Use Requirements. This will provide a few different types of living options ranging from apartments to townhomes and offering rental and ownership options. See Appendix C-2. Official Schedule of Uses - Innovation Mile District for a full list of permitted uses.
          1. 1.
            Allowable Ground Floor Uses. Multi-family common spaces and multi-family residential.
          2. 2.
            Allowable Upper Floor Uses. Multi-family residential.
      6. 6.
        Light Industrial/Manufacturing Uses (LIM)
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability. The Light Industrial/Manufacturing Uses (LIM) land use is principally intended to provide a range of flexible uses for the long-term that will allow the eastern portion of Innovation Mile to build out. 
        2. b.
          Use Requirements. This area will provide a range of flexible uses for the long-term that will allow more supportive uses such as manufacturing, production, distribution, and other innovation uses. See Appendix C-2. Official Schedule of Uses - Innovation Mile District for a full list of permitted uses.
          1. 1.
            ​​​​​Allowable Ground Floor Uses. Industrial, Manufacturing, Warehousing, and Distribution. 
          2. 2.
            Allowable Upper Floor Uses. Same as ground floor 
      7. 7.
        Community/Institutional Uses (CI)
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability. The Community/Institutional Uses (CI) land use is principally intended to provide a very flexible set of uses for the "soul" of the district along 141st Street and adjacent to the Mud Creek area. 
        2. b.
          Use Requirements. This area prioritizes conserving the natural environment while allowing light recreational uses and community/institutional uses. See Appendix C-2. Official Schedule of Uses - Innovation Mile District for a full list of permitted uses.
          1. 1.
            Allowable Ground Floor Uses. Active commercial such as retail shops, restaurants, bars, cafes, and other commercial uses with regular customer turnover. 
          2. 2.
            Allowable Upper Floor Uses. Offices and corporates headquarters, structured parking.
      8. 8.
        Public Space Type 1 (P1) Uses - Formal Public Spaces and Parks
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability.  The Public Space Type 1 (P1) Uses should be highly integrated into development projects and contain a wide range of amenities from formal hardscaped areas and plazas that support the core of the district and activation of ground floor uses to landscaping, park spaces, and stormwater detention facilities that help capture and treat runoff. Specific areas include spaces adjacent to the improved 141st Street and non-motorized pathways. 
        2. b.
          Use Requirements. Specific uses will be coordinated, reviewed, and recommended by the City of Noblesville Parks and Recreation Department.  Specific Uses allowed in this district will be approved by the IMRC. 
      9. 9.
        Public Space Type 2 (P2) Uses - Unprogrammed Open Spaces
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability. The Public Space Type 2 (P2) Uses are less programmed than Public Space Type 1 uses, and may include elements such as trails, trailheads, natural landscaping, water features, boardwalks, and other features that support passive recreation activities and connectivity throughout the district. Specific areas include land on the north retained for future development, land along I-69, the utility easement, and the south Mud Creek area.  
        2. b.
          Use Requirements. Specific uses will be coordinated, reviewed, and recommended by the City of Noblesville Parks and Recreation Department.  Specific Uses allowed in this district will be approved by the IMRC.
      10. 10.
        Public Space Type 3 (P3) Uses - Conservation Areas
        1. a.
          Purpose and Applicability. The Public Space Type 3 (P3) Uses are very sensitive areas that should be treated sensitively with only low-impact development strategies for pathways and passive recreation activities. This may include uses like soft surface nature trails, tree canopy boardwalks, picnic areas, play areas along the creek, and other very low impact uses.  
        2. b.
          Use Requirements. Specific uses will be coordinated, reviewed, and recommended by the City of Noblesville Parks and Recreation Department.  Specific Uses allowed in this district will be approved by the IMRC.

    Effective on: 7/9/2024

    Section 3. Land Use and Street Hierarchy Plan

  • A.
    Land Use Plan:                                                                                                                                                                                    The main organizing principle behind the land use strategy is the proposed street network.  The street network, which is further detailed in the mobility strategy section of the district, will provide a framework for the growth of the area and character is defined based on a parcels relationship to that network.  The role of the future land use plan is to identify each (future) parcel of development within the area and the associated character district that will help achieve the vision for the area.  The future land use plan also identifies the street types that are associated with each parcel that will guide more specific requirements for the character districts and building typologies.  Figure 2: Land Use Plan 
  • B.
    Street Hierarchy Plan:                                                                                                                                                                          The proposed street network throughout the district uses four street types to organize the land uses and assign more detailed requirements.  This street hierarchy is intended to inform the land use and development related to the street and open space network by organizing the street into an order based on function, connectivity, capacity, and character.  At the highest level, primary streets are a major determinant for character and activity within Innovation Mile.  Primary streets are generally located on major public spaces and shape the core brand and identify for the area, including streets such as East 141st Street and the new signature boulevard connecting north into future development.  Efforts should be made to face building facades to the primary streets.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Other streets seek to provide additional modes of transportation, allow for service, and access, and increase flexibility for the development moving forward.  For example, potential alleys are provided as a tool to allow individual decisions regarding land subdivision to increase access, hide parking internal to the blocks, and allow for flexibility in the overall footprint of development.  Depending upon the type of street and types of intersecting streets, the regulations for land use and building type requirements are adjusted to ensure that a minimum level of urban design and architectural sensitivity is provided throughout Innovation Mile.  Additional information relating to the Street Hierarchy Plan and the types of streets may be found in the adopted Innovation Mile Master Plan document.  This includes cross-sections for all the street types and block layout information.  Figure 3: Street Hierarchy Plan 
  • C. Summary of Street Type Requirements:                                                                                                                                             The following is a summary of Street Type Requirements for typical details.  

     Table 8.I.3.C Summary Table of Street Type Requirements 
    Requirement  Street Type A - East 141st St Core Area  Street Type B - East 141st St Non-Core Area  Street Type C - East 141st St Old Alignment Street Type D - Typical Commercial Street   Street Type E - Typical Service Road Street Type F - Special Boulevard  Street Type G - Special Shared Street Street Type H - Potential Alley  
    Typical Classification Principal Arterial Minor Arterial CollectorLocalTBDTBDTBDAlley
    Typical Right-of-Way (ROW) 110' (from property line to property line)110' (from property line to property line)60' (from property line to property line)70' (from property line to property line)70' (from property line to property line)156' (from property line to property line)40' (from property line to property line)22' (from property line to property line)
    Median (Landscaping and Vegetation)18' wide, 1' high above finished road surface, 2% slope from centerline towards gutter12' wide, 1' high above finished road surface, 2% slope from centerline towards gutterN/AN/AN/A48' including multi-use and pedestrian only lanes, landscaping, and vegetationN/AN/A
    Travel Lane (Two-Way Street) 1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-15' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-15' wide, 2% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane, 1.5% slope from centerline towards gutters on both sides of the street
    Parking Lane (On-Street)1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/AN/A
    Bike Facilities (Location Varies) 1 lane in each direction, 5' wide, 3' wide raised buffer from parking lane, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 5' wide, 3' wide raised buffer from parking lane, 2% slope towards gutter5' wide within multi-use trail N/AN/AShared bike lanes within 10' wide multi-use lane in the median and within 15' wide public space on both sides of the streetShared bike lanes and pedestrian 12' multi-use trail, 1.5% slope towards both sides of the trail, varied width landscape and vegetation buffer between trail and property lineShared bike and vehicular
    Sidewalk Facilities (Location Varies) 16' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from bike lane, 1.5% slope towards gutter6' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from bike lane, 1.5% slope towards gutter5' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter, 5' buffer from property line10' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter6' wide, 14' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter5' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 8' tree and landscaping buffer from public space, 1.5% slope towards gutter N/AN/A
     Lighting Two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingPedestrian scaled lighting utilized on edges to provide lighting to common areas, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingN/A
    Pedestrian Amenities  Landscaping, two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, street light posts within tree lawn, street treesLandscaping, two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees, 12' multi-use trail on the south sideTwo directional street lighting towards the sidewalk and road, light posts within  tree lawn, street trees, 12' mixed use trail on the south side, 5' buffer from property lineLight posts within tree lawn, street trees Single direction street lighting towards road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees Two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees, 15' public spaceShared bike lanes and pedestrian 12' wide multi-use trail, 1.5% slope towards both sides of the trail, varied width landscape and vegetation buffer between trail and property lineN/A
    Loading and Service Not allowed Not allowedNot allowedNot allowedAllowedNot allowedNot allowedAllowed
     Table 8.I.3.C Summary Table of Street Type Requirements 
    Requirement  Street Type A - East 141st St Core Area  Street Type B - East 141st St Non-Core Area  Street Type C - East 141st St Old Alignment Street Type D - Typical Commercial Street   Street Type E - Typical Service Road Street Type F - Special Boulevard  Street Type G - Special Shared Street Street Type H - Potential Alley  
    Typical Classification Principal Arterial Minor Arterial CollectorLocalTBDTBDTBDAlley
    Typical Right-of-Way (ROW) 110' (from property line to property line)110' (from property line to property line)60' (from property line to property line)70' (from property line to property line)70' (from property line to property line)156' (from property line to property line)40' (from property line to property line)22' (from property line to property line)
    Median (Landscaping and Vegetation)18' wide, 1' high above finished road surface, 2% slope from centerline towards gutter12' wide, 1' high above finished road surface, 2% slope from centerline towards gutterN/AN/AN/A48' including multi-use and pedestrian only lanes, landscaping, and vegetationN/AN/A
    Travel Lane (Two-Way Street) 1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-15' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-15' wide, 2% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane, 1.5% slope from centerline towards gutters on both sides of the street
    Parking Lane (On-Street)1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/AN/A
    Bike Facilities (Location Varies) 1 lane in each direction, 5' wide, 3' wide raised buffer from parking lane, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 5' wide, 3' wide raised buffer from parking lane, 2% slope towards gutter5' wide within multi-use trail N/AN/AShared bike lanes within 10' wide multi-use lane in the median and within 15' wide public space on both sides of the streetShared bike lanes and pedestrian 12' multi-use trail, 1.5% slope towards both sides of the trail, varied width landscape and vegetation buffer between trail and property lineShared bike and vehicular
    Sidewalk Facilities (Location Varies) 16' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from bike lane, 1.5% slope towards gutter6' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from bike lane, 1.5% slope towards gutter5' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter, 5' buffer from property line10' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter6' wide, 14' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter5' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 8' tree and landscaping buffer from public space, 1.5% slope towards gutter N/AN/A
     Lighting Two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingPedestrian scaled lighting utilized on edges to provide lighting to common areas, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingN/A
    Pedestrian Amenities  Landscaping, two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, street light posts within tree lawn, street treesLandscaping, two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees, 12' multi-use trail on the south sideTwo directional street lighting towards the sidewalk and road, light posts within  tree lawn, street trees, 12' mixed use trail on the south side, 5' buffer from property lineLight posts within tree lawn, street trees Single direction street lighting towards road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees Two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees, 15' public spaceShared bike lanes and pedestrian 12' wide multi-use trail, 1.5% slope towards both sides of the trail, varied width landscape and vegetation buffer between trail and property lineN/A
    Loading and Service Not allowed Not allowedNot allowedNot allowedAllowedNot allowedNot allowedAllowed
     Table 8.I.3.C Summary Table of Street Type Requirements 
    Requirement  Street Type A - East 141st St Core Area  Street Type B - East 141st St Non-Core Area  Street Type C - East 141st St Old Alignment Street Type D - Typical Commercial Street   Street Type E - Typical Service Road Street Type F - Special Boulevard  Street Type G - Special Shared Street Street Type H - Potential Alley  
    Typical Classification Principal Arterial Minor Arterial CollectorLocalTBDTBDTBDAlley
    Typical Right-of-Way (ROW) 110' (from property line to property line)110' (from property line to property line)60' (from property line to property line)70' (from property line to property line)70' (from property line to property line)156' (from property line to property line)40' (from property line to property line)22' (from property line to property line)
    Median (Landscaping and Vegetation)18' wide, 1' high above finished road surface, 2% slope from centerline towards gutter12' wide, 1' high above finished road surface, 2% slope from centerline towards gutterN/AN/AN/A48' including multi-use and pedestrian only lanes, landscaping, and vegetationN/AN/A
    Travel Lane (Two-Way Street) 1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-15' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-15' wide, 2% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane, 1.5% slope from centerline towards gutters on both sides of the street
    Parking Lane (On-Street)1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/AN/A
    Bike Facilities (Location Varies) 1 lane in each direction, 5' wide, 3' wide raised buffer from parking lane, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 5' wide, 3' wide raised buffer from parking lane, 2% slope towards gutter5' wide within multi-use trail N/AN/AShared bike lanes within 10' wide multi-use lane in the median and within 15' wide public space on both sides of the streetShared bike lanes and pedestrian 12' multi-use trail, 1.5% slope towards both sides of the trail, varied width landscape and vegetation buffer between trail and property lineShared bike and vehicular
    Sidewalk Facilities (Location Varies) 16' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from bike lane, 1.5% slope towards gutter6' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from bike lane, 1.5% slope towards gutter5' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter, 5' buffer from property line10' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter6' wide, 14' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter5' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 8' tree and landscaping buffer from public space, 1.5% slope towards gutter N/AN/A
     Lighting Two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingPedestrian scaled lighting utilized on edges to provide lighting to common areas, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingN/A
    Pedestrian Amenities  Landscaping, two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, street light posts within tree lawn, street treesLandscaping, two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees, 12' multi-use trail on the south sideTwo directional street lighting towards the sidewalk and road, light posts within  tree lawn, street trees, 12' mixed use trail on the south side, 5' buffer from property lineLight posts within tree lawn, street trees Single direction street lighting towards road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees Two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees, 15' public spaceShared bike lanes and pedestrian 12' wide multi-use trail, 1.5% slope towards both sides of the trail, varied width landscape and vegetation buffer between trail and property lineN/A
    Loading and Service Not allowed Not allowedNot allowedNot allowedAllowedNot allowedNot allowedAllowed
     Table 8.I.3.C Summary Table of Street Type Requirements 
    Requirement  Street Type A - East 141st St Core Area  Street Type B - East 141st St Non-Core Area  Street Type C - East 141st St Old Alignment Street Type D - Typical Commercial Street   Street Type E - Typical Service Road Street Type F - Special Boulevard  Street Type G - Special Shared Street Street Type H - Potential Alley  
    Typical Classification Principal Arterial Minor Arterial CollectorLocalTBDTBDTBDAlley
    Typical Right-of-Way (ROW) 110' (from property line to property line)110' (from property line to property line)60' (from property line to property line)70' (from property line to property line)70' (from property line to property line)156' (from property line to property line)40' (from property line to property line)22' (from property line to property line)
    Median (Landscaping and Vegetation)18' wide, 1' high above finished road surface, 2% slope from centerline towards gutter12' wide, 1' high above finished road surface, 2% slope from centerline towards gutterN/AN/AN/A48' including multi-use and pedestrian only lanes, landscaping, and vegetationN/AN/A
    Travel Lane (Two-Way Street) 1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-12' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-15' wide, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 11'-15' wide, 2% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane, 1.5% slope from centerline towards gutters on both sides of the street
    Parking Lane (On-Street)1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/A1 lane in each direction, 8' wide, 3% slope towards gutterN/AN/A
    Bike Facilities (Location Varies) 1 lane in each direction, 5' wide, 3' wide raised buffer from parking lane, 2% slope towards gutter1 lane in each direction, 5' wide, 3' wide raised buffer from parking lane, 2% slope towards gutter5' wide within multi-use trail N/AN/AShared bike lanes within 10' wide multi-use lane in the median and within 15' wide public space on both sides of the streetShared bike lanes and pedestrian 12' multi-use trail, 1.5% slope towards both sides of the trail, varied width landscape and vegetation buffer between trail and property lineShared bike and vehicular
    Sidewalk Facilities (Location Varies) 16' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from bike lane, 1.5% slope towards gutter6' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from bike lane, 1.5% slope towards gutter5' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter, 5' buffer from property line10' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter6' wide, 14' tree zone buffer from road, 1.5% slope towards gutter5' wide, 8' tree zone buffer from road, 8' tree and landscaping buffer from public space, 1.5% slope towards gutter N/AN/A
     Lighting Two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingTwo directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingPedestrian scaled lighting utilized on edges to provide lighting to common areas, zero cutoff, no sodium halide lightingN/A
    Pedestrian Amenities  Landscaping, two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, street light posts within tree lawn, street treesLandscaping, two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees, 12' multi-use trail on the south sideTwo directional street lighting towards the sidewalk and road, light posts within  tree lawn, street trees, 12' mixed use trail on the south side, 5' buffer from property lineLight posts within tree lawn, street trees Single direction street lighting towards road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees Two directional street lighting towards sidewalk and road, light posts within tree lawn, street trees, 15' public spaceShared bike lanes and pedestrian 12' wide multi-use trail, 1.5% slope towards both sides of the trail, varied width landscape and vegetation buffer between trail and property lineN/A
    Loading and Service Not allowed Not allowedNot allowedNot allowedAllowedNot allowedNot allowedAllowed

    Effective on: 7/9/2024

    Section 4. General Regulations

  • A.
    Land Use Character Districts:                                                                                                                                                           The City of Noblesville hereby creates a set of land use character districts that represent physical character areas within the IMD zoning district.   
  • B.
    Summary of Land Use Character District Requirements:                                                                                                    The following is a summary of Building Type requirements for typical details:                                                                          
    Table 8.I.4.B Summary Table of Land Use Character District Requirements           
    Requirement  Campus Type 1 Uses (C1) - Innovation CoreCampus Type 2 Uses (C2) - Innovation Gateway Campus Type 3 Uses (C3) - Innovation I-69Residential Type 1 Uses (R1) - Mixed Use Residential Residential Type 2 Uses (R2) - Multi-Family Residential  Light Industrial / Manufacturing Uses (LIM) Community / Institutional Uses (CI) 
    Height (Stories/Feet)Minimum of 3 stories and 44' and maximum of 5 stories and 68'Minimum of 2 stories and 32' and maximum of 5 stories and 68' Minimum of 1 story and 24' and maximum of 3 stories and 44' Minimum of 3 stories and 44' and maximum of 5 stories and 68' Minimum of 2 stories and 32' and maximum of 4 stories and 56' No minimum and maximum of 4 stories and 56' No minimum  and maximum of 5 stories and 68' 
    Primary Street Build-to-Line (Feet from the Property Lines) Zero Lot Line / 0' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots / structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors.0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots / structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. 20' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 20' for surface parking lots and 20' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets. Zero Lot Line / 0' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots on ground floors and structured parking garages upper floors. 30' to 130' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots 30' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots and 30' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets.Not applicable  
    Secondary Street Build-to-Line (Feet from the Property Lines) 0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages.10' to 20' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. 20' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 20' for surface parking lots and 20' for the first 80' of Primary Street building facades. 0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. Maximum of 30' for building facades. 30' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots and 30' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets  Maximum of 50' for building facades and minimum of 50' for surface parking lots  
    Upper Floor Setbacks (Feet)  Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade. Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 50' from the ground floor building façade, if provided.Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 50' from the ground floor building façade, if provided.Not applicable 
    Finished Ground Floor Level  Maximum of 6" above the adjacent grade.Maximum of 6" above the adjacent gradeMaximum of 6" above the adjacent grade for active commercial uses and maximum of 6’ above the adjacent grade for other usesMaximum of 6" above the adjacent grade Maximum of 3' above the adjacent gradeMaximum of 6" above the adjacent gradeNot applicable
    Table 8.I.4.B Summary Table of Land Use Character District Requirements           
    Requirement  Campus Type 1 Uses (C1) - Innovation CoreCampus Type 2 Uses (C2) - Innovation Gateway Campus Type 3 Uses (C3) - Innovation I-69Residential Type 1 Uses (R1) - Mixed Use Residential Residential Type 2 Uses (R2) - Multi-Family Residential  Light Industrial / Manufacturing Uses (LIM) Community / Institutional Uses (CI) 
    Height (Stories/Feet)Minimum of 3 stories and 44' and maximum of 5 stories and 68'Minimum of 2 stories and 32' and maximum of 5 stories and 68' Minimum of 1 story and 24' and maximum of 3 stories and 44' Minimum of 3 stories and 44' and maximum of 5 stories and 68' Minimum of 2 stories and 32' and maximum of 4 stories and 56' No minimum and maximum of 4 stories and 56' No minimum  and maximum of 5 stories and 68' 
    Primary Street Build-to-Line (Feet from the Property Lines) Zero Lot Line / 0' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots / structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors.0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots / structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. 20' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 20' for surface parking lots and 20' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets. Zero Lot Line / 0' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots on ground floors and structured parking garages upper floors. 30' to 130' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots 30' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots and 30' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets.Not applicable  
    Secondary Street Build-to-Line (Feet from the Property Lines) 0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages.10' to 20' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. 20' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 20' for surface parking lots and 20' for the first 80' of Primary Street building facades. 0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. Maximum of 30' for building facades. 30' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots and 30' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets  Maximum of 50' for building facades and minimum of 50' for surface parking lots  
    Upper Floor Setbacks (Feet)  Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade. Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 50' from the ground floor building façade, if provided.Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 50' from the ground floor building façade, if provided.Not applicable 
    Finished Ground Floor Level  Maximum of 6" above the adjacent grade.Maximum of 6" above the adjacent gradeMaximum of 6" above the adjacent grade for active commercial uses and maximum of 6’ above the adjacent grade for other usesMaximum of 6" above the adjacent grade Maximum of 3' above the adjacent gradeMaximum of 6" above the adjacent gradeNot applicable
    Table 8.I.4.B Summary Table of Land Use Character District Requirements           
    Requirement  Campus Type 1 Uses (C1) - Innovation CoreCampus Type 2 Uses (C2) - Innovation Gateway Campus Type 3 Uses (C3) - Innovation I-69Residential Type 1 Uses (R1) - Mixed Use Residential Residential Type 2 Uses (R2) - Multi-Family Residential  Light Industrial / Manufacturing Uses (LIM) Community / Institutional Uses (CI) 
    Height (Stories/Feet)Minimum of 3 stories and 44' and maximum of 5 stories and 68'Minimum of 2 stories and 32' and maximum of 5 stories and 68' Minimum of 1 story and 24' and maximum of 3 stories and 44' Minimum of 3 stories and 44' and maximum of 5 stories and 68' Minimum of 2 stories and 32' and maximum of 4 stories and 56' No minimum and maximum of 4 stories and 56' No minimum  and maximum of 5 stories and 68' 
    Primary Street Build-to-Line (Feet from the Property Lines) Zero Lot Line / 0' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots / structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors.0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots / structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. 20' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 20' for surface parking lots and 20' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets. Zero Lot Line / 0' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots on ground floors and structured parking garages upper floors. 30' to 130' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots 30' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots and 30' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets.Not applicable  
    Secondary Street Build-to-Line (Feet from the Property Lines) 0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages.10' to 20' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. 20' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 20' for surface parking lots and 20' for the first 80' of Primary Street building facades. 0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. Maximum of 30' for building facades. 30' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots and 30' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets  Maximum of 50' for building facades and minimum of 50' for surface parking lots  
    Upper Floor Setbacks (Feet)  Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade. Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 50' from the ground floor building façade, if provided.Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 50' from the ground floor building façade, if provided.Not applicable 
    Finished Ground Floor Level  Maximum of 6" above the adjacent grade.Maximum of 6" above the adjacent gradeMaximum of 6" above the adjacent grade for active commercial uses and maximum of 6’ above the adjacent grade for other usesMaximum of 6" above the adjacent grade Maximum of 3' above the adjacent gradeMaximum of 6" above the adjacent gradeNot applicable
    Table 8.I.4.B Summary Table of Land Use Character District Requirements           
    Requirement  Campus Type 1 Uses (C1) - Innovation CoreCampus Type 2 Uses (C2) - Innovation Gateway Campus Type 3 Uses (C3) - Innovation I-69Residential Type 1 Uses (R1) - Mixed Use Residential Residential Type 2 Uses (R2) - Multi-Family Residential  Light Industrial / Manufacturing Uses (LIM) Community / Institutional Uses (CI) 
    Height (Stories/Feet)Minimum of 3 stories and 44' and maximum of 5 stories and 68'Minimum of 2 stories and 32' and maximum of 5 stories and 68' Minimum of 1 story and 24' and maximum of 3 stories and 44' Minimum of 3 stories and 44' and maximum of 5 stories and 68' Minimum of 2 stories and 32' and maximum of 4 stories and 56' No minimum and maximum of 4 stories and 56' No minimum  and maximum of 5 stories and 68' 
    Primary Street Build-to-Line (Feet from the Property Lines) Zero Lot Line / 0' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots / structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors.0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots / structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. 20' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 20' for surface parking lots and 20' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets. Zero Lot Line / 0' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots on ground floors and structured parking garages upper floors. 30' to 130' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots 30' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots and 30' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets.Not applicable  
    Secondary Street Build-to-Line (Feet from the Property Lines) 0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages.10' to 20' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. 20' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 20' for surface parking lots and 20' for the first 80' of Primary Street building facades. 0' to 10' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots /structured parking garages on both ground and upper floors. Maximum of 30' for building facades. 30' to 200' for building facades and minimum of 30' for surface parking lots and 30' for the first 80' of building facades on Primary Streets  Maximum of 50' for building facades and minimum of 50' for surface parking lots  
    Upper Floor Setbacks (Feet)  Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade. Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 50' from the ground floor building façade, if provided.Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 30' from the ground floor building façade.Maximum of 50' from the ground floor building façade, if provided.Not applicable 
    Finished Ground Floor Level  Maximum of 6" above the adjacent grade.Maximum of 6" above the adjacent gradeMaximum of 6" above the adjacent grade for active commercial uses and maximum of 6’ above the adjacent grade for other usesMaximum of 6" above the adjacent grade Maximum of 3' above the adjacent gradeMaximum of 6" above the adjacent gradeNot applicable
  • Effective on: 7/9/2024

    Section 5. Building Type Standards

  • A.
    Building Types:                                                                                                                                                                                         The City of Noblesville hereby creates a set of building typologies.  The term building typology is referred to as the categorization of a development project according to similar building form, use, and functional characteristics. Typically, building typologies become established within a community over time and based on the fabric of urban development that is established in a particular context.  The building typologies identified here share some of those similarities; however, unique building typologies have been provided based on the aspirations of the City and the necessity to provide more unique typologies that will build the character of Innovation Mile.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Additionally, the building typologies will provide the City with a set of more detailed criteria for each development project that will ensure that each new building within the area aspires to a higher-level and quality of architectural character and design that will meet the goals of the district.  These design criteria will define more nuanced details of the buildings including typical floor plate widths, floor-to-floor heights, façade articulation, projections, transparencies, materiality, and landscaping and lighting.  Furthermore, the building typologies will provide the developers with a visual example of character and typical massing that will be considered during planning review.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Building Types applicable to Innovation Mile include:                                                                                                                 - Innovation / Headquarters Building (IH)                                                                                                                                        - Mixed-Use Office Building (MO)                                                                                                                                                        - Shared Innovation / Flexible Building (IF)                                                                                                                                    - Office Building (OF)                                                                                                                                                                               - Mixed-Use Residential (MR)                                                                                                                                                               - Residential Apartment Building (RA)                                                                                                                                               - Residential Townhome Building (RT)                                                                                                                                             - Flexible / Manufacturing Building (FM)                                                                                                                                         - Warehouse / Distribution Building (WD) 
  • B.
    Summary of Building Type Requirements:                                                                                                                                The following is a summary of Building Type requirements for typical details:                                                            
  • Table 8.I.5.B Summary Table of Building Type Requirements           
    Requirement  Innovation / Headquarters Building (IH)Mixed-Use Office Building (MO) Shared Innovation / Flexible Building (IF) Standard Office Building (OF) Mixed-Use Residential Building (MR)  Residential Apartment Building (RA)Residential Townhome Building (RT)  Flexible / Manufacturing Building (FM)

     Warehouse /

    Distribution Building (WD)

    Typical Floorplate Dimension180' to 200' typical width80' to 100' typical width 140' to 180' typical width 80' to 100' typical width 70' to 80' typical width 70' to 80' typical width 40' to 50' typical width 200' to 350' typical width 200' to 400' typical width 
    Floor Heights (Floor-to-Floor)20' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 15'-20' ground floor, and 10'-14' upper floor15' ground floor, and 12'-14' upper floor  15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 12'-15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 20'-35' ground floor, and 12'-15' upper floors (if applicable)  20'-35' ground floor, and 12'-15' upper floors (if applicable) 
    Building Façade ArticulationMust include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades.Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all  Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks between individual units that include entrances. Must include vertical plane breaks on  Primary Street building facades and facades that are visible from I-69.Must include vertical plane breaks on  Primary Street  building facades. 
    Building Façade Projections or Encroachments Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required.Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, balconies for units and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, balconies for units, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies and coverings required; balconies for units allowed Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers  required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, and window louvers  required. 
    Building Façade Transparency  Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades. Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street ground floor building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street ground floor building facades, no requirements on upper floors.Minimum of 30% on Primary Street ground floor building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street ground floor  building facades, no requirements on upper floors.  No requirements Minimum of 10% on building facades on Primary Streets, Secondary Streets, and non-motorized paths. Minimum of 10% on building facades on Primary Streets, Secondary Streets, and non-motorized paths. 
    Building Façade Materiality High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets.. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Secondary Street building facades. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Secondary Street building facades. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street building facades and facades that are visible from I-69. Low reflectivity materials are required.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street building facades. Low reflectivity materials are required 
    Building Façade Lighting Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and facades that are visible from I-69 Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys 
    Exterior Lighting  Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys  Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary StreetsRequired on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary Streets Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary Streets Required on all Secondary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Secondary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and facades that are visible from I-69Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys 
    Landscaping  Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building.Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building.Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all  Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all  Primary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. 
    Exterior Public Spaces and Courtyards  Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Secondary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts. No requirements Required at the intersections of Primary Streets and facades that are visible from I-69Required at the intersections of Primary Streets
    Table 8.I.5.B Summary Table of Building Type Requirements           
    Requirement  Innovation / Headquarters Building (IH)Mixed-Use Office Building (MO) Shared Innovation / Flexible Building (IF) Standard Office Building (OF) Mixed-Use Residential Building (MR)  Residential Apartment Building (RA)Residential Townhome Building (RT)  Flexible / Manufacturing Building (FM)

     Warehouse /

    Distribution Building (WD)

    Typical Floorplate Dimension180' to 200' typical width80' to 100' typical width 140' to 180' typical width 80' to 100' typical width 70' to 80' typical width 70' to 80' typical width 40' to 50' typical width 200' to 350' typical width 200' to 400' typical width 
    Floor Heights (Floor-to-Floor)20' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 15'-20' ground floor, and 10'-14' upper floor15' ground floor, and 12'-14' upper floor  15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 12'-15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 20'-35' ground floor, and 12'-15' upper floors (if applicable)  20'-35' ground floor, and 12'-15' upper floors (if applicable) 
    Building Façade ArticulationMust include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades.Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all  Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks between individual units that include entrances. Must include vertical plane breaks on  Primary Street building facades and facades that are visible from I-69.Must include vertical plane breaks on  Primary Street  building facades. 
    Building Façade Projections or Encroachments Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required.Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, balconies for units and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, balconies for units, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies and coverings required; balconies for units allowed Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers  required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, and window louvers  required. 
    Building Façade Transparency  Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades. Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street ground floor building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street ground floor building facades, no requirements on upper floors.Minimum of 30% on Primary Street ground floor building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street ground floor  building facades, no requirements on upper floors.  No requirements Minimum of 10% on building facades on Primary Streets, Secondary Streets, and non-motorized paths. Minimum of 10% on building facades on Primary Streets, Secondary Streets, and non-motorized paths. 
    Building Façade Materiality High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets.. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Secondary Street building facades. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Secondary Street building facades. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street building facades and facades that are visible from I-69. Low reflectivity materials are required.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street building facades. Low reflectivity materials are required 
    Building Façade Lighting Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and facades that are visible from I-69 Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys 
    Exterior Lighting  Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys  Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary StreetsRequired on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary Streets Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary Streets Required on all Secondary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Secondary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and facades that are visible from I-69Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys 
    Landscaping  Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building.Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building.Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all  Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all  Primary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. 
    Exterior Public Spaces and Courtyards  Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Secondary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts. No requirements Required at the intersections of Primary Streets and facades that are visible from I-69Required at the intersections of Primary Streets
    Table 8.I.5.B Summary Table of Building Type Requirements           
    Requirement  Innovation / Headquarters Building (IH)Mixed-Use Office Building (MO) Shared Innovation / Flexible Building (IF) Standard Office Building (OF) Mixed-Use Residential Building (MR)  Residential Apartment Building (RA)Residential Townhome Building (RT)  Flexible / Manufacturing Building (FM)

     Warehouse /

    Distribution Building (WD)

    Typical Floorplate Dimension180' to 200' typical width80' to 100' typical width 140' to 180' typical width 80' to 100' typical width 70' to 80' typical width 70' to 80' typical width 40' to 50' typical width 200' to 350' typical width 200' to 400' typical width 
    Floor Heights (Floor-to-Floor)20' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 15'-20' ground floor, and 10'-14' upper floor15' ground floor, and 12'-14' upper floor  15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 12'-15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 20'-35' ground floor, and 12'-15' upper floors (if applicable)  20'-35' ground floor, and 12'-15' upper floors (if applicable) 
    Building Façade ArticulationMust include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades.Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all  Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks between individual units that include entrances. Must include vertical plane breaks on  Primary Street building facades and facades that are visible from I-69.Must include vertical plane breaks on  Primary Street  building facades. 
    Building Façade Projections or Encroachments Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required.Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, balconies for units and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, balconies for units, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies and coverings required; balconies for units allowed Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers  required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, and window louvers  required. 
    Building Façade Transparency  Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades. Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street ground floor building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street ground floor building facades, no requirements on upper floors.Minimum of 30% on Primary Street ground floor building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street ground floor  building facades, no requirements on upper floors.  No requirements Minimum of 10% on building facades on Primary Streets, Secondary Streets, and non-motorized paths. Minimum of 10% on building facades on Primary Streets, Secondary Streets, and non-motorized paths. 
    Building Façade Materiality High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets.. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Secondary Street building facades. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Secondary Street building facades. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street building facades and facades that are visible from I-69. Low reflectivity materials are required.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street building facades. Low reflectivity materials are required 
    Building Façade Lighting Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and facades that are visible from I-69 Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys 
    Exterior Lighting  Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys  Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary StreetsRequired on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary Streets Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary Streets Required on all Secondary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Secondary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and facades that are visible from I-69Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys 
    Landscaping  Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building.Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building.Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all  Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all  Primary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. 
    Exterior Public Spaces and Courtyards  Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Secondary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts. No requirements Required at the intersections of Primary Streets and facades that are visible from I-69Required at the intersections of Primary Streets
    Table 8.I.5.B Summary Table of Building Type Requirements           
    Requirement  Innovation / Headquarters Building (IH)Mixed-Use Office Building (MO) Shared Innovation / Flexible Building (IF) Standard Office Building (OF) Mixed-Use Residential Building (MR)  Residential Apartment Building (RA)Residential Townhome Building (RT)  Flexible / Manufacturing Building (FM)

     Warehouse /

    Distribution Building (WD)

    Typical Floorplate Dimension180' to 200' typical width80' to 100' typical width 140' to 180' typical width 80' to 100' typical width 70' to 80' typical width 70' to 80' typical width 40' to 50' typical width 200' to 350' typical width 200' to 400' typical width 
    Floor Heights (Floor-to-Floor)20' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 15'-20' ground floor, and 10'-14' upper floor15' ground floor, and 12'-14' upper floor  15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 12'-15' ground floor, and 10'-12' upper floor 20'-35' ground floor, and 12'-15' upper floors (if applicable)  20'-35' ground floor, and 12'-15' upper floors (if applicable) 
    Building Façade ArticulationMust include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades.Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks on all  Secondary Street building facades. Must include vertical plane breaks between individual units that include entrances. Must include vertical plane breaks on  Primary Street building facades and facades that are visible from I-69.Must include vertical plane breaks on  Primary Street  building facades. 
    Building Façade Projections or Encroachments Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required.Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, balconies for units and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers, balconies for units, and upper floor outdoor space coverings required. Entrance canopies and coverings required; balconies for units allowed Entrance canopies, light shelves, window louvers  required. Entrance canopies, light shelves, and window louvers  required. 
    Building Façade Transparency  Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades. Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street building facades.Minimum of 50% on Primary Street ground floor building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street ground floor building facades, no requirements on upper floors.Minimum of 30% on Primary Street ground floor building facades and minimum of 30% on Secondary Street ground floor  building facades, no requirements on upper floors.  No requirements Minimum of 10% on building facades on Primary Streets, Secondary Streets, and non-motorized paths. Minimum of 10% on building facades on Primary Streets, Secondary Streets, and non-motorized paths. 
    Building Façade Materiality High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street and Secondary Street building facades.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets.. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Streets and flexibility on Secondary Streets.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Secondary Street building facades. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Secondary Street building facades. High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street building facades and facades that are visible from I-69. Low reflectivity materials are required.High-quality glass, metals, concrete, masonry, stone, and wood on all Primary Street building facades. Low reflectivity materials are required 
    Building Façade Lighting Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and facades that are visible from I-69 Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys 
    Exterior Lighting  Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys  Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary StreetsRequired on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary Streets Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and flexibility on Secondary Streets Required on all Secondary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Secondary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys Required on all Primary Street building facades, adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys, and facades that are visible from I-69Required on all Primary Street building facades, and adjacent to any non-motorized streets and potential alleys 
    Landscaping  Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building.Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building.Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street and Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all  Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Secondary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all  Primary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. Required in front of all Primary Street Build-to-lines. Shall include a mix of trees and shrubs that comply with the size requirements of Article 12 to visually ground the building. 
    Exterior Public Spaces and Courtyards  Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Primary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts.Required on all Secondary Street building facades; adjacent to any non-motorized streets and any potential alleys; and adjacent to any Public Space character districts. No requirements Required at the intersections of Primary Streets and facades that are visible from I-69Required at the intersections of Primary Streets
    1. C.
      Building Type Requirements:                                                                                                                                                            Requirements for building types are below.  They are grouped based upon the subdistrict the building type is permitted within.  A map of the areas is shown above the building type.                                                                              
      1. 1.
        Innovation/Headquarters (IH) Building Type
        1. a.
          Intention                                                                                                                                                                                      The Innovation/Headquarters (IH) Building Type is one of the critical building types for Innovation Mile. This building type typically includes a singular tenant located on upper floors with ground floor commercial, retail, and common, creative, or collaborative spaces.              
        2. b.
          Allowable land use character districts                                                                                                                          These building types are allowed within Campus Type 1, 2, and 3 Character Districts.
      2. 2.
        Mixed-Use Office (MO) Building Type
        1. a.
          Intention                                                                                                                                                                                      The Mixed-Use Office (MO) Building Type is one of the critical building types for Innovation Mile. This building type typically includes multiple tenants located on uppers floors with ground floor commercial, retail, and common spaces.               
        2. b.
          Allowable land use character districts                                                                                                                          These building types are allowed within Campus Type 1, 2, and 3 Character Districts.                                                      
      3. 3.
        Innovation/Flexible (IF) Building Type
        1. a.
          Intention                                                                                                                                                                                      The Innovation/Flexible (IF) Building Type is a supportive building type for Innovation Mile that provides greater flexibility on the ground floor. This building type typically includes multiple tenants located on upper floors with ground floor common spaces, creative, collaborative, or parking uses.           
        2. b.
          Allowable land use character districts                                                                                                                          These building types are allowed within Campus Type 2 and 3 Character Districts.
      4. 4.
        Standard Office Building (SO) Building Type
        1. a.
          Intention                                                                                                                                                                                      The Standard Office (SO) Building Type is a supportive building type for Innovation Mile that provides greater flexibility on the ground floor. This building type typically includes multiple tenants located on upper floors with ground floor office, common spaces, or parking uses.              
        2. b.
          Allowable land use character districts                                                                                                                          These building types are allowed within Campus Type 2 and 3 Districts.                                                                             
      5. 5.
        Mixed-Use Residential (MR) Building Type
        1. a.
          Intention                                                                                                                                                                                      The Mixed-Use Residential (MR) Building Type is a supportive building type for Innovation Mile that provides increased living options and fosters more of a 24/7 life within the district. This building type typically includes single tenant buildings with limited uses on ground and upper floors (if applicable).    
        2. b.
          Allowable land use character districts                                                                                                                          These building types are allowed within Residential Type 1 Character Districts.                                                                  
      6. 6.
        Residential Apartment (RA) Building Type
        1. a.
          Intention                                                                                                                                                                                      The Residential Apartment (RA) Building Type is a supportive building type for Innovation Mile that provides increased living options and fosters more of a neighborhood feel along 141st Street. This building type typically includes multiple residential located on uppers floors with ground floor common spaces.              
        2. b.
          Allowable land use character districts                                                                                                                          These building types are allowed within Residential Type 2 Character Districts.
      7. 7.
        Residential Townhome (RT) Building Type
        1. a.
          Intention                                                                                                                                                                                      The Residential Townhome (RT) Building Type is a supportive building type for Innovation Mile that provides increased living options and more diversity of neighborhood feel along 141st Street. This building type typically includes residential and rear parking located on ground and units on uppers floors.          
        2. b.
          Allowable land use character districts                                                                                                                          These building types are allowed within Residential Type 2 Character Districts.                                                                       
      8. 8.
        Flexible Manufacturing (FM) Building Type
        1. a.
          Intention                                                                                                                                                                                      The Flexible Manufacturing (FM) Building Type is a supportive building type for Innovation Mile that provides increased flexibility in uses for areas along I-69 and east of the Mud Creek area. This building type typically includes single tenant buildings with with a variety of uses on ground and upper floors (if applicable).              
        2. b.
          Allowable land use character districts                                                                                                                          These building types are allowed within Campus Type 3 and Light Industrial/Manufacturing Character Districts.                                                                                                                                                                                         
      9. 9.
        Warehouse/Distribution (WD) Building Type
        1. a.
          Intention                                                                                                                                                                                      The Warehouse/Distribution (WD) Building Type is a supportive building type for Innovation Mile that provides increased flexibility in uses east of the Mud Creek area. This building type typically includes single tenant buildings with limited uses on ground and upper floors (if applicable).              
        2. b.
          Allowable land use character districts                                                                                                                          These building types are allowed within Light Industrial/Manufacturing Character Districts.

     

    Effective on: 7/9/2024

    Section 6. Parking/Loading

  • A.
    The following parking and loading requirements shall apply within the IMD. All calculations shall be made using gross floor area (GFA). For those uses not listed in the Schedule of IMD-Street Parking and Loading Requirement, refer to Article 10 of the Unified Development Ordinance.
  • Table 8.I.6.A Parking and Loading Requirements    
     Use Type (IMD) Sub-CategoryRequired Parking Spaces Required Loading Spaces 

     

     

    Residential Uses

     Single Family Attached Dwellings

    <2000 SF: 1/DU

    2,000 to 3,000 SF: 2/DU 

    >3,000 SF: 3/DU

     N/A
     Multi-Family Dwellings - RENTAL

    1/DU for efficiency units 

    1.5/DU for the first bedroom + 0.25 spaces per each additional bedroom 

     N/A
     Multi-Family Dwellings - OWNED1/DU for efficiency units 

    1.75/DU for the first bedroom + 0.25 spaces per each additional bedroom

     N/A
     Other Residential  To be determined by the City. To be determined by the City.

     

    Office and Institutional Uses

     Office Uses  3 per 1,000 SF 1 per building  
     Other Institutional Uses  3 per 1,000 SF To be determined by the City.
     Other Office Uses  To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.

     

    Educational Uses

     Education Uses  3 per 1,000 SF1 per building 
     Other Educational UsesTo be determined by the City. To be determined by the City.
    Cultural / Entertainment Uses - To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.

     

     

    Commercial Uses


     Commercial Lodgings 

    1.25 per sleeping room or unit plus 10 per 1,000 SF restaurant, lounge, plus the following for meeting/banquet space:

    if sleeping room is less than 20 SF - none 

    if sleeping room is 20 SF to 50 SF - 30 per 1,000 SF 

    if sleeping room is over 50 SF - 20 per 1,000 SF  

    1 per building when banquet/meeting space or restaurant is provided
     Fine/Casual Dining (with bar) 20 per 1,000 SFTo be determined by the City.
     Family Restaurant15 per 1,000 SF To be determined by the City.
     Fast Food15 per 1,000 SFTo be determined by the City.
    Commercial Uses4 per 1,000 SF  1 per user  

     

    Industrial Uses

    Manufacturing/Assembly/Production Uses2 per 1,000 SF1 1 per 15,000 SF1
    Distribution Uses 1 per 1,000 SF11 per 15,000 SF1
    Storage Uses1 per 1,000 SF1 1 per 40,000 SF1
    Other Uses  -To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.
     1 In cases where buildings exceed 50,000-SF, the overall required parking spaces and loading spaces may, on a case-by-case basis, based on the merits of the circumstances, be reduced with approval of the Planning Director.  
    Table 8.I.6.A Parking and Loading Requirements    
     Use Type (IMD) Sub-CategoryRequired Parking Spaces Required Loading Spaces 

     

     

    Residential Uses

     Single Family Attached Dwellings

    <2000 SF: 1/DU

    2,000 to 3,000 SF: 2/DU 

    >3,000 SF: 3/DU

     N/A
     Multi-Family Dwellings - RENTAL

    1/DU for efficiency units 

    1.5/DU for the first bedroom + 0.25 spaces per each additional bedroom 

     N/A
     Multi-Family Dwellings - OWNED1/DU for efficiency units 

    1.75/DU for the first bedroom + 0.25 spaces per each additional bedroom

     N/A
     Other Residential  To be determined by the City. To be determined by the City.

     

    Office and Institutional Uses

     Office Uses  3 per 1,000 SF 1 per building  
     Other Institutional Uses  3 per 1,000 SF To be determined by the City.
     Other Office Uses  To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.

     

    Educational Uses

     Education Uses  3 per 1,000 SF1 per building 
     Other Educational UsesTo be determined by the City. To be determined by the City.
    Cultural / Entertainment Uses - To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.

     

     

    Commercial Uses


     Commercial Lodgings 

    1.25 per sleeping room or unit plus 10 per 1,000 SF restaurant, lounge, plus the following for meeting/banquet space:

    if sleeping room is less than 20 SF - none 

    if sleeping room is 20 SF to 50 SF - 30 per 1,000 SF 

    if sleeping room is over 50 SF - 20 per 1,000 SF  

    1 per building when banquet/meeting space or restaurant is provided
     Fine/Casual Dining (with bar) 20 per 1,000 SFTo be determined by the City.
     Family Restaurant15 per 1,000 SF To be determined by the City.
     Fast Food15 per 1,000 SFTo be determined by the City.
    Commercial Uses4 per 1,000 SF  1 per user  

     

    Industrial Uses

    Manufacturing/Assembly/Production Uses2 per 1,000 SF1 1 per 15,000 SF1
    Distribution Uses 1 per 1,000 SF11 per 15,000 SF1
    Storage Uses1 per 1,000 SF1 1 per 40,000 SF1
    Other Uses  -To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.
     1 In cases where buildings exceed 50,000-SF, the overall required parking spaces and loading spaces may, on a case-by-case basis, based on the merits of the circumstances, be reduced with approval of the Planning Director.  
    Table 8.I.6.A Parking and Loading Requirements    
     Use Type (IMD) Sub-CategoryRequired Parking Spaces Required Loading Spaces 

     

     

    Residential Uses

     Single Family Attached Dwellings

    <2000 SF: 1/DU

    2,000 to 3,000 SF: 2/DU 

    >3,000 SF: 3/DU

     N/A
     Multi-Family Dwellings - RENTAL

    1/DU for efficiency units 

    1.5/DU for the first bedroom + 0.25 spaces per each additional bedroom 

     N/A
     Multi-Family Dwellings - OWNED1/DU for efficiency units 

    1.75/DU for the first bedroom + 0.25 spaces per each additional bedroom

     N/A
     Other Residential  To be determined by the City. To be determined by the City.

     

    Office and Institutional Uses

     Office Uses  3 per 1,000 SF 1 per building  
     Other Institutional Uses  3 per 1,000 SF To be determined by the City.
     Other Office Uses  To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.

     

    Educational Uses

     Education Uses  3 per 1,000 SF1 per building 
     Other Educational UsesTo be determined by the City. To be determined by the City.
    Cultural / Entertainment Uses - To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.

     

     

    Commercial Uses


     Commercial Lodgings 

    1.25 per sleeping room or unit plus 10 per 1,000 SF restaurant, lounge, plus the following for meeting/banquet space:

    if sleeping room is less than 20 SF - none 

    if sleeping room is 20 SF to 50 SF - 30 per 1,000 SF 

    if sleeping room is over 50 SF - 20 per 1,000 SF  

    1 per building when banquet/meeting space or restaurant is provided
     Fine/Casual Dining (with bar) 20 per 1,000 SFTo be determined by the City.
     Family Restaurant15 per 1,000 SF To be determined by the City.
     Fast Food15 per 1,000 SFTo be determined by the City.
    Commercial Uses4 per 1,000 SF  1 per user  

     

    Industrial Uses

    Manufacturing/Assembly/Production Uses2 per 1,000 SF1 1 per 15,000 SF1
    Distribution Uses 1 per 1,000 SF11 per 15,000 SF1
    Storage Uses1 per 1,000 SF1 1 per 40,000 SF1
    Other Uses  -To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.
     1 In cases where buildings exceed 50,000-SF, the overall required parking spaces and loading spaces may, on a case-by-case basis, based on the merits of the circumstances, be reduced with approval of the Planning Director.  
    Table 8.I.6.A Parking and Loading Requirements    
     Use Type (IMD) Sub-CategoryRequired Parking Spaces Required Loading Spaces 

     

     

    Residential Uses

     Single Family Attached Dwellings

    <2000 SF: 1/DU

    2,000 to 3,000 SF: 2/DU 

    >3,000 SF: 3/DU

     N/A
     Multi-Family Dwellings - RENTAL

    1/DU for efficiency units 

    1.5/DU for the first bedroom + 0.25 spaces per each additional bedroom 

     N/A
     Multi-Family Dwellings - OWNED1/DU for efficiency units 

    1.75/DU for the first bedroom + 0.25 spaces per each additional bedroom

     N/A
     Other Residential  To be determined by the City. To be determined by the City.

     

    Office and Institutional Uses

     Office Uses  3 per 1,000 SF 1 per building  
     Other Institutional Uses  3 per 1,000 SF To be determined by the City.
     Other Office Uses  To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.

     

    Educational Uses

     Education Uses  3 per 1,000 SF1 per building 
     Other Educational UsesTo be determined by the City. To be determined by the City.
    Cultural / Entertainment Uses - To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.

     

     

    Commercial Uses


     Commercial Lodgings 

    1.25 per sleeping room or unit plus 10 per 1,000 SF restaurant, lounge, plus the following for meeting/banquet space:

    if sleeping room is less than 20 SF - none 

    if sleeping room is 20 SF to 50 SF - 30 per 1,000 SF 

    if sleeping room is over 50 SF - 20 per 1,000 SF  

    1 per building when banquet/meeting space or restaurant is provided
     Fine/Casual Dining (with bar) 20 per 1,000 SFTo be determined by the City.
     Family Restaurant15 per 1,000 SF To be determined by the City.
     Fast Food15 per 1,000 SFTo be determined by the City.
    Commercial Uses4 per 1,000 SF  1 per user  

     

    Industrial Uses

    Manufacturing/Assembly/Production Uses2 per 1,000 SF1 1 per 15,000 SF1
    Distribution Uses 1 per 1,000 SF11 per 15,000 SF1
    Storage Uses1 per 1,000 SF1 1 per 40,000 SF1
    Other Uses  -To be determined by the City.To be determined by the City.
     1 In cases where buildings exceed 50,000-SF, the overall required parking spaces and loading spaces may, on a case-by-case basis, based on the merits of the circumstances, be reduced with approval of the Planning Director.  
    1. B.
      Parking/Loading Setback Requirements
      1. 1.
        Setbacks along streets are contained within Table 8.I.4.B - Summary of Land Use Character Requirements. 
      2. 2.
        Side and Rear Setbacks. Parking, loading, and vehicular use areas shall be setback a minimum of 12 feet from any rear or side lot line.  
      3. 3.
        Dedicated and conveniently located parking spaces shall be provided for the physically disabled per established City and other requirements. 
      4. 4.
        In pedestrian-oriented commercial areas make off-street parking access points visible.  
      5. 5.
        Large parking lots must be divided into "modules" linked by internal access drives and separated by landscaped islands.  Modules should not exceed 240' in width without a separating island of at least ten (10) feet.  
      6. 6.
        Parking, driveways, and curb cuts shall be shared between uses where feasible to minimize pavement and reduce interference with pedestrians. 
      7. 7.
        Every parking space shall be within 200 feet of a sidewalk leading to a building entrance and separated from automobile traffic.  
      8. 8.
        Sufficient stacking spaces must be provided at driveways. 
      9. 9.
        Snow plowing and storage must be accommodated within parking lots and loading areas.  
      10. 10.
        The use of parking lots as "short-cuts" to circumvent the public roadway system must be discouraged through design elements.  
    2. C.
      Parking Structures
      1. 1.
        Parking structures may be at least partially below grade to minimize their visual impact. 
      2. 2.
        Where parking structures are visible from public rights-of-way, they may not have sloping floor plates visible from adjacent public rights-of-way. 
      3. 3.
        Parking structures in commercial areas must accommodate retail space on the ground level, where permitted. 
      4. 4.
        The design of parking structures must integrate the forms and materials used for principal building(s). Lighting should also be integrated with the overall architectural character of the site.  
      5. 5.
        Landscaping must be used at the base of parking structures, and the use of landscaping should be considered at upper levels, to soften their appearance.  
    3. D.
      Parking Lot Landscaping
      1. 1.
        Parking lot screening shall be pursuant to the standards established in Article 12 of the Unified Development Ordinance.  The plantings required in Article 12 may be clustered so long as the clustering maintains a minimum 75% screening of the lot perimeter where adjacent to a public right-of-way, or 50% otherwise.  Where appropriate and permitted, screening shall be accomplished in a buffer zone of at least 10' in width, using a combination of shade trees, evergreen trees, evergreen shrubs, and dense deciduous shrubs, with earthen berms where appropriate.  The exact mix of landscape types shall be determined on a case by case basis.  
      2. 2.
        If earthen berms are used, they shall have a maximum height of 6 feet and a maximum slope of 3:1.

     

    Effective on: 7/9/2024

    Section 7. Signage

  • A.
    General Requirements
    1. 1.
      Signage within the IMD shall be permitted subject to the general and design standards of Parts A and B or Article 11 of the Unified Development Ordinance unless otherwise stated below.  In cases where Article 11 and the standards of the IMD are in conflict, the Innovation Mile standard shall apply.  
    2. 2.
      All signs must be associated with the permitted use of the property on which they are located unless specifically permitted otherwise.  
    3. 3.
      Street number(s) shall be prominently placed on freestanding signage and shall not count toward the maximum number of items of information.  
    4. 4.
      On multi-tenant buildings, all signage must be visually consistent. 
    5. 5.
      Signs shall not obstruct views of authorized traffic signs or traffic control devices, create a visual obstruction at driveway entrances, be animated, cause glare, or be lit by any flashing or moving light.  
    6. 6.
      Lots fronting on two or more streets are permitted one sign for each street frontage.  When designation signs are used, the designation signs shall not count toward an individual user's permitted signage for that frontage.  
    7. 7.
      Directional signs cannot exceed 4 square feet each in size and 3 feet in height.  The square footage of all directional signs for a use shall not exceed 48 square feet total for all signs.  Directional signs shall not contain any logos, business names, or other copy that denotes the business for which it serves.  
    8. 8.
      A maximum of one color plus white or black may be used for any sign. The primary colors of the sign should be black or white with the other color being used as an accent color only.  Consideration may be given to a sign with more than one color other than black and white and may be approved administratively only if the colors are muted and dark earth tone.  Full color elevations of the signs must be submitted to the Planning Department in order to be approved administratively.  Garish colors must be avoided, and the color scheme must relate to the associated building.  Deference will be given to trademarked brands that contain more than one color other that black and white. 
    9. 9.
      Off-site and temporary signage shall comply with Unified Development Ordinance regulations contained in Article 11.  
    10. 10.
      All signs shall be constructed with individual lettering flush mounted to either the wall of the building or the face of the sign.  Panel or box-type signs are prohibited. 
    11. 11.
      Properties more than 30 acres in size may be able to utilize a combination of designation signs and ground signs. Where designation signs and multiple ground signs are used in a development, a uniform design theme for the development shall be established and followed with each sign.  
    12. 12.
      All signs noted in this section shall require approval of a sign permit unless specifically noted in the following text.  
  • B.
    Sign Requirements - Event Center                                                                                                                                                   The purpose of this section is to provide signs that adequately regulate circulation and allow signage for other necessary capabilities while minimizing the impact of such signs on adjacent land uses.  
    1. 1.
      Interior Signs                                                                                                                                                                                      For purposes of this section, interior signage refers to signs that are not visible when standing immediately off the premises of the Event Center.  
      1. a.
        Temporary Signage
        1. 1.
          Interior banners and incidental directional signs shall be permitted without a sign permit. 
      2. b.
        Permanent Signage 
        1. 1.
          Interior wall and ground signs shall not be regulated in number.
        2. 2.
          The maximum ground sign height shall be 8 feet.  
    2. 2.
      Exterior Signs                                                                                                                                                                                      Exterior signs are any signs that are visible when standing outside of the premises. 
      1. a.
        Wall Signs 
        1. 1.
          Permitted one per street frontage per structure identifying the facility.  Also permitted up to one additional sign on two street frontages that are electronic signs.
        2. 2.
          Individual channel letters are not required. May include a mural. 
        3. 3.
          Limited to 20% of the signable wall area.  Square footage of electronic signage is excluded from this maximum.
        4. 4.
          The electronic sign face may be up to 600 square feet in size.  
      2. b.
        Designation Signs 
        1. 1.
          Permitted on any property boundary that is not adjacent to I-69.
        2. 2.
          Maximum height of 33 feet permitted. 
        3. 3.
          The maximum sign area shall be 140 square feet. This area shall not include the area of the sign base. 
        4. 4.
          The sign face may be an electronic sign.  
      3. c.
        Electronic Sign - I-69
        1. 1.
          Permitted within 200 feet of the property boundary adjacent to I-69. One sign of this type is permitted. 
        2. 2.
          Maximum height of 65 feet permitted. 
        3. 3.
          The digital sign faces may be a maximum of 750 per side.  Up to 250 square feet may be permitted per side to identify the event center or Innovation Mile.  
        4. 4.
          The electronic message sign shall be permitted to (a) identify users and user products, (b) businesses and establishments not located on the property including their products, services, and events, and (c) community and private events occurring inside or outside the property.  
        5. 5.
          The supporting components of the electronic sign must have some aesthetic value and might include brick, masonry, stone, simulated brick, metal panels, or other similar materials. The sign support may not be a simple metal pole.  
        6. 6.
          The sign may be Halo-Lit, Externally Illuminated, Internally Illuminated, or illuminated in any manner acceptable to the property owner.  
        7. 7.
          The sign message shall remain stationary for a minimum of ten (10) seconds. 
        8. 8.
          The sign shall not flash, scroll, twirl, change color, fade in or out, have transitional elements between copy changes, or in any manner imitate movement at any time.  
    3. 3.
      Sponsorship                                                                                                                                                                                        The names and logos of sponsors of entertainment uses and events shall not be considered as an item of information on primary signs.  A sponsorship sign(s) is permitted on each side of the structure or freestanding signage and shall not be considered a separate sign from the primary sign.  
  • C.
    Sign Requirements - Innovation/Headquarters
    1. 1.
      Designation Sign 
      1. a.
        Designation signage shall be permitted for developments of at least 15 acres in size with a minimum building setback of thirty (30) feet from right-of-way. 
      2. b.
        Each integrated, multi-parcel development shall be permitted one (1) designation sign on each public street frontage to which the development is adjacent.  
      3. c.
        Designation signage shall be no closer than 750 feet from any other approved and/or existing designation sign.  
      4. d.
        Designation signage shall be designed as part of the overall "gateway" treatment that includes landscaping and other improvements such as fencing or water features. The size of the landscape area around the sign shall be equal to five times the surface area of the sign.  
      5. e.
        Designation signage shall be readily visible from the roadway, and shall consist of individual letters, up to a maximum of six (6) items of information and mounted to a solid wall.  Letters shall be either halo-lit or externally illuminated.  
      6. f.
        The address may be posted on the sign and will not count towards the maximum number of items of information.  
      7. g.
        All designation signage shall be setback a minimum of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way. 
      8. h.
        Designation signage shall not exceed six (6) feet in height. 
      9. i.
        Designation signs on roads with a speed limit under 40 MPH shall be limited to 45 square feet in size. Designation signs on roads with a speed limit over 40 MPH shall be limited to 60 square feet in size.  
      10. j.
        For properties with at least 300 feet of frontage on I-69, the property shall be permitted an additional designation sign of up to 200 square feet in size with a maximum height of twenty (20) feet.  
    2. 2.
      Ground Signs 
      1. a.
        Ground signs shall be permitted for properties with at least 200 feet of frontage on a public street with a minimum building setback of thirty (30) feet from right-of-way. 
      2. b.
        No individual ground signs shall be permitted along 141st Street or any other primary arterial. 
      3. c.
        Where ground signs are permitted, such signs shall be placed at site entries. 
      4. d.
        Individual ground signs may be used in combination with designation signage so long as individual ground signs are located at the site entrances on collector and local streets only. 
      5. e.
        Ground signage and light standards shall be located in landscaped areas.  The size of the landscape area around the ground signs shall be at least five times the surface area of the sign.  
      6. f.
        In the case of multi-tenant buildings there shall be only one ground sign per building.  
      7. g.
        All ground signs shall be setback a minimum of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way. 
      8. h.
        All ground signs are limited to a maximum of six (6) feet in overall height. 
      9. i.
        All ground signs on roads with a speed limit 40 MPH and under shall be limited to 30 square feet in size. Ground signs on roads with a speed limit over 40 MPH shall be limited to 45 square feet in size.  
    3. 3.
      Wall Signs 
      1. a.
        All buildings shall be permitted to have one (1) wall sign per street frontage. 
      2. b.
        Building mounted signage shall consist of individual lettering.  Panel or box-type signs are not permitted. 
      3. c.
        Building mounted signage shall not exceed 60 square feet in size. 
  • D.
    Sign Requirements - Mixed-Use Office
    1. 1.
      Overall Building 
      1. a.
        Permit Required: YES 
      2. b.
        Types of Signs Permitted: Projecting or Wall 
      3. c.
        Number: One (1) sign per street frontage and one for each vehicular entrance to structured parking (if applicable). 
      4. d.
        Maximum Sign Area: 
        1. 1.
          Projecting - 45 square feet for overall building, 20 square feet for structured parking
        2. 2.
          Wall - 20% of signable wall area for overall building, 50 square feet for structured parking
      5. e.
        Permitted Materials: 
        1. 1.
          Projecting - Wood or metal (matching the architectural features of the building) 
        2. 2.
          Wall - Individual channel letters
      6. f.
        Illumination: Halo-lit, internal, or externally lit.
    2. 2.
      Ground Floor Active Commercial Use 
      1. a.
        Permit Required: YES 
      2. b.
        Types of Signs Permitted: Awning, Canopy, Projecting, Wall, or Window
      3. c.
        Number: One (1) sign per street frontage.  
      4. d.
        Maximum Sign Area: 
        1. 1.
          Awning - 50% of entire awning area
        2. 2.
          Canopy - 20% of canopy area
        3. 3.
          Projecting - 15 square feet for overall building 
        4. 4.
          Wall - 20% of signable wall area 
        5. 5.
          Window - 15% of the total window area
      5. e.
        Permitted Materials: 
        1. 1.
          Awning - Canvas or cloth, no reflective or glossy materials or illuminated plastic
        2. 2.
          Canopy - Canvas or cloth, no reflective or glossy materials or illuminated plastic
        3. 3.
          Projecting - Wood or metal (matching the architectural features of the building) 
        4. 4.
          Wall - Individual channel letters
        5. 5.
          Window - Vinyl, gold leaf, or substantially similar materials 
      6. f.
        Illumination: Halo-lit  or externally lit.
      7. g.
        Additional Restrictions: Awning and projecting signs may extend into the public right-of-way to within two (2) feet of the back of curb. The sign must have a minimum clearance from the sidewalk of at least eight (8) feet. 
      8. h.
        Alternative Signage: 
        1. 1.
          All buildings shall be permitted to display the address number for that specific building. No permit required. 
        2. 2.
          Each tenant may display one (1) blade signs - See Article 11 for size limitations - for pedestrian identification. 
        3. 3.
          Window signage can be used as a secondary identifier for a building in combination with another building sign type.  
        4. 4.
          Sandwich Board signs shall be permitted for first floor tenants subject to the following requirements:
          1. a.
            Signs shall be removed from outside the business location at the end of each business day. 
          2. b.
            Maximum size of 24" x 36"
          3. c.
            Signs shall be located in a manner to not impede the flow of pedestrian or bicycle traffic on the sidewalk or trail. The sign shall be placed so as to maintain a clear path of exit from the door of the business.
          4. d.
            A ballast a minimum of ten (10) pounds shall be installed at the base or hang internally from the A-frame of the sandwich board sign to ensure stability in windy conditions. 
          5. e.
            Should be made of materials such as hardwood, chalkboard, or finished metal. Primarily plastic signs should be discouraged.
    3. 3.
      Upper Level Tenants 
      1. a.
        Permit Required: YES 
      2. b.
        Types of Signs Permitted: Wall 
      3. c.
        Number: One (1) multi-tenant wall sign per ground level public access entrance, up to two (2) upper level wall signs per street frontage (maximum six signs per building) 
      4. d.
        Maximum Sign Area: 
        1. 1.
          Ground Level Multi-Tenant Wall Sign - 20 square feet 
        2. 2.
          Wall - 60 square feet per sign
      5. e.
        Permitted Materials: 
        1. 1.
          Ground Level Multi-tenant Wall Sign - The sign shall be constructed of materials that blend with the character of the building such as but not limited to wood or metal. 
        2. 2.
          Wall - Individual letters
      6. f.
        Illumination: Halo-lit or externally lit.
  • E.
    Sign Requirements - Innovation/Flexible, Standard Office, Flexible Manufacturing, and Warehouse Distribution
    1. 1.
      Designation Sign 
      1. a.
        Designation signage shall be permitted for integrated, multi-parcel developments of at least 15 acres in size with a minimum building setback of thirty (30) feet from right-of-way. 
      2. b.
        Each integrated, multi-parcel development shall be permitted one (1) designation sign on each public street frontage to which the development is adjacent.  
      3. c.
        Designation signage shall be no closer than 750 feet from any other approved and/or existing designation signage.  
      4. d.
        Designation signage shall be designed as part of the overall "gateway" treatment that includes landscaping and other improvements such as fencing or water features. The size of the landscape area around the sign shall be equal to five times the surface area of the sign.  
      5. e.
        Designation signage shall be readily visible from the roadway, and shall consist of individual letters, up to a maximum of six (6) items of information and mounted to a solid wall.  Letters shall be either halo-lit or externally illuminated.  
      6. f.
        The address may be posted on the sign and will not count towards the maximum number of items of information.  
      7. g.
        All designation signage shall be setback a minimum of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way. 
      8. h.
        Designation signage shall not exceed six (6) feet in height. 
      9. i.
        Designation signs on roads with a speed limit under 40 MPH shall be limited to 45 square feet in size. Designation signs on roads with a speed limit over 40 MPH shall be limited to 60 square feet in size.  
      10. j.
        For properties with at least 300 feet of frontage on I-69, the property shall be permitted an additional designation sign of up to 200 square feet in size with a maximum height of twenty (20) feet.  
    2. 2.
      Ground Signs 
      1. a.
        No individual ground signs shall be permitted along 141st Street or any other primary street. 
      2. b.
        Where ground signs are permitted, such signs shall be placed at site entries. 
      3. c.
        Individual ground signs may be used in combination with designation signage so long as individual ground signs are located at the site entrances on collector and local streets only. 
      4. d.
        Ground signage and light standards shall be located in landscaped areas.  The size of the landscape area around the ground signs shall be at least five times the surface area of the sign.  
      5. e.
        In the case of multi-tenant buildings there shall be only one ground sign per building.  
      6. f.
        All ground signs shall be setback a minimum of ten (10) feet from the public right-of-way. 
      7. g.
        All ground signs are limited to a maximum of six (6) feet in overall height. 
      8. h.
        All ground signs on roads with a speed limit 40 MPH and under shall be limited to 30 square feet in size. Ground signs on roads with a speed limit over 40 MPH shall be limited to 45 square feet in size.  
    3. 3.
      Wall Signs 
      1. a.
        All buildings shall be permitted to have one (1) wall sign per street frontage. 
      2. b.
        Building mounted signage shall consist of individual lettering.  Panel or box-type signs are not permitted. 
      3. c.
        Building mounted signage shall not exceed 60 square feet in size.
  • F.
    Sign Requirements - Mixed-Use Residential
    1. 1.
      Overall Building 
      1. a.
        Permit Required: YES 
      2. b.
        Types of Signs Permitted: Projecting or Wall 
      3. c.
        Number: One (1) sign per street frontage and one for each vehicular entrance to structured parking (if applicable). 
      4. d.
        Maximum Sign Area: 
        1. 1.
          Projecting - 45 square feet for overall building, 20 square feet for structured parking
        2. 2.
          Wall - 20% of signable wall area for overall building, 50 square feet for structured parking
      5. e.
        Permitted Materials: 
        1. 1.
          Projecting - Wood or metal (matching the architectural features of the building) 
        2. 2.
          Wall - Individual letters
      6. f.
        Illumination: Halo-lit or externally lit.
    2. 2.
      Ground Floor Active Commercial Use 
      1. a.
        Permit Required: YES 
      2. b.
        Types of Signs Permitted: Awning, Canopy, Projecting, Wall, or Window
      3. c.
        Number: One (1) sign per street frontage.  
      4. d.
        Maximum Sign Area: 
        1. 1.
          Awning - 50% of entire awning area
        2. 2.
          Canopy - 20% of canopy area
        3. 3.
          Projecting - 15 square feet for overall building 
        4. 4.
          Wall - 20% of signable wall area 
        5. 5.
          Window - 15% of the total window area
      5. e.
        Permitted Materials: 
        1. 1.
          Awning - Canvas or cloth, no reflective or glossy materials or illuminated plastic
        2. 2.
          Canopy - Canvas or cloth, no reflective or glossy materials or illuminated plastic
        3. 3.
          Projecting - Wood or metal (matching the architectural features of the building) 
        4. 4.
          Wall - Individual channel letters
        5. 5.
          Window - Vinyl, gold leaf, or substantially similar materials 
      6. f.
        Illumination: Halo-lit  or externally lit.
      7. g.
        Additional Restrictions: Awning and projecting signs may extend into the public right-of-way to within two (2) feet of the back of curb. The sign must have a minimum clearance from the sidewalk of at least eight (8) feet. 
      8. h.
        Alternative Signage: 
        1. 1.
          All buildings shall be permitted to display the address number for that specific building. No permit required. 
        2. 2.
          Each tenant may display one (1) blade signs - See Article 11 for size limitations - for pedestrian identification. 
        3. 3.
          Window signage can be used as a secondary identifier for a building in combination with another building sign type.  
        4. 4.
          Sandwich Board signs shall be permitted for first floor tenants subject to the following requirements:
          1. a.
            Signs shall be removed from outside the business location at the end of each business day. 
          2. b.
            Maximum size of 24" x 36"
          3. c.
            Signs shall be located in a manner to not impede the flow of pedestrian or bicycle traffic on the sidewalk or trail. The sign shall be placed so as to maintain a clear path of exit from the door of the business.
          4. d.
            A ballast a minimum of ten (10) pounds shall be installed at the base or hang internally from the A-frame of the sandwich board sign to ensure stability in windy conditions. 
          5. e.
            Should be made of materials such as hardwood, chalkboard, or finished metal. Primarily plastic signs should be discouraged.
  • G.
    Sign Requirements - Residential Apartment
    1. 1.
      Permit Required: YES 
    2. 2.
      Type of Sign Permitted: Ground Sign.
    3. 3.
      Number: One (1) ground sign shall be permitted at each entrance. 
    4. 4.
      Maximum Sign Area: Thirty-two (32) square feet.
    5. 5.
      Maximum Ground Sign Height: Six (6) feet.
    6. 6.
      Location: Shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet from the street right-of-way and a minimum of ten (10) feet from the leading edge of the driveway. 
    7. 7.
      Permitted Materials: The sign materials shall be constructed of materials which blend with the residential character of the neighborhood including but not limited to wood, metal, or masonry. 
    8. 8.
      Illumination: Halo-Lit or externally lit. 
    9. 9.
      Landscaping: An area equal to three times the area of the sign face shall be required for base landscaping around a ground sign.  The landscape area will radiate out a minimum of five (5) feet from the base of the sign shall be provided and shall be planted in such a way to substantially cover the area with landscape materials such as, but not limited to, annuals, ground covers, perennials, shrubs, and ornamental trees.  A mixture of plant types is required.
    10. 10.
      Alternate Signage
      1. a.
        Neighborhood Signs - masonry pillars marking the entrance into an individual neighborhood within a larger subdivision. There may be either a single pillar or a pillar on either side of the street at the entrance to the smaller neighborhood.  The masonry pillar may not exceed five feet in height and shall have a sign face not exceeding four (4) square feet in size.  Any lighting must be external, the lighting must be directed narrowly at the sign face and may not shine onto any adjacent property or rights-of-way.  
  • H.
    Sign Requirements - Residential Townhome
    1. 1.
      Permit Required: YES 
    2. 2.
      Type of Sign Permitted: Ground Sign.
    3. 3.
      Number: One (1) ground sign shall be permitted at each entrance. 
    4. 4.
      Maximum Sign Area: Thirty-two (32) square feet.
    5. 5.
      Maximum Ground Sign Height: Six (6) feet.
    6. 6.
      Location: Shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet from the street right-of-way and a minimum of ten (10) feet from the leading edge of the driveway. 
    7. 7.
      Permitted Materials: The sign materials shall be constructed of materials which blend with the residential character of the neighborhood including but not limited to wood, metal, or masonry. 
    8. 8.
      Illumination: Halo-Lit or externally lit. 
    9. 9.
      Landscaping: An area equal to three times the area of the sign face shall be required for base landscaping around a ground sign.  The landscape area will radiate out a minimum of five (5) feet from the base of the sign shall be provided and shall be planted in such a way to substantially cover the area with landscape materials such as, but not limited to, annuals, ground covers, perennials, shrubs, and ornamental trees.  A mixture of plant types is required.
    10. 10.
      Alternate Signage
      1. a.
        Neighborhood Signs - masonry pillars marking the entrance into an individual neighborhood within a larger subdivision. There may be either a single pillar or a pillar on either side of the street at the entrance to the smaller neighborhood.  The masonry pillar may not exceed five feet in height and shall have a sign face not exceeding four (4) square feet in size.  Any lighting must be external, the lighting must be directed narrowly at the sign face and may not shine onto any adjacent property or rights-of-way.
  • Effective on: 7/9/2024

    Section 8. Smart District Strategies

    Smart District initiatives are actions that Innovation Mile can implement to attract investors and inspire all its tenants and visitors to set the district apart as truly innovative. From a construction standpoint, it's vital to realize decisions made today will have a lasting impact for decades to come. By implementing Smart District strategies today, Innovation Mile will be ready for the future impacts of extreme weather, smart technology implementation, phase-down of fossil fuels, and other widescale and broad paradigm shifts.  Placing these innovation strategies at the forefront of Innovation Mile design puts Noblesville at the heart of delivering a sustainable, forward thinking, and economically fair and prosperous society.  By catering to the needs of its workers, visitors, and operators in dynamic and intuitive ways, a new dimension of interaction will set Innovation Mile apart.  

    Fundamentally, this is not about creating entirely new experiences, especially since district users would not benefit through complete reinvention.  Instead, value creation lies within the enhancement of existing experiences through tactical implementation of spatial design and leveraging technology.  Through this lens, technology is an enabler of enhanced user experiences rather than the focal point of the experience.  The value created through driving innovation is, in part, the result of data gathering, data-driven insights, and automation. These insights are valuable in that, if they are understood and acted upon appropriately, then they will translate to improved user satisfaction among tenants, visitors, and residents and overall operational cost savings.  

    The following initiatives will be implemented within the IMD over time and in coordination with the City of Noblesville on a project-by-project basis.  Proposed development projects may be required from time to time to contribute, connect, and coordinate with some level of one or more of these initiatives based on the location, impact, and timing of said project.  Further information on each of these initiatives can be found in the Innovation Mile Master Plan. 

    1. A.
      Initiative #1: District Fiber Network 
    2. B.
      Initiative #2: District Data Network 
    3. C.
      Initiative #3: District Utility Management System
    4. D.
      Initiative #4: Smart Street Furniture 
    5. E.
      Initiative #5: Digital Parking Management 
    6. F.
      Initiative #6: Electric Vehicle Charging 
    7. G.
      Initiative #7: Alternative Transit 
    8. H.
      Initiative #8: Digital Signage and Kiosks 
    9. I.
      Initiative #9: Innovation Mile Portal 

    Effective on: 7/9/2024

    Section 9. Sustainability Strategies

    Districts offer unique and expansive opportunities for sustainable development often not available to smaller projects. At this scale, designers and stakeholders can work to effectively share resources across the district and with the broader community; leverage communal infrastructure to improve efficiency and resiliency; and create opportunities for future tenants, visitors, and residents to expand their understanding and ability to live more sustainable lives.  

    Sustainability Vision Elements 

    The sustainability vision for the Innovation Mile district has been broken down into five Vision Elements, listed here, to help categorize potential Sustainability Strategies: 

    Resiliency: Create an environment and infrastructure that is robust enough to meet operational needs under a range of future conditions. Focus on flexible spaces, future climates, and electrical and mechanical system resiliency.

    Health and Wellness: Promote healthy lifestyles and wellness for the district's tenants and visitors. This includes both physical and mental health in indoor and outdoor environments.

    Equity and Community: Prioritize equity, accessibility, and community empowerment within the district and beyond.  The district can be an agent of change and provide key resources to the local public. 

    High Performance Design and Infrastructure: Design high performance systems to drive energy and water efficiency across the development. This could include a district microgrid with battery storage, distributed renewable energy, and efficient design standards for individual buildings. 

    Certifications and Story: Promote the sustainability vision and story to engage and draw in tenants and visitors. Certifications are one of the best ways to convert sustainable design to market value.

    The following initiatives will be implemented with the IMD over time and in coordination with the City of Noblesville on a project-by-project basis.  Proposed development projects may be required from time to time to contribute, connect, and coordinate with some level of one or more of these initiatives based on the location, impact, and timing of said project.  Further information on each of these initiatives can be found in the Innovation Mile Master Plan. 

    1. A.
      Initiative #1: Site Planning and Water Management  
    2. B.
      Initiative #2: Energy Storage  
    3. C.
      Initiative #3: Waste Management 
    4. D.
      Initiative #4: Solar Energy  
    5. E.
      Initiative #5: Low Carbon Mobility 
    6. F.
      Initiative #6: High Performance Building Design Standards  
    7. G.
      Initiative #7: Community Scale Certification System 

    Effective on: 7/9/2024

    Section 10. Existing Residential Uses

  • A.
    Existing Residential Uses                                                                                                                                                                    The following site development standards shall apply to all single family residential uses already existing within the IMD zoning district.  
    1. 1.
      Authority to Continue                                                                                                                                                                    Where, at the time of adoption of an ordinance that assigns the IMD (Innovation Mile) to a Noblesville jurisdictional zoning map, lawful residential uses of land which exist and would not be permitted by the regulations imposed by the IMD, may be continued so long as they remain otherwise lawful, subject to the following provisions. 
    2. 2.
      Enlargement/Improvement of Existing Residential Structure                                                                                    Such nonconforming uses may be enlarged or increased to occupy a greater area of land than was occupied at the effective date of rezone so long as such improvements do not result in an increase of the value of the structure by more than 50% of the pre-improvement value. 
    3. 3.
      Moving a Residential Structure                                                                                                                                                No such nonconforming uses shall be moved in whole or in part to any portion of the lot or parcel other than  that occupied by such uses at the effective date of the rezone.  
    4. 4.
      Termination by Discontinuance or Abandonment of Use                                                                                              If any such nonconforming uses of land are discontinued or abandoned for more than one (1) year (except when government action impedes access to the premises), any subsequent use of such land shall conform to the regulations specified by this ordinance for the district in which such land is located.  
    5. 5.
      New Construction of Residential Buildings                                                                                                                          The only new structures that shall be permitted shall be clearly accessory to the existing residential use of the property and shall adhere to the standards for Accessory Structures as outlined in Article 9 - General Regulations of the Unified Development Ordinance.  No additional homes or separate living units shall be constructed in the IMD unless such uses are permitted uses in the land use area and then shall adhere to the "R1 Low Density Single Family Residential" zoning district. 
    6. 6.
      Damage or Destruction                                                                                                                                                                Should such nonconforming residential structures be destroyed or damaged by any means, then the home may be reconstructed in a manner equal to the fair market value of the building immediately prior to the damage. 
    7. 7.
      Underlying Standards                                                                                                                                                                    Any residential improvements inside the IMD district shall adhere to the underlying developmental standards of the R1 (Single-Family Residential) district.  
    8. 8.
      Conflict with Article 14 of Unified Development Ordinance                                                                                        In the case where the specific provisions of this Part I are in conflict with Article 14 (Nonconforming Uses and Structures) of the Unified Development Ordinance, the standards of this Part I shall apply.} ORD #28-07-24
  • Effective on: 7/9/2024